Professional Documents
Culture Documents
MATHEMATICS
(Functions and Trigonometric functions, Calculus, Statistics and Probability)
2
Chief Advisor
Smt. Vakati Karuna, IAS,
Secretary to Government, Education Department,
Govt. of Telangana, Hyderabad.
Editor
Dr. K. Sreeram Reddy
Associate Professor of Mathematics, Department of Mathematics,
UCS, Osmania University, Hyderabad
Chief Coordinator
Sri M. Somi Reddy
Joint Director, TOSS, Telangana, Hyderabad.
Printed by
Telangana Open School Society (TOSS), Hyderabad.
i
© Telangana Open School Society
Printed in India
at the Telangana Govt.Text Book Press,
Mint Compound, Khairathabad, Hyderabad, Telangana.
ii
Foreword
Providing education to children is a fundamental right, and it’s essential for the
overalldevelopment of society. The government of Telangana plays a crucial role in
ensuring thateducation is accessible to all, and they often establish institutions like the
Telangana OpenSchool Society (TOSS) to cater to children who may be unable to
access formal education due to various reasons.
We are indeed very grateful to the Government of Telangana and the Telangana
State Board of Intermediate Education. Special thanks to the editor, co-coordinator,
teachers, lecturers, and DTP operators who participated and contributed their services
tirelessly to write this textbook.
iii
iv
Textbook DevelopmentCommittee
Dr. D. Pushpa, MSc MPhil, Ph.D Dr. C. Srinivas Reddy, MSc, Ph.D
Asst. Professor, Mathematics, Asst. Professor, Mathematics,
Govt. DegreeCollege for Women(A), Govt. City College(A), Nayapul, Hyderabad.
Begumpet, Hyderabad
Sri M. Vijay Shekar, M.Sc., M.Phil, B.Ed. Sri K. Krishna Reddy, M.Sc., B.Ed.
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
Government Junior College, BHEL, Government Junior College, Chevella,
Rangareddy District Rangareddy District
Sri K. Sreenivas, M.Sc., M.Phil., B.Ed. Sri M. Hari Prasad, M.Sc, M.Ed.
Junior Lecturer in Mathematics, Junior Lecturer in Mathematics
Government Junior College, Shamshabad, Government Junior College, Medchal,
Rangareddy District Medchal Malkangiri District.
Coordinators
Sri B. VenkateswaraRao Smt K. Madhavi
State Coordinator, TOSS, Telangana, State Coordinator, TOSS, Telangana,
Hyderabad. Hyderabad.
v
A Word WithYou
Dear Learner
Welcome to the senior secondary course. It gives me great pleasure to know that you
have opted for mathematics as one of your subjects of study. Have you ever thought as
to why we study mathematics? Can you think of a day when you have not counted some-
thing or used mathematics? Probably not.
The present curriculum has six modules, namely algebra, coordinate geometry, Three
dimensional geometry, functions, calculus and statistics. There will be two books to cover
the six modules.
VolumeII contains the three modules. In the module on functions, you will be introduced to
functions, trigonometric functions,Inverse trigonometric functions and properties of triangles,
The fifth module on Calculus will introduce you to limits and continuity, differentiation of various
functions, applications of derivatives, integration, definite integrals and solutions of differential
equations.
The sixth; module is on Probability and statistics will introduce you to random experiments,
probability, random variables and various probability distributions.
We would suggest to you that you go through all the solved examples given in the
learning material and then try to solve independently all questions included in exercise and
practice exercise given at the end of each lesson.
If you face any difficulty, please do write to us. Your suggestions are also welcome.
Yours,
Yours Academic Officer
(Mathematics)
vi
(311)
MATHEMATICS
Volume - I
MODULE - I
ALGEBRA
1. Mathematical Induction
2. Complex Numbers and De Moivre’s Theorem
3. Quadratic Equations and Theory of Equations
4. Matrices
5. Determinants and their Applications
6. Inverse of a Matrix and Its Applications
7. Permutations and Combinations
8. Binomial Theorem
MODULE - II
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
9. Cartesian System of Coordinates
10. Straight Lines
11. Circles
12. Conic Sections
MODULE - III
THREE - DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY AND VECTORS
13. Introduction To Three- Dimensional Geometry
14. The Planes
15. Vectors
vii
(311)
MATHEMATICS
Volume - II
MODULE - IV
FUNCTIONS AND TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
MODULE - V
CALCULUS
20. Limits And Continuity
21. Differentiation
22. Differentiation Of Trigonometric Functions
23. Differentiation Of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
24. Applications Of Derivatives – Tangents and Normal
25. Applications Of Derivatives – Maxima and Minima
26. Integration
27. Definite Integrals
28. Differential Equations
MODULE - VI
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
29. Measures Of Dispersion
30. Probability
31. Random Variables and Probability Distributions
viii
CONTENTS
MODULE - IV : FUNCTIONS AND TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
MODULE - V : CALCULUS
ix
x
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Chapter
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Define and cite examples of functions like | x |, [x] the greatest integer
function, polynomial functions, logarithmic and exponential functions;
MODULE - IV
Functions and Define composition of two functions;
Trigonometric
Functions Define the inverse of a function; and
PREREQUISITES
: ‘belongs to’
: There exists,
If a, b R, a < b then
MODULE - IV
INTRODUCTION Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
A set is a collection of well defined objects. For a collection to be a set
it is necessary that it should be well defined. Notes
The word well defined was used by the German Mathematician George
Cantor (1845- 1918A.D) to define a set. He is known as father of set theory.
Now-a-days set theory has become basic to most of the concepts in Mathematics.
MODULE - IV
Functions and 16.2 CARTESIAN PRODUCT OF TWO SETS
Trigonometric
Functions
Cartesion product of two sets : Let A and B be two sets. Then
Notes {(a, b) / a A and b B } is called cartesion product of A and B and is
denoted by A B.
Consider two sets A and B where
A = {1, 2}, B = {3, 4, 5}.
Set of all ordered pairs of elements of A and B is
{(1,3), (1,4), (1,5), (2,3), (2,4), (2,5)}
This set is denoted by A × B and is called the cartesian product of sets
A and B.
i.e. A × B = {(1, 3), (1, 4),(1, 5),(2, 3),(2, 4),(2, 5)}
Cartesian product of B sets and A is denoted by B × A.
In the present example, it is given by
B×A = {(3, 1),(3, 2),(4, 1),(4, 2),(5, 1),(5, 2)}
Clearly A × B B×A.
In the set builder form :
A×B = {(a, b) : a A and b B}
B×A = {(b, a) : b B and a A}
Note : If A = or B = or A,B =
then A × B = B ×A = .
16.3 RELATIONS
f = {(1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 4)} is a relation from MODULE - IV
Functions and
A to B. Trigonometric
Functions
g = {(2, 2), (3, 3)} is a relation from A to B.
Notes
If (i) R = R is called a void relation.
(ii) R = A × B, R is called a universal relation.
(iii) If R is a relation defined from A to A, it is called a relation defined
on A.
(iv) R = {(a, a) a A}, is called the identity relation.
If R is a relation between two sets then the set of its first elements
(components) of all the ordered pairs of R is called Domain and set of 2nd
elements of all the ordered pairs of R is called range, of the given relation.
Domain = {1, 2, 3}
Range = {a, b, c}
(ii) Domain of R
(iii) Range of R
Solution : (i) R = {(2, 2), (4, 2), (6, 2), (6, 3)}
MODULE - IV (iv)
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Fig. 16.1
Solution :
(i) R = {(3, 1), (3, 2), (4, 1), (4, 2), (5, 1), (5, 2)}
We also see that an element B, i.e., 4 which does not have its MODULE - IV
Functions and
preimage in A. Thus here: Trigonometric
Functions
(i) the set B will be termed as co-domain and
Notes
(ii) the set {1, 2, 3, 5} is called the range.
From the above we can conclude that range is a subset of co-domain.
Symbolically, this function can be written as
f
f : f : A B or A B .
(a) {(1, 2), (3, 7), (4, 6), (8, 1)}, A = {1, 3, 4, 8}, B = {2, 7,
6, 1, 2}
(b) {(1, 0), (1, 1), (2, 3), (4, 10)}, A = {1, 2, 4}, B = {0, 1, 3, 10}
(c) {(a, b), (b, c), (c, b), (d, c)}, A = {a, b, c, d, e}, B = {b, c}
(d) {(2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16), (5, 25), (6, 36)}
Solution :
(a) It is a function.
(b) It is not a function. Because Ist two ordered pairs have same first el-
ements.
(d) It is a function.
Domain = {2,3,4,5,6} ,Range = {4, 9, 16, 25, 36}
First two ordered pairs have same first component and last two ordered
pairs have also same first component.
Sets, Relations and Functions 7
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV Example 16.4 State whether each of the following relations represent a func-
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions tion or not.
Notes
Fig.16.3 Fig.16.4
Solution :
(a) f is not a function because the element b of A does not have an image
in B.
(b) f is not a function because the element c of A does not have a unique
image in B.
1 1 1
(e) 2, , 3, ,..... 10, ,
2 3 10
1 1 1 1
A = {1, 2, 3, 4}, B = , , , ....,
2 3 4 11
(f) {(1, 1), (1, 1), (2, 4), (2, 4)}, A = {0, 1, 1, 2, 2},
B = {1, 4}.
2. Which of the following relations represent a function ?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
MODULE - IV 3. Write domain and range for each of the following functions :
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions (a) 2, 2 , 5, 1 , 3, 5
Notes 1 1 1
(b) 3, , 2, , 1,
2 2 2
Fig. 16.14
Example 16.5 Find the domain of each of the following functions : MODULE - IV
Functions and
1 1 1 Trigonometric
(a) y (ii) y (iii) y Functions
x x2 ( x 2)( y 3)
1
Solution : The function y can be described by the following set of ordered Notes
x
pairs.
1 1
........ 2, , (1, 1), (1,1), 2, ...
2 2
Here we can see that x can take all real values except 0 because the
1
corresponding image, i.e., is not defined.
0
Domain = R {0} [Set of all real numbers except 0]
Note : Here range = R {0}
(b) x can take all real values except 2 because the corresponding image,
1
i.e., does not exist.
22
Domain = R {2}.
(c) Value of y does not exist for x = 2 and x = 3
Domain = R {2, 3}.
(b) y (2 x)(4 x)
MODULE - IV
Functions and Case I : (2 x) > 0 and (4 + x) > 0
Trigonometric
Functions x < 2 and x > 4
Notes Domain consists of all real values of x such that 4 < x < 2
But, x cannot take any real value which is greater than or equal to 2 and
less than or equal to 4 .
f (3) = 2(3) + 1 = 6 + 1 = 5
f (2) = 2(2) + 1 = 4 + 1 = 3
f (1) = 2(1) + 1 = 2 + 1 = 1
f () = 2() + 1 = + 1 =
f () = 2() + 1 = + 1 =
f () = 2() + 1 = + 1 =
f () = 2() + 1 = + 1 =
i.e., {(3, 5), (2, 3), (1, 1), (0,1) (1, 3), (2,5)(3,7)}
EXERCISE 16.2
1. Find the domain of each of the following functions x R :
(a) (i) y = 2x (ii) y = 9x + 3
(iii) y = x2 + 5
1 1
(b) (i) y (ii) y
3x 1 (4 x 1)( x 5)
1 1
(iii) y (iv) y
( x 3)( x 5) (3 x)( x 5)
(iii) y 3 x 5
2. Find the range of the function, given its domain in each of the following
cases.
MODULE - IV (c) (i) f (x) = x2, 5 < x < 5 (ii) f (x) = 2x, 3 < x < 3
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions (iii) f (x) = x2+1, 2 < x < 2 (iv) f (x) = x, 0 < x < 25
1 1
(v) f ( x) , {x : x < 1} (vi) f ( x) , {x : x < 0}
x2 3x 2
2
(vii) f ( x) , {x : x > 0}
x
x
(viii) f ( x) , {x : x 5}
x5
Ex: MODULE - IV
1 a Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
2 b
3 c Notes
Fig. 16.15
f is an Injection.
2a1 + 1 = 2a2 + 1
a 1 = a2.
Ex. A B
f
1 a
2 b
Fig. 16.16
f is a sursection.
Bijection
MODULE - IV A B
Functions and
Trigonometric f
Functions 1 a
Notes 2 b
3 c
Fig. 16.17
f is bijection.
Identity Function :
Let A be a non empty set. Then the function f : A A defined by
f(x) = x, for all x A is called the Identify function and is denoted by IA.
1 1
2 2
3 3
IA
Fig. 16.18
1 a
2 b
Fig. 16.19
f is constant function.
Example 16.8 Without using graph prove that the function MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
f : R R defiend by f (x) = 4 + 3x is one-to-one. Functions
4 + 3x1 = 4 + 3x2 or x1 = x2
f is a one-one function
Solution : Now f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ) x1 x2 R
4 x13 5 4 x22 5
x1 = x2 or
F is a one-one function.
1/ 3
y5
We have y 4 x 5 or x
3
4
F is a bijection.
y x2 3 x y 3
Fig. 16.20
18 Sets, Relations and Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
x2 + y2 = 25
x 0 0 3 3 4 4 5 5 3 3 4 4
y 5 5 4 4 3 3 0 0 4 4 3 3
Fig. 16.21
No, this does not represent a function because corresponding to the same
value of x, there does not exist a unique value of y.
Notes
Fig. 16.22
Fig. 16.23
(a)
Fig. 16.24
Hint : If any line || to y-axis cuts the graph in more than one point, graph does not
represent a function.
Notes
Fig. 16.28
The graph of this even function (modulus function) is shown in the figure
above.
Observation
Graph is symmetrical about y-axis.
f (x) = f (x)
For example
(i) If f (x) = x3
Observation
Fig. 16.29
For example,
(iii) f (x) = 3
x2 4
For example : f ( x) , x 1
x 1
is a rational function.
x x 2 x3 xn
1 ..... .....
1 2 3 n
It can be shown that the sum of its infinite series also tends to a finite
limit, which we denote by ex. Thus,
x x 2 x3 xn
ex 1 ..... ..... ...(2)
1 2 3 n
This is called the Exponential Theorem and the infinite series is called
the exponential series. We easily see that we would get (1) by putting x =
1 in (2).
The function f (x) = ex, where x is any real number is called an Expo- MODULE - IV
Functions and
nential Function. Trigonometric
Functions
The graph of the exponential function
Notes
y = ex
is obtained by considering the following important facts :
(i) As x increases, the y values are increasing very rapidly, whereas as x
decreases, the y values are getting closer and closer to zero.
(ii) There is no x-intercept, since ex 0 for any value of x.
(iii) The y intercept is 1, since e0 = 0 and e 0 .
(iv) The specific points given in the table will serve as guidelines to sketch
the graph of ex (Fig. 15.48).
x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
y = ex 0.04 0.13 0.36 1.00 2.71 7.38 20.08
Fig. 16.30
Fig. 16.31
a
m n
a mn
a0 = 1.
(ii) The corresponding laws of logarithms are
loga (mn) loga m loga n
m
loga loga m loga n
n
loga (m)n n loga m
MODULE - IV log a m
Functions and log b m …
Trigonometric log a b
Functions
or logb m log a m . logb a
Notes
Here log a, b 0 a 1, b 1.
EXERCISE 16.4
x 3
(iv) f ( x) is a rational function for all x R.
3 x
5
(v) f ( x) is a constant function.
3
1
(vi) f ( x)
x
x2 2 x
(a) y = 3x8 5x7 + 8x5 (b) y 3
, x3 2 x 3 3
x 2x 3
3 2x 1
(c) y , x0 (d) y 3 , x0
x2 x
1 x2 5x 6
(e) y 1 , x 0 (f) y , x2
x x2
1
(g) y
9
MODULE - IV
16.8 COMPOSITION OF FUNCTIONS Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Consider the two functions given below:
Notes
y = 2x + 1, x {1, 2 3}
z = y + 1, y {3, 5 7}
Then z is the composition of two functions x and y because z is defined
in terms of y and y in terms of x.
Graphically one can represent this as given below :
f(x) = y = 2x + 1 g(y) = z = y + 1
Fig. 16.35
= f (x2 + 2)
= 3[x2 + 2] + 1 = 3x2 + 7
= g(3x + 1)
= 3(3x + 1) + 1
= 9x + 3 + 1 = 9x + 4
= (x2 + 2)2 + 2
= x4 + 4x2 + 4 + 2
= x4 + 4x2 + 6.
= f (x2 + 2)
= x2 2 1 x2 3
( gof ) (x) = g[ f (x)]
= g x 1
2
= x 1 2
= x + 1 + 2 = x + 3
Here again, we see that ( fog) (gof )
1
g ( x) , g : R-{0} R {0}
x
Note : We observe from Example 16.12 and Example 16.13 that fog and
gof may or may not be equal.
EXERCISE 16.5
1. For each of the following functions write fog, gof, fof and gog.
2
(c) f (x) = 3x 7, g(x) = , x0
x
3 3
f f g f
2 2
Notes
Fig. 16.36
This is a many-to-one function. Now let us find the inverse of this re-
lation.
Pictorially, it can be represented as
Fig 16.37
Fig.16.38
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Fig.16.39
Fig.16.40
Fig.16.41
Fig.16.42
Notes
Fig.16.43
We see that the inverse of a function exists only if the function is one-
to-one onto function i.e. only if it is a bijective function.
EXERCISE 16.6
(ii) Let f be a one-to-one and onto function with domain A and range
B. Write the domain and range of its inverse function.
(a) f (x) = x + 3 x R
(b) f (x) = 1 3x x R
(c) f (x) = x2 x R
x 1
(d) f (x) = , x 0, x R
x
MODULE - IV
16.10 REAL VARIABLE FUNCTION Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
1. A function f : A B is called a real variable function if A R .
Notes
2. A function f : A B is called real valued function if B R .
Example: ax (a > 0), sin x, log x these are all real functions.
f ( x) a 2 x 2 (a > 0) is [ a, a ] .
[since a2 x2 R (a > 0)
a2 x2 0 x2 a2
| x| a a x a]
f f ( x)
iii) ( x) x E, E = {x A B / g ( x ) 0}
g g ( x)
1
Example 16.14: f ( x)
6 x x2 5
1 1
Solution: f ( x) R
6 x x 5 ( x 1)(5 x)
2
(x 1) (x 5) 0
x 1, 5
Solution : ( x 2)( x 3) R
(x 2) (x 3) > 0
x 2 or x > 3
x ( , 2] [3, )
= R (2, 3).
1
Example 16.16: f ( x) x2 1
x 2 3x 2
Sol : f (x) = 1
x2 1 R
x 2 3x 2
x2 1 > 0, x2 3x + 2 > 0
MODULE - IV
(x 1) (x 1) > 0 and (x 1)(x 2) > 0 Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
x ( , 1) [1, ] and x ( , 1) (2, )
Example 16.17 : (i) : f = {(4, 5) (5, 6), (6, 4)} and g = {(4, 4), (6, 5),
(8, 5)} find (i) ( f g)
Domain of 2f + 4g « {4, 6}
MODULE - IV f
Functions and Example 16.20 : Find
Trigonometric g
Functions
f
Notes Sol : Domain of g
= {4, 6}
f 5 4
4, , 6,
g 4 5
Find the Domains and ranges of the following real valued functions.
2 x
Example 16.22 : f ( x)
2 x
2 x
Sol : f ( x) R 2 x 0 x 2
2 x
x R {2}
Domain of f is R {2}
Let f (x) = y
2 x 2( y 1)
y x
2 x y 1
range of f « R { 1}.
Example 16.23: f ( x) 9 x 2
Sol : 9 x2 R 9 x2 0
(3 x ) (3 x ) 0 MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
x [ 3, 3] Functions
y = f (x) x 9 y 2 R
9 y 2 0 (3 y )(3 y ) 0
3 < y < 3 but f (x) attains only non negative values.
f (x, y) = 0.
Ex: x2 + xy + y2 2 = 0.
EXERCISE 16.7
2 x2 5x 7
1. Find the domain of real valued function f ( x) .
( x 1)( x 2)( x 3)
sin [ x] x2 4
i) ii)
1 [ x]2 x2
i) 2f ii) f 2 iii) f
KEY WORDS
If the elements of a set can be counted then it is called a finite set and
if the elements cannot be counted, it is infinite.
Cartesian product of two sets A and B is the set of all ordered pairs of
the elements of A and B. It is denoted by A B. i.e.
(iv) If many elements in the domain of a function have the same image
element in the range, then the function is called many-to-one function.
f (x) = f (x), x, x Df
( f g ) x f ( x) g ( x ) domain = A B
( f g ) x f ( x ) g ( x ) domain = A B
f f ( x)
x Ð Domain = {x/x A B , g(x) 0}
g g ( x)
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
http://www.wikipedia.org
http://mathworld.walfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
f1 : {(0, 1), (2, 3), (4, 5), (6, 7), ..... (100, 101)}
42 Sets, Relations and Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
f5 : {.....(3, 3), (2, 2), (1, 1), (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), .....}
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
(a) y = 3x + 5, x R
(b) y = 1 2x2, x R
x2
(c) f ( x) 2
, x R {2} (d) y = x, x R
x 4x 4
(a) f ( x ) x 2 3 x 2
(d) f ( x ) x x 5, x 0. Notes
(e) f ( x ) x 2 4, x ( 2, 2)
x2 1
(a) f ( x ) 9 x , x [ 3,3]
2 (b) f ( x) 2
x 1
9. Write for each of the following functions fog, gof, fof, gogo
1
(b) f ( x) 2
, x 0 g | x | x2 2 x 3
x
(c) f ( x ) x 4, x 4 g ( x ) x 4
10. (a) Let f(x) = |x|, g(x) = 1/x, x 0, h(x) = x1/3 Find fogoh
(b) f(x) = x2 + 3, g(x) = 2x2 + 1 Find fog (3) and gof (3)
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 16.1
MODULE - IV 1
Functions and (b) Domain = {3, 2, 1}, range =
Trigonometric 2
Functions
(c) Domain = {1, 0, 1, 2}, range = {1, 0, 1, 2}
Notes
(d) Domain = {Deepak, Sandeep, Rajan}, range = {16, 24, 28}
4. (a) Domain = {1, 2, 3}, range = {4, 5, 6}
(b) Domain = {1, 2, 3}, range = {4}
(c) Domain = {1, 2, 3}, range = {1, 2, 3}
(d) Domain = {Gagon, Ram, Shyam}, range = {5, 8, 9}
(e) Domain = {a, b, c, d}, range = {2, 4}
EXERCISE 16.2
1
(b) (i) Domain = R
1
(ii) Domain = R ,5
3 4
(c) (i) Domain ={x R; x < 6} (ii) Domain ={x R; x > 7}
2. (a) (i) {4, 7, 13, 25} (ii) {1, 9, 18, 33} (iii) {2, 4, 8, 14, 22}
(c) (i) [25, 25] (ii) [6, 6] (iii) [1, 5] (iv) [0, 5] MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
3 (a) (i) Range = {13, 25, 31, 7, 4} Functions
(iii) Range = R
EXERCISE 16.3
2. (a), (b)
3. (a)
5. (a)
EXERCISE 16.5
fof = x4 8x2 + 12
gog = 4x + 15
6 7x 2
(c) fog , gof , fof = 9x 28, gog = x.
x 3x 7
EXERCISE 16.6
2. (a) f 1 = x 3
1 1 x
(b) f ( x)
3
(c) Inverse does not exist.
1
(d) f 1 ( x )
x 1
2. [0, 4] Notes
3. R (5, 5)
2x 1
5. i) ii) (x + 1)2
x2
iii) (1, 2)
PRACTICE EXERCISE
MODULE - IV 1
Functions and 3. (a) R (b) R = {1, 1} (c) x (d) [1, )
Trigonometric 3
Functions
5
(e) x
Notes 2
6. a, c 7. a, b, c
1 3x 4 2 x 2 1
(b) fog = , gof =
( x 2 x 3) 2
2
x4
fof = x 4 4 , gog = x 8
1
10. (a) 1 (b) (fog) (3) = 364, (gof) (3) = 289.
x3
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Chapter
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 17
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After studying this lesson, you will be able to :
define positive and negative angles;
define degree and radian as a measure of an angle;
convert measure of an angle from degrees to radians and vice-versa;
state the formula l = r where r and have their usual meanings;
define trigonometric functions of a real number;
draw the graphs of trigonometric functions;
establish the addition and subtraction formulae for :
cos(A + B) = cosA cos B sinA sin B
tan A tan B
sin(A + B) = sinA sin B + cosA cos B and tan (A + B) =
1 tan A tan B
solve problems using the addition and subtraction formulae
state the formulae for the multiples and sub-multiples of angles such as
A A
cos 2A, sin 2A, tan 2A, cos 3A, sin 3A, tan 3A, sin , cos and
2 2
A
tan ; and
2
Trigonometric Functions 51
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
PREREQUISITES
Definition of an angle.
Trigonometric identities.
INTRODUCTION
The word 'trigonometry' can be read as trigon-o-metry. This word id
derived form two Greek words (i) trigonon (ii) metron.
The word 'trigonon' means a triangle and the word 'metron' means a
measure. Thus trigonometry is the science deals with measurements of tri-
angles. Trigonometry has great use in measurement of areas, heights, distances
etc. It has many applications in almost all branches of science in general and
in physics and Engineering in particular.
We have read about trigonometric ratios
in our earlier classes. Recall that we defined the
ratios of the sides of a right triangle as follows:
c a c
sin , cos , tan
b b a
b b a
and cosec , sec , cot
c a c
Fig.17.1
52 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
We shall try to describe this knowledge gained so far in terms of func- Notes
tions, and try to develop this lesson using functional approach.
y = cosec x,
An angle is a union of two rays with the common end point. An angle
is formed by the rotation of a ray as well. Negative and positive angles are
formed according as the rotation is clockwise or anticlock-wise.
MODULE - IV unit then the circle described will be a circle of unit radius. Such a circle is
Functions and
Trigonometric termed as unit circle.
Functions
17.1.2 A Radian
Notes
A radian is another unit of measurement of an angle other than degree.
A radian is the measure of an angle subtended at the centre of a circle by
an arc equal in length to the radius (r) of the circle. In a unit circle one radian will
be the angle subtended at the centre of the circle by an arc of unit length.
Fig. 17.2
Note: A radian is a constant angle; implying that the measure of the angle subtended
by an are of a circle, with length equal to the radius is always the same
irrespective of the radius of the circle.
54 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
2
Solution: 10 radians
360
2
900 90 radians or 900 = radians
360 2
2
(ii) 150 15 radians or 150 radians
360 12
0
360
(iii) 1 radian =
2
0
360
radians =
6 2 6
radians = 300
6
0
360
(iv) raidans =
10 2 10
raidans = 180.
10
EXERCISE 17.1
1. Convert the following angles (in degrees) into radians :
(i) 600 (ii) 150 (iii) 750
(iv) 1050 (v) 2700.
2. Convert the following angles into degrees:
(i) 4
(ii)
12
(iii)
20
2
(iv) (v)
60 3
Trigonometric Functions 55
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV 3. The angles of a triangle are 450, 650 and 700. Express these angles in
Functions and radians
Trigonometric
Functions 2
4. The three angles of a quadrilateral are , , Find the fourth angle
6 3 3
Notes in radians.
5. Find the angle complementary to .
6
17.1.4 Relation Between Length of an Arc and Radius of the Circle
An angle of 1 radian is subtended by an arc whose length is equal to the
radius of the circle. An angle of 2 radians will be substened if arc is double
the radius.
1 1
An angle of 2 radians willbe subtended if arc is 2 times the radius.
2 2
All this can be read from the following table :
Length of the arc (l) Angle subtended at the
centre of the circle (in radians)
r 1
2r 2
1 1
2 r 2
2 2
4r 4
l
Therefore, or l = r
r
where r = radius of the circle,
= angle substended at the centre in radians
and l = length of the arc.
The angle subtended by an arc of a circle at the centre of the circle is
given by the ratio of the length of the arc and the radius of the circle.
Note : In arriving at the above relation, we have used the radian measure
of the angle and not the degree measure. Thus the relation l
r
is valid only when the angle is measured in radians.
56 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Example 17.2 : Find the angle in radians subtended by an arc of length 10 MODULE - IV
Functions and
cm at the centre of a circle of radius 35 cm. Trigonometric
Functions
Solution : l = 10cm and r = 35cm.
Notes
l radians 10
or radians
r 35
2
or radians
7
Example 17.3 : If D and C represent the number of degrees and radians in
an angle prove that
D C
180
0 0
360 180
Solution: or
2
0
180
C radians = C
Since D is the degree measure of the same angle, therefore,
180
D = C
D C
which implies .
180
Trigonometric Functions 57
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV l = 500 m
Functions and
Trigonometric l
Functions l = r gives r
Notes 500
r m [using (1) and (2)]
/4
500 m
1
2000 0.32m 0.32
r = 640 m.
Example 17.5 : A train is travelling at the rate of 60 km per hour on a circular
track. Through what angle will it turn in 15 seconds if the radius of the track
5
is km.
6
Solution : The speed of the train is 60 km per hour. In 15 seconds, it will
cover
60 15
km
60 60
1
km
4
1 5
We have, l km and r km
4 6
1
l
4 radians
r 5
6
3
radians.
10
EXERCISE 17.2
58 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
l r
a) 1.25m ...... 1350
b) 30 cm ..... /4
c) 0.5 cm 2.5m .....
d) ..... 6m 1200
e) .... 150 cm /15
f) 150 cm 40 m .....
g) ..... 12m /6
h) 1.5m 0.75m .....
i) 25m ..... 750
While considering, a unit circle you must have noticed that for every real
number between 0 and 2 , there exists a ordered pair of numbers x and y.
This ordered pair (x, y) represents the coordinates of the point P.
Trigonometric Functions 59
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Fig. 17.3
If then the corresponding point on the unit circle will have its
2
coordinates (0,1).
In the above figures you can easily observe that no matter what the position
of the point, corresponding to every real number we have a unique set of
coordinates (x, y). The values of x and y will be negative or positive depend-
ing on the quadrant in which we are considering the point.
Considering a point P (on the unit circle) and the corresponding coor-
dinates (x, y), we define trigonometric functions as :
y
sin = y, cos = x, (for x 0)
tan =
x
x 1 1
cot = (for y 0 ), sec = (x 0), cosec = (y 0)
y x y
60 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Now let the point P move from its original position in anti-clockwise MODULE - IV
Functions and
direction. For various positions of this point in the four quadrants, various real Trigonometric
Functions
numbers will be generated. We summarise, the above discussion as follows.
For values of in the : Notes
I quadrant, both x and y are positve.
II quadrant, x will be negative and y will be positive.
III quadrant, x as well as y will be negative.
IV quadrant, x will be positive and y will be negative.
or I quadrant II quadrant III quadrant IV quadrant
All positive sin positive tan positive cos positive
cosec positive cot positive sec positive
Where what is positive can be rememebred by :
All sin tan cos
Quardrant I II III IV
If (x, y) are the coordinates of
a point P on a unit circle and T , the
real number generated by the posi-
tion of the point, then sin = y and
cos = x. This means the coordi-
nates of the point P can also be
written as (cos , sin )
From Fig. 17.5, you can easily
see that the values of x will be be-
tween 1 and + 1 as P moves on the Fig. 17.4
unit circle. Same will be true for y
also.
Thus, for all P on the unit circle
1 < x < 1 and 1 < y < 1
Thereby, we conclude that for all real numbers
Trigonometric Functions 61
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes Quadrant Angles: The Angles 0, , , 3 , 2 have their terminal side along
2 2
either X-axis or Y-axis. Hence these angles are called Quadrant angles.
Negative Angle :
If the angle (0 < < 2) is measured in anti clock wise direction
(starting from the initial side OX), it is defined as positive angle and if the same
angle is measured in clock wise direction, it is defined as negative angle and
it is identified with - are defined as follows.
Y
y
sin( ) sin(2 ) sin
r
r
x
cos( ) cos(2 ) cos 2
r
X
3
tan( ) tan , , r
2 2
Fig. 17.5
62 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
Example 17.7 : Write the values of (i) sin (ii) cos 0 (iii) tan Functions and
2 2 Trigonometric
Functions
Solution :
(i) From Fig. 17.5, we can see that the coordinates of the point A are (0,1) Notes
sin =1, as sin = y
2
Fig.17.6
EXERCISE 17.3
Trigonometric Functions 63
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV 35 25
Functions and 3
(iv) sec (v) tan (vi) cot
Trigonometric 18 18 4
Functions
8 7
(vii) cosec (viii) cot
Notes 3 8
or cos2 + sin2 = 1
64 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Again x2 + y2 = 1 MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
2 2 Functions
or 1 , for x 0 or
y 1
1 + (tan 2 = (sec 2
x x Notes
i.e., sec2 = 1 + tan2
Example 17.9 : Prove that sin4 + cos4 = 1 2 sin2 cos2.
= RHS
1 sin
Example 17.10 : Prove that sec tan .
1 sin
1 sin
Solution : LHS
1 sin
(1 sin ) 2
1 sin 2
(1 sin ) 2
cos2
1 sin
cos
1 sin
cos cos
sec tan R.H.S .
Trigonometric Functions 65
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV 21 1
Functions and Example 17.11 : If sin , prove that sec tan 2 given that
Trigonometric 29 2
Functions
lies in the first quadrant.
Notes 21
Solution: sec
29
Also sin2 + cos2 = 1
2
441 400 20
cos 2 1 sin 2 1
841 841 29
20
cos (cos is positive as lies in the first quardrant)
29
21
tan
29
29 21 50
sec tan
20 20 20
5 1
2 R.H.S
2 2
EXERCISE 17.4
1. Prove that sin4 cos4 = sin2 cos2.
1
2. If tan , find the other five trigonometric functions.
2
b
3. If cosec , find the other five trigonometric functions, if lies in
a
the first quardrant.
1 cos
4. Prove that cosec cot .
1 cos
5
5. If cot cosec = 1.5, show that cos .
13
6. If tan sec = m , find the value of cos .
3 1 1
cos 1 0
2 2 2
1
tan 0 1 3 Not defined
3
0 1 2 3 4
, , , ,
4 4 4 4 4
On simplification, we get the values as given in the table. The values for
cosines occur in the reverse order.
Complement, Supplement Angles : If is any angle then is called
2
its complement and is called its supplement.
Trigonometric Functions 67
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
(a) sin .sin cos .cos
4 3 4 3
2
(b) 4 tan cosec2 cos 2
4 4 3
Solution : (a) sin .sin cos .cos
4 3 4 3
1 3 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 1
2 2
2
(b) 4 tan cosec2 cos 2
4 4 3
2
1
4(1) 2 (2) 2
2
1 1
44 .
4 4
Example 17.13 : A and B , verify that
3 6
cos(A + B) = cosA cos B sinA sin B
Solution : LHS = cos (A + B)
cos cos 0.
3 6 2
68 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
R.H.S. = cos cos sin . sin Functions and
3 6 3 6 Trigonometric
Functions
1 3 3 1
. . Notes
2 2 2 2
3 3
0
4 4
L.H.S. = 0 = R.H.S.
EXERCISE 17.5
2
1 tan .tan tan tan sec . sec2 .
6 3 6 3 6 3
3. Taking A , B , verify that
3 6
tan A tan B
(i) tan(A+B)
1 tan A tan B
Trigonometric Functions 69
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV
Functions and 4. If , verify the following :
Trigonometric 4
Functions
(i) sin 2 = 2 sin cos
Notes
(ii) cos2 = cos2 sin2
= 2 cos2 1
= 1 2 sin2
5. If A verify that
6
2 tan A
(i) cos2A = 2cos2 A 1 (ii) tan 2A
1 tan 2 A
(iii) sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A
I. Quadrant : MODULE - IV
Functions and
As increases continuously from 0 to Trigonometric
2 Functions
PM is positive and increases from 0 to 1.
Notes
sin is positive.
II Quadrant : ,
2
In this interval, lies in the second
quadrant.
Fig. 17.9
Therefore, point P is in the second
quadrant. Here PM = y is positive, but
decreases from 1 to 0 as varies from
2
to . Thus sin is positive.
3
III Quadrant : ,
2
In this interval, lies in the third quandrant.
Therefore, point P can move in the third
quadrant only. Hence PM = y is negative
and decreases from 0 to 1 as varies Fig. 17.10
3
from to . In this interval sin decreases from 0 to 1. In this interval sin
2
is negative.
3
IV Quadrant : , 2
2
In this interval, lies in the fourth
quadrant. Therefore, point P can move in
the fourth quadrant only. Here again
PM = y is negative but increases from
3
1 to 0 as varies from to 2 Thus
2
sin is negative in this interval. Fig. 17.11
Trigonometric Functions 71
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Fig. 17.12
Some Observations
(i) Maximum value of sin is 1.
(ii) Minimum value of sin is 1.
(iii) It is continuous everywhere.
3
(iv) It is increasing from 0 to and from to 2. It is decreasing
2 2
3
from to . With the help of the graph drawn in Fig. 16.12 we
2 2
can always draw another graph. y = sin in the interval of [2, 4]
( see Fig. 16.11)
What do you observe ?
The graph of y = sin in the interval [2, 4] is the same as that in 0
to2. Therefore, this graph can be drawn by using the property sin (2 + )
= sin . Thus, sin repeats itself when is increased by 2. This is known
as the periodicity of sin .
72 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Fig. 17.12
2 3 5
0
6 4 3 2 3 4 6
2 4 3 5
2 0 2
3 2 3 3 2 3
sin2 0 0.87 1 0.87 0 0.87 1 0.87 0
Fig. 17.13
Some Observations
1. The other graphs of sin , like a sin , 3 sin 2 can be drawn applying
the same method.
Trigonometric Functions 73
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV 2. Graph of sin , in other intervals namely [4, 6] , [2, 0], [4,
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions 2] , can also be drawn easily. This can be done with the help of prop-
erties of allied angles: sin ( + 2) sin , sin ( 2) = sin . i.e.,
Notes
repeats itself when increased or decreased by 2.
EXERCISE 17.6
1. What are the maximum and minimum values of sin in [0, 2] .
1 3
(a) (b)
2 2
I Quadrant : In the interval 0, , point
2
P lies in the first quadrant, therefore, OM
= x is positive but decreases from 1 to 0
as increases from 0 to . Thus in this
2
interval cos decreases from 1 to 0.
cos is positive in this quadrant. Fig.17.14
74 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
II Quadrant: In the interval , , point Functions and
Trigonometric
2 Functions
P lies in the second quadrant and therefore
Notes
point M lies on the negative side of x-axis.
So in this case OM = x is negative and
decreases from 0 to 1as increases
to Hence in this inverval cos
2
Fig.17.15
decreases from 0 to .
cos is negative.
3
III Quadrant: In the interval , point
2
P lies in the third quadrant and therefore,
OM = x remains negative as it is on the
negative side of x-axis. Therefore OM =
x is negative but increases from 1 to 0
3
as increases from to . Hence in
2
this interval cos increases from 1 to 0. Fig.17.16
cos is negative.
3
IV Quadrant: In the interval , 2 ,
2
point P lies in the fourth quadrant and
M moves on the positive side of
x-axis. Therefore OM = x is positive.
Also it increases from 0 to 1 as increases
3
from to 2.
2
Fig.17.17
Thus in this interval cos increases from 0 to 1.
Fig. 17.18
Let X’OX and Y’OY be the axes. Values of are measured along x-axis and
those of cos along y-axis.
Some observations
(iv) cos (+ 2= cos Also cos ( 2= cos repeats itself when
is increased or decreased by 2 It is called periodicity of cos . We
shall discuss in details about this in the later part of this lesson.
(v) Graph of cos in the intervals [2, 4][4, 6], [2, 0]will be
the same as in (, .
Example 17.15 Draw the graph of cos as varies from to . From
the graph read the values of when cos = 0.5.
76 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Solution: MODULE - IV
Functions and
5 2 2 5 Trigonometric
0 Functions
6 3 2 3 6 6 3 2 3 6
cos 1.0 0.87 0.5 0 0.50 0.87 1.0 0.87 0.5 0 0.5 0.87 1 Notes
cos = 0.5
when = ,
3 3
cos = 0.5
2 2
when ,
3 3
Fig. 17.18
Solution :
2 3 5
0
6 4 3 2 3 4 6
2 4 3 5
2 0 2
3 2 3 3 2 3
cos2 1 0.5 0 0.5 1 0.5 0 0.5 1
Fig. 17.19
Trigonometric Functions 77
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
(c) Draw the graph of y = cos 3 from to and read the values
of when cos = 0.87 and cos = 0.87.
3
(d) Does the graph of y = cos in , lie above x-axis or below
2 2
x-axis?
(e) Draw the graph of y = cos in [2, 4 ]
1
But x increases from 1 indefintely (and write it as increasses from 1 to
cos
) tan > 0
tan increases from 0 to . (See the table and graph of tan ).
sin
In II Quadrant : tan
cos
sin decreases from 1 to 0.
cos decreases from 0 to 1.
tan is negative and increases from to 0
sin
In III Quadrant : tan
cos
sin decreases from 0 to 1.
cos decreases from 1 to 0.
tan is negative and increases from 0 to
78 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
sin MODULE - IV
In IV Quadrant : tan Functions and
cos Trigonometric
Functions
sin increases from 1 to 0
cos increases from 0 to 1. Notes
0 0 2 5 7 4 3 0 3 0 5 11
0 +0 +0 0 0
6 3 2 2 3 6 6 3 2 2 6 6
Fig. 17.20
Observations
(i) tan (1800 + ) = tan Therefore, the complete graph of tan consists
of infinitely many repetitions of the same to the left as well as to the right.
(ii) Since tan tan therefore, if (tan )is any point on the
graph then (tan ) will also be a point on the graph.
(iii) By above results, it can be said that the graph of y = tan is symmetri-
cal in opposite quadrants.
(iv) tan may have any numerical value, positve or negative.
Trigonometric Functions 79
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
1
I Quadrant : cot cos
sin
cos decreases from 1 to 0.
sin increases from 0 to 1.
cot also decreases from to 0 but cot > 0.
1
II Quadrant : cot cos
sin
cos decreases from 0 to 1.
sin decreases from 1 to 0.
80 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
2 5 7 4 3 5 Functions and
0
6 3 2 3 6 6 3 2 3 Trigonometric
Functions
cot 1.73 0.58 0 0.58 1.73 1.73 0.58 0 0.58 1.73
Notes
Fig 17.21
Observations
EXERCISE 17.8
3
(b) What changes do you observe in tan at , ?
2 2
Trigonometric Functions 81
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV (c) Draw the graph of y = tan from to .Find from the graph
Functions and
Trigonometric the value of for which tan = 1.7.
Functions
2. (a) What is the maximum value of cot ?
Notes
(b) Find the value of when cot , from the graph.
PM X'OX
OP 1
sec
OM OM Fig.17.22
Variations will depend upon OM
82 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
2 5 7 4 3 3 5 11
0 0 +0 0 0
6 3 2 2 3 6 6 3 2 2 6 6
Fig.17.27
Trigonometric Functions 83
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV Observations
Functions and
Trigonometric a) sec cannot be numerically less than 1.
Functions
b) Graph of sec is discontinuous, discontinuties (breaks) occuring at
Notes
3
( and )
2 2
3
c) As passes through
and , sec changes abruptly from to
2 2
and then from to respectively.
84 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
3
Also cosec 1
2
3 Fig. 17.31
As varies from to , cosec
2
changes from to 1.
IV Quadrant : PM is negative
3
Asvaries from to cosec Fig. 17.32
2
varies from 1 to .
2 5 7 4 3 5 11
0
6 3 2 3 6 6 3 2 6 6
Fig. 17.33
Trigonometric Functions 85
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV Observations
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions (a) cosec cannot be numerically less than 1.
(b) Graph of cosec is discountinous and it has breaks at = 0, .
Notes
(c) Aspasses through cosec changes from 0 + to . The values
at 0 and 2 are + and respectively.
Example 16.17 :Trace the changes in the values of sec as lies in to .
Solution:
Fig. 17.34
EXERCISE 17.9
I. (a) Trace the changes in the values of sec when lies between 2
and 2 and draw the graph between these limits.
(b) Trace the graph of cosec ,when lies between 2 and 2.
86 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1
If f (x) is a periodic function with period p, then is also a periodic
f ( x)
function with period p.
sin x = sin (x + p)
1
(iii) The period of cosec x is also 2 because cosec x
sin x
1
(iv) The period of sec x is also 2 as sec x .
cos x
(v) Also tan (x + ) = tan x.
Trigonometric Functions 87
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV p can not values between 0 and for which tan x = tan(x + p).
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions The period of tan x is
1
Notes (vi) Since cot x therefore, the period of cot x is also .
tan x
Example 17.18 : Find the period of each the following functions :
x x
(a) y = 3 sin 2x (b) y = cos (c) y = tan
2 4
Solution :
2
(a) Period is , i.e.,
2
1 2
(b) y = cos x, therefore period 4
2 1/ 2
x
(c) Period of y = tan = 4
4 1/ 4
EXERCISE 17.10
You may now be interested to know whether with the given values of
trigonometric functions of any two numbers A and B, it is possible to find
trigonometric functions of sums or differences.
88 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
You will see how trigonometric functions of sum or difference of num- MODULE - IV
Functions and
bers are connected with those of individual numbers. This will help you, for Trigonometric
Functions
5
instance, to find the value of trigonometric functions of and etc. Notes
12 12
can be expressed as
12 4 6
5
can be expressed as
12 4 6
7
How can we express in the form of addition or subtraction?
12
In this section we propose to study such type of trigonometric functions.
SOP A
POQ B
MODULE - IV
Functions and PR = (cos A cosB)2 (sin A sin(B))2
Trigonometric
Functions
QS = (cos(A+B) 1)2 (sin(A B) 0)2
Notes Since PR2 = QS2
cos2A + cos2B 2cos A cos B + sin2A + sin2B + 2 sinA sin B
2 2
C a 2 b 2 and C a b over R.
1 sin( x) 1, so that
r r sin( x) r
c r {c r sin( x )} c r
Hence the maximum and minimum vales of f over R are respectively
2 2
c a 2 b 2 and c a b .
90 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
a 2 b 2 72 (24)2
Notes
49 576
625
= 25.
Maximum value = c a 2 b 2 = 5 + 25 = 30
Corollary 2
For any two numbers A and B
sin(A B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
Proof : We know that cos A sin A
2
and sin A cos A
2
sin (A + B) cos (A+B)
2
cos A B
2
Trigonometric Functions 91
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV
Functions and cos A cos B + sin A sin B
Trigonometric 2 2
Functions
or sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B ...(II)
Notes
Corollary 3
Example 17.20
1 1
(b) If sin A= , sin B= show that A B =
10 5 4
Solution :
5
(a) (i) sin = sin sin .cos cos .sin .
12 4 6 4 6 4 6
1 3 1 1 3 1
. . .
2 2 2 2 2 2
5 3 1
sin .
12 2 2
(ii) cos cos
12 4 6
cos . cos sin .sin
4 6 4 6
92 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
1 3 1 1 3 1 Functions and
. . Trigonometric
2 2 2 2 2 2 Functions
3 1
cos Notes
12 2 2
5
Observe that sin cos
12 12
7
(iii) cos cos
12 3 4
cos . cos sin . sin
3 4 3 4
1 1 3 1 1 3
. .
2 2 2 2 2 2
7 1 3
cos
12 2 2
(b) sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
1 3 1 2
cos A = 1 and cos B 1
10 10 5 5
Substituting all these values in (II), we get
1 2 3 1
sin(A B) . .
10 5 10 5
5 5 5 1
sin .
10 5 50 5 2 2 4
or A+ B
4
EXERCISE 17.11
1. (a) Find the values of each of the following :
2 2
(i) sin (ii) sin . cos cos sin
12 9 9 9 9
Trigonometric Functions 93
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
8 5
(c) If sin A and sin B , find sin(A B).
17 13
5
2. (a) Find the value of cos .
12
(b) Prove the following :
(i) cos sin 2 cos
4
(ii) 3 sin cos 2 sin
6
(iii) cos(n + 1) A cos (n 1)A + sin(n + 1)A sin(n 1)A = cos 2A
(iv) cos A cos B sin A sin B cos(A B)
4 4 4 4
tan A tan B
Corollary 4 : tan(A + B)
1 tan A tan B
sin(A B)
Proof : tan(A + B)
cos(A B)
sin A cos B cos A sin B
cos A cos B sin A sin B
Dividing by cos A, cos B, we have
sin A cos B cos A sin B
tan(A+ B) cos A cos B cos A cos B
cos A cos B sin A sin B
cos A cos B cos A cos B
tan A tan B
or tan(A+ B) ...(III)
1 tan A tan B
94 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
cot A cot B 1
cot(A B) .
cot B cot A
1 tan A
Corollary 7 : tan A
4 1 tan A
tan tan A
4
Proof : tan A
4 1 tan .tan A
4
1 tan A
as tan 1,
1 tan A 4
Similarly, it can be proved that
1 tan A
tan A .
4 1 tan A
Example 17.21: Find tan
12
tan tan
4 6
Solution : tan tan
12 4 6 1 tan . tan
4 6
1
1
3 3 1
1 3 1
1 1.
3
Trigonometric Functions 95
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV ( 3 1) ( 3 1) 4 2 3
Functions and
Trigonometric ( 3 1) ( 3 1) 2
Functions
2 3
Notes
tan 2 3.
12
Example 17.22: Prove the following :
7 7
cos sin
(a) 36 36 tan 4 .
7 9
cos sin
36 36
(b) tan 7A tan 4A tan 3A = tan7A tan 4A . tan 3A
7 5
(c) tan tan 2 tan
18 9 18
7
Solution: (a) Dividing numerator and denominator by cos , we get
36
7 7 7
cos sin 1 tan
LHS 36 36 36
7 7 7
cos sin 1 tan
36 36 36
7
tan tan
4 36
7
1 tan . tan
4 36
7
tan
4 36
16 4
tan tan R.H.S.
36 9
tan 4A tan 3A
(b) tan 7A = tan (4A + 3A) =
1 tan 4A tan 3A
or tan 7A tan7Atan 4A tan3A = tan4A + tan 3A
or tan 7A tan4A tan3A = tan 7A tan 4A tan 3A.
96 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
5 2 Functions and
tan tan
7 5 2 18 18 Trigonometric
(c) tan tan Functions
18 18 18 1 tan .tan 2
5
18 18 Notes
7 7 5 2 5 2
tan tan tan tan tan tan ...(1)
18 18 18 18 18 18
7 2
tan tan cot cot .
18 2 9 9 18
(1) can be written as
7 2 5 2 5
tan cot tan tan tan tan
18 18 18 18 18 9
7 5
tan tan 2 tan .
18 9 18
EXERCISE 17.12
1. Fill in the blanks :
(i) sin A sin A ...........
4 4
cos cos ...........
(ii)
3 4 3 4
2. (a) Prove the following :
(i) tan tan 1
4 4
cot A cot B 1
(ii) cot(A B) cot B cot A
(iii) tan tan tan .tan 1.
12 6 12 6
a c
(b) If tan A , tan B = , Prove that
b d
ad bc
tan (A+B) .
bd ac
11
(c) Find the value of .
12
Trigonometric Functions 97
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
98 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
= sin2A sin2B.
Trigonometric Functions 99
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
5 1 5
(iii) sin sin 2sin sin
12 12 2 12 12
1 5 5
cos cos
2 12 12
1
cos cos
2 3 2
Example 17.24 : Express the following sums as products.
5 7 5 7
(i) cos cos (ii) sin cos
9 9 36 36
Solution:
5 7 5 7 5 7
(i) cos cos 2 cos cos
9 9 9 2 92
2
2 cos cos cos 9 cos 9
3 9
MODULE - IV
2 cos cos Functions and
3 9 Trigonometric
Functions
2 cos cos
3 9
Notes
1
cos
9 cos 3 2
5 7 13 7
(ii) sin cos sin cos
36 36 2 36 36
13 7
cos cos
36 36
13 7 13 7
2 cos cos
36 2 36 2
5
2 cos cos .
18 12
cos 7A cos 9A
Example 17.25 : Prove that tan 8A
sin 9A sin 7A
Solution:
7A 9A 9A 7A
2sin sin
L.H.S. 2 2
9A 7A 9A 7A
2 cos sin
2 2
sin 8A sin A sin 8A
tan 8A RHS
cos 8A sin A cos 8A
2 A 2 A 1
(ii) sin sin sin A.
8 2 8 2 2
MODULE - IV
Functions and cos (A B) cos (A B)
Trigonometric 2
Functions
sin(A B) cos(A B) RHS
Notes
(ii) Applying the formula
sin2A sin2B = cos (A + B) cos (A B)
A A
LHS sin sin
8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2
sin sin A
4
1
sin A RHS.
2
Example 17.27: Prove that
2 4 1
cos cos cos cos .
9 9 3 9 16
2 4
Solution : LHS cos cos cos cos
3 9 9 9
1 1 2 4 1
. 2 cos cos cos cos 3 2
2 2 9 9 9
1 4
cos cos cos
4 3 9 9
1 4 1 4
cos 2 cos cos
8 9 8 9 9
1 4 1 5
cos cos cos
8 9 8 9 3
1 4 1 5 1
cos cos ...(1)
8 9 8 9 16
5 4 4
Now cos cos cos ...(2)
9 9 9
From (1) and (2), we get
1
LHS RHS .
16
2 2
5. cos sin
4 4
6. Show that
sin sin 3 sin 5 sin 7
(a) tan 4
cos cos 3 cos 5 cos 7
5 5 7 1
(b) sin sin sin sin
18 6 18 18 16
(c) (cos cos ) 2 (sin sin ) 2 4 cos .
2
Trigonometric Functions 103
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV
Functions and 17.8 TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS OF MULTIPLES
Trigonometric
Functions
OF ANGLES
We know that
By putting B = A, we get
= 2sinA cos A.
sin A cos A
2 2 2 tan A
sin 2A 2 cos A 2
cos A sin A 1 tan 2 A
cos A cos 2 A
We know that
Putting B = A, we have
= cos2A 1 + cos2A
1 cos 2A
i.e., cos 2A = 2cos2A 1 cos2A =
2
104 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
cos 2 A sin 2 A
cos 2A
cos 2 A sin 2 A
•Dividing the numerator and denominator of R.H.S. by cos2 A, we have
1 tan 2 A
cos 2A
1 tan 2 A
(c) To express tan 2A in terms of tan A.
tan A tan A
tan 2A tan(A A)
1 tan A tan A
2 tan A
.
1 tan 2 A
Thus we have derived the following formulae :
2 tan A
sin 2A 2sin A cos A
1 tan 2 A
1 tan 2 A
2
1 2sin A
1 tan 2 A
2 tan A
tan 2A
1 tan 2 A
1 cos 2A 1 cos 2A
cos 2 A , sin 2 A .
A 2
Example 17.28: If A , verify the following :
6
2 tan A
(i) sin 2A 2sin A cos A
1 tan 2 A
MODULE - IV
Functions and 1 tan 2 A
Trigonometric (ii) cos2A = cos2A sin2A = 2cos2A 1=12 sin2A
Functions 1 tan 2 A
Notes 2 tan A
(iii) tan 2A
1 tan 2 A
3
Solution: (i) sin2A = sin .
3 2
1 3 3
2 sin A cos A = 2 sin cos 2
6 6 2 2 2
1
2 tan A
2 tan 2 2 3 3
6 3
.
1 tan A 1 tan 2
2
1
1 3 4 2
6 3
Thus, it is verified that
2 tan A
sin 2A 2sin A cos A
1 tan 2 A
1
(ii) cos 2A cos
3 2
2
2 2 2 3 1 2 3 1 1
2
cos A sin A cos sin
6 6 2 2 4 4 2
2
2 2 3
2 cos A 1 2 cos 1 2 1
6 2
3 1
2 1 .
4 2
2
2 1 1 1
1 2sin A 1 2sin 1 2 1 2 .
6 2 4 2
2
1 1
2 1
2 1 tan 1
1 tan A 6 3 3 2 3 1.
2
1 tan A 1 tan 2 2
1 1 1 3 4 2
6 1 3 3
1
2
2 tan
2 tan A 6 3 2 3 3
1 tan A 1 tan 2
2
1
1 3 2
6 3
2 tan A
Thus, it is verified that tan 2A
1 tan 2 A
sin 2A
Example 17.29 : Prove that tan A
1 cos 2A
sin A
tan A.
cos A
Example 17.30 : cos A tan A = 2 cot 2A Jx x~¡¶„²OKÇO_•.
1
Solution: cot A tan A tan A
tan A
1 tan 2 A
tan A
2(1 tan 2 A)
2 tan A
2 2
2 tan A tan 2A
1 tan 2 A
= 2 cot 2A .
MODULE - IV 3
Functions and Example 17.31: Evaluate cos 2 cos 2 .
Trigonometric 8 8
Functions
3
1 cos 1 cos
Notes 2 3 4 4
Solution: cos cos 2
8 8 2 2
1 1
1 1
2 2
2 2
( 2 1) ( 2 1)
1.
2 2
cos A A
Example 17.32 : Prove that tan .
1 sin A 4 2
A
tan tan
A 4 2
Solution: RHS tan
4 2
1 tan tan A
4 2
sin A / 2
1
cos A / 2 cos A / 2 sin A / 2
sin A / 2 cos A / 2 sin A / 2
1
cos A / 2
A A A A
cos 2 sin 2 cos 2 sin 2
2
A A
cos sin
2 2
A A
[Multiplying Numerator and Denominator by cos sin ]
2 2
A A
cos 2
sin 2
2 2
A A A A
cos 2 sin 2 2 cos sin
2 2 2 2
cos A
LHS
1 sin A
= 2 2sin 2 4 sin 2 .
2 2
EXERCISE 17.14
1. If A , verify that
3
2 tan A
(a) sin 2A 2sin A cos A
1 tan 2 A
1 tan 2 A
(b) cos2A = cos2A sin2A = 2cos2A 1 = 1 2sin2A
1 tan 2 A
2. Find the value of sin 2A when (assuming 0 < A < )
2
3 12 16
( a) cos A (b ) sin A (c) tan A .
5 13 63
3. Find the value of cos 2A when
15 4 5
( a) cos A (b ) sin A (c) tan A .
17 5 12
4. Find the value of tan 2A when
3 a
(a) tan A (b) tan A
4 b
3
5. Evaluate sin 2 sin 2 .
8 8
tan A tan 2A
tan(A 2A)
1 tan A tan 2A
2 tan A
tan A
1 tan 2 A
2 tan A
1 tan A
1 tan 2 A
3 tan A tan 3 A
.
1 3 tan 2 A
(d) Formulae for sin3 A and cos3 A
sin3A = 3 sin A 4sin3A
4sin3A = 3sinA sin 3A
3sin A sin 3A
or sin 3 A
4
Similarly, cos 3A = 4 cos3 A 3cosA
3 cosA + cos 3A = 4 cos3A.
3cos A cos 3A
or cos3 A
4
Thus, we have derived the following formulae :
sin3A = 3 sinA 4 sin3A
cos 3A = 4cos3A 3 cos A
MODULE - IV
Functions and 3 tan A tan 3 A
Trigonometric tan 3A
Functions 1 3 tan 2 A
3sin A sin 3A
Notes sin 3 A
4
3cos A cos 3A
cos3 A .
4
Example 17.34: If A , verify that
4
3tan A tan 3 A
(iii) tan 3A
1 3 tan 2 A
3 1
Solution : (a) sin 3A sin .
4 2
3sin A 4sin 3 A 3sin 4sin 3
4 4
3
1 1
3 4
2 2
3 4 1
2 2 2 2
Thus, it is verified that sin 3A = 3 sinA 4sin3A
3 1
(ii) cos 3A cos
4 2
3
3 1 1
4 cos A 3cos A 4 3
2 2
43 1
2 2 2 2
Thus, it is verified that cos 3A = 4 cos3A 3 cos A.
3 MODULE - IV
(iii) tan 3A tan 1. Functions and
4 Trigonometric
Functions
3 tan A tan 3 A 3 1 13 2
1.
2
1 3 tan A 1 3 12
2 Notes
3
3 tan A tan A
Thus, it is verified that tan 3A .
1 3 tan 2 A
1 1 1 3 1
Example 17.35 : If cos a , prove that cos 3 a 3 .
2 a 2 a
Solution: cos3 = 4 cos3 3 cos
3
1 1 1 1
4 a 3 a
2 a 2 a
1 1 1 1 3a 3
4 a 3 3a 2 . 3a. 2 3
8 a a a 2 2a
a3 1 1 1
3 a3 3 .
2 2a 2 a
Example 17.36 : Prove that
1
sin sin sin sin 3 .
3 3 4
Solution: sin sin sin
3 3
1 2
sin cos 2 cos
2 3
1 2 2
sin 1 2sin 1 2sin 3
2
1 2 2
2 sin sin 3 sin
2
3
3 3sin 4sin 1
sin sin 2 sin 3
4 4 4
3sin 2A
cos A
2
3 sin 4A 3
sin 4A.
2 2 4
3 3
Example 17.38: Prove that cos sin 3 cos sin .
9 18 4 9 18
1 1
Solution: LHS 3cos cos 3sin sin
4 9 3 4 18 6
3 11 1
cos sin
4 9 18 4 2 2
3
cos sin RHS
4 9 18
EXERCISE 17.15
1. If A = , verify that
3
(a) sin 3A = 3sinA 4sin3A
(b) cos3A = 4cos3A 3cosA
3 tan A tan 3 A
(c) tan 3A
1 3 tan 2 A
1
4. Prove that cos cos cos cos 3 .
3 3 4
2 3 2
5. (a) Prove that sin 3 sin 3 sin sin
9 9 4 9 9
sin 3A cos 3A
(b) Prove that is constant.
sin A cos A
cot 3 A 3cot A
6. (a) Prove that cot 3A .
3cot 2 A 1
(b) Prove that cos 10A + cos 8A + 3cos 4A + 3 cos2A = 8 cosA
cos33A.
A A A
, , are called submultiples of A.
2 3 4
It has been proved that
1 cos 2A 1 cos 2A 1 cos 2A
sin 2 A , cos 2 A , tan 2 A
2 2 1 cos 2A
A
Replacing A by , we easily get the following formulae for the sub-
2
A
multiple :
2
A 1 cos A A 1 cos A
sin , cos
2 2 2 2
A 1 cos A
and tan
2 1 cos A
Trigonometric Functions 115
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV We will choose either the positive or the negative sign depending on
Functions and whether corresponding value of the function is positive or negative for the value
Trigonometric
Functions A
of . This will be clear from the following examples.
2
Notes
Example 17.39 : Find the values of cos and cos .
12 24
A 1 cos A
Solution: We use the formulae cos and take the positive
2 2
sign, because cos and cos are both positive.
12 24
1 cos / 6
cos
12 2
3
1
2
2
2 3
2 2
42 3
8
( 3 1)2 4 2 3 1 3 2 3 (1 3) 2 .
8
3 1
2 2
1 cos /12
cos
24 2
3 1
1
2 2
2
MODULE - IV
Functions and
2 2 3 1 Trigonometric
Functions
4 2
Notes
4 6 2
8
Example 17.40 : Find the values of sin and cos .
8 8
A 1 cos A
Solution: We use the formula sin
2 2
and take the lower sign, i.e., negative sign, because sin is negative.
8
1 cos( / 4)
sin
6 2
1 1/ 2
2
2 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 cos
4
Similarly, cos
8 2
1
1
2
2
2 1
2 2
2 2
4
2 2
.
2
Trigonometric Functions 117
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV 7 3
Functions and Example 17.41: If cos A and A 2 find the values of
Trigonometric 25 2
Functions
A A A
(i) sin (ii) cos (iii) tan
Notes 2 2 2
3
Solution: A lies in the 4th-quardrant, A 2
2
A
3
4 2
A A A
sin 0, cos 0, tan 0
2 2 2
A 1 cos A 1 7 / 25 18 9 3
sin .
2 2 2 50 25 5
7
1
A 1 cos A 25 32 16 4 .
cos
2 2 2 50 25 5
7
1
A 1 cos A 25
and tan
2 1 cos A 7
1
25
18 9 3
.
32 16 4
Example 17.42 : Prove that following :
5 1 10 2 5
(a) sin and cos
10 4 10 4
5 1 10 2 5
(b) cos and sin
5 4 5 4
Solution: (a) Let A 5A .
10 2
2A 3A
2
MODULE - IV
sin 2A sin 3A cos 3A Functions and
2 Trigonometric
Functions
5 1
sin
10 4
2
5 1
Now, cos 1 sin 2 1
10 10 4
10 2 5
4
(b) Let A , 2A
10 5
cos2A = 1 2 sin2A.
2
5 1 62 5 22 5
cos 1 2 1 2
5 4 16 8
5 1
.
4
MODULE - IV
Functions and 10 2 5
Trigonometric Now sin 1 cos 2 .
Functions 5 5 4
sin cos
or 2 tan 2 4 tan 4 8 cot 8 0
cos sin
2 cos 2
or 2 tan 2 4 tan 4 8 cot 8 0
2sin cos
cos 2
or 2 2 tan 2 4 tan 4 8 cot 8 0
sin 2
EXERCISE 17.16
1. If A , verify that
3
A 1 cos A A 1 cos A
(a) sin ( b) cos
2 2 2 2
A 1 cos A
(c) tan
2 1 cos A
MODULE - IV
2. Find the values of sin and sin . Functions and
2 24 Trigonometric
Functions
3. Determine the values of
Notes
(a) sin 8 (b) cos 8 ( c) tan
8
You are familiar with the equations like simple linear equations, quadratic
equations in algebra.
You must have noticed, the number of values depends upon the degree
of the equation.
Now we need to consider as to what will happen in case x’s and y’s are
replaced by trigonometric functions.
Thus solution of the equation sin 1 = 0 , we have
5 9
sin = 1 and , , , .....
2 2 2
Clearly, the solution of simple equations with only finite number of values
does not necessarily hold good in case of trigonometric equations.
So, we will try to find the ways of finding solutions of such equations.
MODULE - IV n n I.
Functions and
Trigonometric Thus, the general solution of equations of the types sin is given by
Functions
nwhere n is an integer.
Notes
17.10.2 To find the general solution of the equation cos
It is given that cos
But in practice we know that cos 0 Therefore, the first value of
2
is
...(1)
2
We know that cos( ) cos or cos cos 0 .
2 2
3
or cos 0
2
3 5
cos cos cos ... cos (2n 1)
2 2 2 2
(2n 1) , nN
2
Therefore, (2n 1) is the solution of equations cos = 0 for all
2
numbers whose cosine is 0.
where the right hand is zero. In the following, we take up cases where right
Notes
hand side is non-zero.
Either cos 0 or sin 0
2 2
(2 p 1) or q, p, q I
2 2 2
(2 p 1) or 2 p ...(1)
sin sin
cos cos = 0
2 sin sin 0
2 2
Either sin 0 or sin 0
2 2
p or q, p, q I
2 2
2 p or 2 p ...(1)
n n
2n
= n +
= n + n I.
2 = 2n + 2
1 3
(a) (i) sin (ii) sin
2 2
3 1
(b) (i) cos (ii) cos
2 2
(c) (i) cot 3 (d) 4 sin 2 1.
Solution:
1
(a) (i) sin sin
2 6
n ( 1) n , nI
6
3 4
(ii) sin sin sin sin .
2 3 3 3
4
n ( 1) n , nI
3
3
(b) (i) cos cos
2 6
2 n , nI
6
1 2
(ii) cos = cos cos cos
2 3 3 3
2
2n , nI
3
sin sin
6
n , nI
6
2 sin2 3 sin 2 = 0
1
sin = or sin = 2
2
Since sin = 2 is not possible.
7
sin = sin sin sin .
6 6 6
7
n ( 1) n . , n I.
6
sin 3x = 0 or sin x = 0
3x = n or x = n
n
x or x = n , n I
3
cos3 x cos 2 x
2
3 x 2 n 2 x , n I
2
3 x 2 n 2 x x = 2 n , n I
2 2
or sin 4x [2 cos 2x { 1] = 0
MODULE - IV 1 2
Functions and sin 4x or cos 2x = cos .
Trigonometric 2 3
Functions
2
4x = n or 2 x 2 n , nI
Notes 3
n
X or X n , nI .
4 3
EXERCISE 17.17
1. Find the most general value of satisfying :
3
(i) sin (ii) cosec 2
2
3 1
(iii) sin (iv) sin
2 2
2. Find the most general value of satisfying :
1 2
(i) cos (ii) sec
2 3
3
(iii) cos (iv) sec 2
2
3. 3. Find the most general value of satisfying :
(i) tan 1 (ii) tan 3 (iii) cot 1
If the coordinates of a point P of a unit circle are (x, y)then the six
trigonometric functions are defined as sin = y, cos = x,
y x 1 1
tan , cot , sec and cosec .
x y x y
Here is the angle which the line joining centre to the point P makes
with the positive direction of x-axis.
The values of the trigonometric functions sin and cos when takes
values 0, , , , are given by
6 4 3 2
0
6 4 3 2
1 1 3
sin 0 1
2 2 2
3 1 1
cos 1 0
2 2 2
- The function tan has discontinuities (breaks) at and
2
3
in (0, 2).
2
- Its period is
- The graph of cot has discontinuities (breaks) at 0, ,2.
Its period is
sec cannot have any value numerically less than 1.
3
It has breaks at and It repeats itself after 2.
2 2
cosec cannot have any value between 1 and +1.
It has discontinuities (breaks) at
It repeats itself after .
sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B.
2 tan A
sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A =
1 tan 2 A
cos 2A = cos2A sin2A = 2 cos2 A 1 = 1 2sin2A
1 tan 2 A
1 tan 2 A
2 tan A
tan 2A
1 tan 2 A
3 tan A tan 3 A
tan 3A
1 3 tan 2 A
3sin A sin 3A 3cos A cos 3A
sin 3 A , cos3 A
4 4
A 1 cos A A 1 cos A
sin , cos ,
2 2 2 2
A 1 cos A
tan
2 1 cos A
MODULE - IV
Functions and 5 1 5 1
Trigonometric sin , cos
Functions
10 4 5 4
sin = 0 = n, n I.
Notes
cos = 0 (2n 1) , n I.
2
tan = 0 = n, n I.
tan = tan = n + , n I.
sin2 = sin2 = n + , n I.
cos2 = cos2 = n + , n I.
tan2 = tan2 = n + , n I.
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
http://www.wikipedia.org
http://mathworld.wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1 sin
(a) sec tan
1 sin
132 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 MODULE - IV
(b) sec tan sec tan Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
1 sin
(d) (tan sec )2
1 sin
5. If verify that sin 3 3sin 4sin 3 .
4
6. Evaluate :
25 21 3
(a) sin (b) sin (c) tan
6 4 4
17 19
(d) sin (e) cos
4 3
3
7. Draw the graph of cos x from x and x .
2 2
cos 2 B cos2 A
9. Prove that tan(A B) tan(A B) .
cos 2 B sin 2 A
10. Prove that cos 3 sin 2 cos .
3
11. If A B
4
Prove that (1 + tanA) (1+tanB) = 2 and (cot A 1) (cot B 1).
2 4 9 1
(iii) cos cos cos .
9 9 9 8
13 17 43
(iv) cos cos cos 0.
45 45 45
1
(v) tan A cot A
6 6 sin 2A sin
3
sin sin 2
(vi) tan
1 cos cos 2
cos sin
(viii) tan 2 sec 2
cos sin
2 2 3
(ix) cos A cos A A cos A .
3 3 2
sec8A 1 tan 8A
(x)
sec 4A 1 tan 2A
7 11 13 11
(xi) cos cos cos cos
30 30 30 30 16
13 1
(xii) sin sin .
10 10 2
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 17.1
5 7
1. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
3 12 12 12
3
(v)
2
13 14 5
3. , , 4. 6.
4 36 36 6 3
1 1
3. radian; 9.550 4. radian; 5. 95.54m
6 5
EXERCISE 17.3
1. (i) ive (ii) ive (iii) ive (iv) ive
(v) ive (vi) ive (vii) ive (viii)
ive
1
2. (i) zero (ii) zero (iii)
2
(iv) 1
(v) 1 (vi) Not defined (vii) Not defined (viii) 1
EXERCISE 17.4
1 2 5
2. sin , cos , cot 2, cosec 5, sec
5 5 2
a b2 a2 b a
3. sin , cos , sec , tan ,
b a 2
b a 2 2
b a 2
b2 a2
cot
a
2m
6.
1 m2
EXERCISE 17.6
1. 1, 1 (3) Graph of y = 2 sin , [0, ]
Fig. 17.35
7 11 4 5
4. (a) , (b) ,
6 6 3 3
5. y = 2 sin x from to
Fig. 17.36
Fig. 17.37
(b) y = 3cos ; 0 to 2
Fig. 17.38
cos
,
6 6
cos
5 5
,
6 6
Fig. 17.39
3
(d) Graph y = cos in , , lies below the x-axis.
2 2
138 Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Notes
Fig. 17.40
EXERCISE 17.8
1. (a) Infinite
3
(b) At , there are breaks in graphs.
2 2
(c) y = tan 2 to
At , tan
3
3
2. (a) Infinite (b) cot at
4
EXERCISE 17.9
1. (a) y = sec
Fig. 17.41
MODULE - IV 3
Functions and Points of discontinuity of sec 2are at , in the interval [0, 2] .
Trigonometric 4 4
Functions
(b) In tracing the graph from 0 to 2 , use cosec (cosec 2.
Notes
EXERCISE 17.10
2
1. (a) Period is
3
2
(b) Period is =
2
(c) Period is y is
3
2 1 cos 4 x 1 1 2
(d) y sin 2 x cos 4 x; Period of y is i.e. .
2 2 2 4 2
x 1
(e) y 3cot , Period of y is 1 3
3
3
EXERCISE 17.11
3 1 3 21
1. (a) (i) (ii) (c)
2 2 2 221
3 1
2. (a)
2 2
EXERCISE 17.12
cos 2 A sin 2 A 1
1. (i) (ii)
2 4
2. (c)
3 1
2 2
EXERCISE 17.14
24 120 2016
2. (a) (b) (c)
25 169 4225
161 7 119
3. (a) (b) (c)
289 25 169
24 2ab
4. (a) (b) 5. 1
7 b a2
2
EXERCISE 17.15
22 (3 pq 2 4 p 3 )
2. (a) (b )
27 q3
23 4c3 3cd 2
3. (a) (b)
27 d3
EXERCISE 17.16
2. (a)
3 1
,
4 2 6
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3. (a) (b) (c) 2 1
2 2
(vii) n , n I (viii) n , n I
3 2 12
5
5. (i) 2n , n I (ii) n ( 1) n , n I
6 6
(iii) 2n , n I
3
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1
1. radian 2. 20.450 3. 15 cm.
2
1 1 1 1
6. (a) (b) (c) 1 (d) (e)
2 2 2 2
7. MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Fig. 17.42
8.
y = sec 2
Fig. 17.43
n
13. (a) n ( 1) n , n I (b) n ( 1) , n I
4 3
(c) n (1) n 5 , n I
n
(d) n ( 1) , n I
4 4
14. (a) 2n , n I (b) 2n , n I
3 6
5 2
(c) 2n , n I (d) 2n , n I
6 3
MODULE - IV
Functions and 15. (a) n , n I
Trigonometric 4
Functions
(b) n , n I
Notes 3
2
(c) n , n I .
3
16. (a) n , n I
4
(b) n , n I
3
(c) n , n I
4
2n
17. (a) , n I
pq
n
(b) or (2n 1) , n I
4 10
(c) (2n 1) , n I
12
(2k 1) 2k
18. (a) or , k I
mn mn
(2k 1)
(b) , kI
2(m n)
2
(c) (2n 1) or 2n , n I
4 3
2 n
(d) or n , n I or (2n 1) , n I .
5 2
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Chapter
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC
FUNCTIONS 18
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
MODULE - IV INTRODUCTION
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
From the previous topic functions, recall that if f is a function say from
Notes
A to B, in general f1(b) (b B) may correspond with one element, more
than one element or may not with any element in A.
Example : f : A B is a function.
MODULE - IV
18.1 IS INVERSE OF EVERY FUNCTION POSSIBLE? Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Take two ordered pairs of a function (x1, y) and (x2, y)
Notes
If we invert them, we will get (y, x1) and (y, x2)
This is not a function because the first member of the two ordered pairs
is the same.
Now let us take another function :
1 3
sin , 1 , sin , and sin ,
2 4 2 3 2
1 3
1, sin , , sin , , sin
2 2 4 2 3
which is a function.
Let us consider some examples from daily life.
f : Student Score in Mathematics
y 4 x3 x 3 y 4
1
Suppose y = sin x =
2
5 13
sin x sin sin sin ....
6 6 6
5 13
x may have the values as , , ,....
6 6 6
1 5 1
, , , ,....
6 2 6 2
1 1 5
, , , ,....
2 6 2 6
It is evident that it is not a function as first element of all the ordered
1
pairs is which contradicts the definition of a function.
2
Can y = sin x be made invertible and how? Yes, if we restrict its domain MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
in such a way that it becomes one-to-one and onto taking x as Functions
Notes
(i) x , y [ 1, 1] or
2 2
3 5
(ii) x , y [1, 1] or
2 2
5 3
(iii) x , y [ 1, 1] etc.,
2 2
(i) y , x [1, 1] or
2 2
3 5
(ii) y , x [ 1, 1] or
2 2
5 3
(iii) y , x [ 1, 1] etc.,
2 2
Here we take the least numerical value among all the values of the real
number whose sine is x which is called the principle value of sin1x.
For this the only case is y , Therefore, for principal value of
2 2
y = sin-1x, the domain is [1, 1] i.e., x [ 1, 1] and range is y .
2 2
2. y = cos1 x [1, 1] 0,
3. y = tan1 x R ,
2 2
4. y = cot1 x R 0,
5. y = sec1 x x > 1 or x < 1 0, 2 2 ,
6. y = cosec1 x x > 1 or x < 1 2 , 0 0, 2
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Fig. 18.2
1 1 1
(i) sin 1 (ii) cos 1 (iii) tan 1
2 2 3
1
Solution: (i) Let sin 1 =
2
1
sin sin sin
2 4 4
1
(ii) Let cos 1 =
2
1 2 2
cos cos cos or
2 3 3 3
MODULE - IV
1
Functions and
Trigonometric
(iii) Let tan 1 =
Functions 3
1
Notes or tan or tan tan
3 6
.
6
1 1
(a) (i) cos (ii) tan1(1)
2
(b) Find the value of the following using the principal value :
3
sec cos 1 .
2
1 1
Solution: (a) (i) Let cos = , then
2
1
cos or cos cos
2 4
4
(ii) Let tan1(1) = , then
1 = tan or tan = tan
4
4
3
(b) Let cos 1 , then
2
3
cos or cos = cos
2 6
MODULE - IV
. Functions and
6 Trigonometric
Functions
3 2
sec cos 1 sec sec . Notes
2 6 3
x = sin .
cos [sin1 x] = cos = 1 sin 2 1 x 2 ( sin = x)
x = cosec
x2 1 ( cosec = x)
EXERCISE 18.1
3 1 3
(a) cos 1 (b) cosec ( 2) (c) sin 1
2 2
(d) tan 1 ( 3) (e) cot1(1)
1 1 2
(a) cos cos 1 (b) cosec1 cosec (c) cos cosec
3 4 3
1
(d) tan(sec 1 2) (e) cosec cot ( 3)
Notes
(d) cos(cot1x2) (e) tan sin
1
1 x2
18.3 PROPERTIES OF INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC
FUNCTIONS
1
Property 1: sin (sin ) ,
2 2
= sin1x
= sin 1
(sin ) =
(ii) tan1(tan ) = ,
2 2
1 1
Property 2: (i) cosec1x = sin1 (ii) cot1x = tan1
x x
1
(iii) sec1x = cos1
x
x = cosec x = cot
1 1
= sin = tan
x x
MODULE - IV
1 1 Functions and
sin
1
tan 1
Trigonometric
x x Functions
1 1
cosec1 x sin 1 cot1 x = tan1 . Notes
x x
(iii) sec1x =
x = sec
1 1
= cos or cos1
x x
1
sec1 x = cos1 .
x
cos1 x =
MODULE - IV
Functions and Property 4: (i) sin1x + cos1x = (ii) tan1x + cot1x =
Trigonometric 2 2
Functions
(iii) cosec1x + sec1x = .
Notes 2
Solution: (i) sin1x + cos1x = .
2
Let sin1x = x = sin = cos
2
or cos1x =
2
cos1 x = or sin1x + cos1x = .
2 2
(ii) Let cot1x = x = cot = tan
2
tan1(x) = or + tan1x =
2 2
or cot1x + tan1x = .
2
(iii) Let cosec1x =
x = cosec = sec
2
sec1(x) = or + sec1x =
2 2
cosec1x + sec1x = .
2
Property 5
x y
(i) tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 .
1 xy
MODULE - IV
1 1 1
x y Functions and
(ii) tan x tan y tan . Trigonometric
1 xy Functions
tan tan
LHS = and RHS = tan 1
1 tan .tan
Property 6:
1 1 x
2
1 2 x 2x
1
(i) 2 tan x sin cos 2 =
tan 1
2
1 x 1 x 1 x 2
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
Let x = tan
2x 2 tan
sin 1 2
sin 1
1 x 1 tan 2
2 tan
sin 1
sec 2
MODULE - IV
1 1
x2 1 1 tan
2
Functions and
Trigonometric cos cos 1 tan 2
2
Functions 1 x
2x 2 tan
tan 1 2
tan 1
1 x 1 tan 2
tan 1 (tan 2 )
= 2 ...(iv)
1 1 x
2
2x 1 2 x
2 tan 1 x sin 1 2
cos 2
tan .
1 x 1 x 1 x2
Property 7:
1
sec1
1 x 2
1 x2 1
cot 1 cosec1
x x
1 x2
1
(ii) cos x sin
1
1 x 2 tan 1
x
MODULE - IV
1
1 Functions and
cosec Trigonometric
1 x
2
Functions
x Notes
cot 1
1 x 2
1
sec 1
x
Proof: Let sin1x = sin = x
2 x 1
(i) cos 1 x , tan , sec ,
1 x2 1 x2
1 x2 1
cot and cosec
x x
x
sin 1 x cos 1 ( 1 x 2 ) tan 1
2
1 x
1
sec1
2
1 x
1 x2
cot 1
x
1
cosec1 .
x
(ii) Let cos1x = x = cos
1 x2 1 x
sin 1 x 2 , tan , sec , cot
x x 1 x2
1
and cosec
1 x2
1 x
MODULE - IV
Functions and cos 1 x sin 1 2
Trigonometric
Functions
1 x2
Notes tan 1
x
1
cosec1
2
1 x
1
sec 1
x
Property 8
1 1 1 2 2
(i) sin x sin y sin x 1 y y 1 x
1 1 1 2 2
(ii) cos x cos y cos xy 1 x 1 y
1 1 1 2 2
(iii) sin x sin y sin x 1 y y 1 x
1 1 1 2 2
(iv) cos x cos y cos xy 1 x 1 y
Solution: (i) Let x = sin , y = sin , then
LHS = + ,
RHS = sin1[sin cos + cos sin ]
= sin1[sin( + )] = + .
LHS = RHS.
(ii) Let x = cos , y = cos
LHS = +
RHS = cos1[cos cos sin sin ]
= cos1[cos( + )] = + .
LHS = RHS.
sin 1 sin( ) .
LHS = RHS.
(iv) Let x = cos , y = cos
LHS =
LHS = RHS.
1 3 5
Example 18.5 : Evaluate: cos sin sin 1
5 13 5
3
(
1 3 5 1
Solution: sin and sin , then 4
5 13
3 5
sin and sin .
5 13 13
5
4 12 (
cos and cos . 12
5 13
4 12 3 5 33
. . .
5 13 5 13 65
Inverse Trigonometric Functions 161
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
4 12 33
cos 1 cos 1 cos 1
5 13 65
Solution: Applying the property
cos 1 x cos 1 y cos 1 xy 1 x 2 1 y 2 , we have
4 12 4 12 16 144
cos 1 cos 1 cos 1 1 1
5 13 5 13 25 169
33
cos 1 .
65
Example 18.8 : Prove that
1 1 x
tan 1 x cos 1
2 1 x
Solution: Let x tan then
1 1 tan 2 1
RHS = cos 1 2 cos 1 (cos 2)
2 1 tan 2
1
2 .
2
LHS = RHS.
162 Inverse Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 tan 1
tan 1 1
tan (tan )
1 tan 2
1
tan 1 tan .
4 2
Tan A Tan B
tan(A B)
1 Tan A Tan B
1 1 3
.
4 2 4 2 2
2
4 3 6
1
x tan x tan
6 3
Example 18.10: Show that
1 x2 1 x2 1
tan 1 cos1 ( x 2 )
1 x 1 x
2 2 4 2
Solution: Let x2 = cos 2, then
2 = cos1 (x2)
1
cos 1 x 2
2
Substituting x2 = cos 2 in L.H.S. of the given equation, we have
1 x2 1 x2 1 cos 2 1 cos 2
1
tan tan 1
1 x2 1 x2 1 cos 2 1 cos 2
2 cos 2 sin
tan 1
2 cos 2 sin
cos sin
tan 1
cos sin
Inverse Trigonometric Functions 163
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
EXERCISE 18.2
1. Evaluate each of the following :
1
(a) sin sin 1 (b) cot (tan 1 cot 1 )
3 2
1 2x 1 1 y
2 1 1
(c) tan sin 1 cos (d) tan 2 tan
2 1 x2 1 y 2 5
1
(e) tan 2 tan 1 .
5 4
1 1
2. If cos x cos y , prove that
x2 2xy cos + y2 = sin2
3. If cos x + cosy + cosz = , prove that
x2 + y2 + z2 + 2xyz = 1
4. Prove each of the following:
1 1 1 2
(a) sin sin ,
5 5 2
1 4 1 5 1 16
(b) sin sin sin .
5 13 65 2
1 4 1 3 27
(c) cos tan tan 1
5 5 11
1 1 1 MODULE - IV
(d) tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 Functions and
2 5 8 4 Trigonometric
Functions
5. Show that
Notes
sec2 (tan 1 2) cosec 2 (cot 1 2) 10
KEY WORDS
Inverse of a trigonometric function exists if we restrict the domain of it.
(i) sin1x = y if sin y = x ; 1 < x < 1, y .
2 2
(ii) cos1x = y if cos y = x ; 1 < x < 1, 0 < y < ,
(iii) tan1x = y if tan y = x ; x R, y .
2 2
(iv) cot1x = y if cot y = x ; x R, [0 < y < ]
(v) sec1x = y if sec y = x where x > 1, 0 y or x < 1,
2
y .
2
(vi) cosec1x = y if cosec y = x where x > 1, 0 y
2
or x < 1, y 0.
2
Graphs of inverse trigonometric functions can be represented in the given
intervals by interchanging the axes as in case of y = sin x , etc.
Properties :
(i) sin1(sin ) = , tan1(tan ) = , an (tan1) = and sin (sin1 ) = .
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(ii) cosec x sin , cot x tan , sec x cos .
x x x
(iii) sin 1 ( x ) sin 1 x, tan 1 ( x ) tan 1 x, cos 1 ( x ) cos 1 x.
(iv) sin1(x) + cos1x = , tan1x + cot1x = , cosec1x + sec1x
2 2
=
2
Inverse Trigonometric Functions 165
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV
x y 1 x y
Functions and
Trigonometric
(v) tan1x + tan1y = tan 1 1 1
, tan x tan y tan
Functions 1 xy 1 xy
1 1 x
2
2x 2x
Notes (vi) 2 tan 1 x sin 1 2
cos
2
tan 1
1 x 1 x 1 x2
1 1 2 1
x
(vii) sin x cos ( 1 x ) tan 2
.
1 x
1 1 x2
cosec1 .
1 1 1
sec cot
2 x x
1 x
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
http : //www.wikipedia.org
http:// math world . wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Prove each of the following :
1 3 1 8 1 77
(a) sin sin sin
5 17 85
1 1 1 3
(b) tan 1 tan 1 cos 1
4 9 2 5
1 4 1 3 1 27
(c) cos tan tan
5 5 11
2. Prove each of the following :
1 1 23
(a) 2 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 .
2 5 11
1 1 1 1 1
(b) tan 2 tan tan 2.
2 3
166 Inverse Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
3. (a) Prove that 2 sin 1 x sin 1 2 x 1 x 2 Notes
(b) Prove that 2 cos 1 x cos 1 (2 x 2 1) .
1 x 1 1 x
(c) Prove that cos 1 x 2sin 1 2 cos
2 2
1 cos x sin x
(b) tan x.
cos x sin x 4
ab 1 1 bc 1 1 ca 1
(c) cot 1 cot cot « 0
ab bc ca
5. Prove the following :
1 1 1
(c) cos x sin x
2 6
1 1
(d) cot x cot ( x 2) , x0
12
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 18.1
1. (a) (b) (c)
6 4 3
(d) (e)
3 4
Inverse Trigonometric Functions 167
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV 1
Functions and 2. (a) (b)
Trigonometric 3 4
Functions
1
Notes (c) (d) 1
2
(e) 2
2
3. (a) 1 x 2 (b)
x2 4
x2
(c) x4 1 (d)
x4 1
1 x
(e)
x
EXERCISE 18.2
1. (a) 1 (b) 0
x y 5
(c) (d)
1 xy 12
7
(e)
17
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1
5. (a) (b)
6 4
(c) +1 (d) 3
MODULE - IV
Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
Notes
Chapter
PROPERTIES OF TRIANGLES 19
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
Trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions.
Formulae for sum and difference of trigonometric functions of real numbers.
Trigonometric functions of multiples and sub-multiples of real numbers.
INTRODUCTION
We have so far considered Trigonometry as a subject useful to study the
trigonometric functions and their properties in a modern view point. But one
of the main aims of learning Trigonometry is to determine the relation between
the sides and angles of a given triangle.
The purpose of learning this chapter is to develop the necessary rules
and methods for determining the rest of the sides and angles of a triangle, given
one of two sides and/or angles.
MODULE - IV Notation
Functions and
Trigonometric A
Functions In a ABC, the angles corresponding
)
Notes to the vertices A, B, and C are denoted c
by A, B, and C and the sides opposite to b
these vertices are denoted by a, b and c
respectively. These angles and sides are ) )
B a C
called six elements of the triangle.
Fig. 19.1
19.1 SINE RULE
A
a b c D
In ABC , 2R , R
sin A sin B sin C c
Then DBC and DBC is a right angled triangle.
2
A
RHS : k(sin B + sin C) . sin
2
B+C BC A
k .2sin .cos sin
2 2 2
B+C A
Now 90 ( A + B + C =
2 2
MODULE - IV B+C A A B C
Functions and sin cos 900 )
Trigonometric 2 2 2 2 2 2
Functions
A BC A
RHS 2k cos cos sin
Notes 2 2 2
BC
k .sin A.cos
2
BC
a cos L.H.S
2
Example 19.2 : Using sine formula, prove that
A
a(cos C cos B) 2(b c ) cos 2 .
2
Solution: We have
a b c
k (say)
sin A sin B sin C
B+C BC A B C
= 2a sin . sin cos 2 sin 2
2 2
= a (cos C cos B)
= L.H.S.
Example 19.3: Using sine formula, prove that
Solution: We have
a b c MODULE - IV
k (say) Functions and
sin A sin B sin C Trigonometric
Functions
L.H.S. = k sin A . sin A k sin B. sin B
Notes
k [sin 2 A sin 2 B]
= k sin(A + B) . sin (A B)
A + B = C sin(A + B) = sin C
L.H.S = k sin C sin (A B)
= k2 (sin2 B sin2 C)
= k2 sin2 B k2 sin2 C
= b2 c2 = R.H.S
EXERCISE 19.1
1. Using sine-formula, show that each of the following hold :
AB
tan
(i) 2 a b
AB ab
tan
2
(ii) b cos B + c cos C = a cos (B C)
BC A
(iii) a sin (b c) cos
2 2
Properties of Triangles 173
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
a2 = (2R sinA)2
Note
(i) The rule is also known as the ‘law of cosines’ and the rules in it are called ‘cosine
rules’.
b2 c2 a 2
(ii) From the cosine rules, we can write cos A ,
2bc
c2 a2 b2 a2 b2 c2
cos B and cos C .
2ca 2ab
These rules are used to find the three angles of a triangle when its sides are
given.
174 Properties of Triangles
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - IV
19.3 PROJECTION FORMULA Functions and
Trigonometric
Functions
In Δ ABC, a b cos C + c cos B.
Notes
Proof: From the cosine rules, we have
c 2 a2 b2 a2 b2 c2
cos B = , cos C =
2 ca 2 ab
a b c2
2 2
c2 a2 b2
b cos C c cos B = b c
2 ab 2 ca
a 2 b2 c 2 c 2 a 2 b2 2a 2
= a.
2a 2a
Similarly, we can prove that b = c cos A + a cos C and c = a cos B + b cos A
Note: These three rules are called the ‘projection rules’.
Let us take some examples to show its application
Example 19.5 : In any triangle ABC, show that
a 2 b2 c2
= R.H.S
2abc
b2 c 2 a 2
Solution: cos A ...(i)
2bc
MODULE - IV 1
Functions and A 600 cos A cos 600
Trigonometric 2
Functions
1 b2 c2 a 2
Notes (i) becomes
2 2bc
b2 + c2 a2 = bc
or b2 + c2 + 2bc a2 = 3bc
or (b + c)2 a2 = 3bc
Example 19.7 : If the sides of a triangle are 3 cm, 5 cm and 7 cm find the
greatest angle of a triangle.
Solution: Here a = 3 cm, b = 5 cm, c = 7 cm
We know that in a triangle, the angle opposite to the largest side is greatest
2
The greatest angle of the triangle is or 1200.
3
b c
Example 19.8 : In ABC if A 600 . Prove that = 1.
ca ab
b2 c 2 a 2
Solution : cos A
2bc
0 1 b2 c2 a2
or cos 60
2 2bc
2 2 2
b + c a = bc
or b2 + c2 = a2 + bc ...(i)
MODULE - IV
b c ab b 2 c 2 ac Functions and
R.H.S : = Trigonometric
ca ab (c a)(a b) Functions
ab ac a 2 bc Notes
= [Using(i)]
(c a)(a b)
a ( a b ) c ( a b)
=
(c a)(a b)
( a b) ( a c )
= 1
(c a)(a b)
EXERCISE 19.2
1. In any triangle ABC, show that
b2 c2 c2 a2 a 2 b2
(i) sin 2A sin 2B + sin 2C 0
a2 b2 c2
(ii) (a2 b2 + c2) tan B = (b2 c2 + a2) tan C = (c2 a2 + b2) tan A
k a 2 b2 c2
(iii) [sin 2A sin 2B +sin 2C]
2 2abc
a b c
where k
sin A sin B sin C
(iv) (b2 c2) cot A = (c2 a2) cot B = (a2 b2) cot C = 0
2. The sides of a triangle are a = 9 cm, b = 8 cm, c = 4 cm Show that
6 cos C = 4 + 3 cos B.
= c+ b + a
= a + b + c = R.H.S
b2 c2 a2 c 2 a 2 b2
a b
2bc 2ca
c 2 = a2 + b2
b 2 c 2 a 2 9 16 4 21 7
Solution: cos A =
2bc 23 4 24 8
c 2 a 2 b 2 16 4 9 11
cos B =
2ca 2 4 2 16
a 2 b 2 c 2 4 9 16 3 1
and cos C = =
2ab 223 12 4
2. The sides of a triangle are 7 cm, 4 3 cm and 13 cm . Find the smallest Notes
angle of the triangle.
3. If a : b : c = 7 : 8 : 9, prove that
cos A : cos B : cos C = 14 : 11 : 6.
abc
Where S (half of the perimeter)
2
In ABC,
A ( s b)( s c)
(i) sin
2 bc
MODULE - IV
Functions and B ( s a)( s c) C ( s a)( s b)
Trigonometric Similarly sin and sin
Functions 2 ac 2 ab
Notes A s (s a)
(ii) cos
2 bc
B s ( s b) C s( s c)
Similarly cos and cos
2 ac 2 ab
B ( s a )( s c) C ( s a )( s b)
Similarly tan and tan
2 s ( s b) 2 s( s c)
abc 13 14 15 42
where S 21
2 2 2
21 8 7 6
= 84 sq.units.
Example 19.14 : In ABC, if (a + b + c) (b + c a) = 3bc, find A.
Solution: We know that, a + b + c = 25 and b + c = 2s a.
(a + b + c) (b + c a) = 3bc
2s(2s a a) = 3bc
4s(s a) = 3bc
180 Properties of Triangles
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
s(s a) 3 MODULE - IV
Functions and
bc 4 Trigonometric
Functions
A 3 A s (s a)
cos 2 cos
2 4 2 bc Notes
A 3
cos cos 300.
2 2
A
300 A 600
2
EXERCISE 19.3
B
1. If a = 4, b = 5, c = 7, find cos .
2
A bc
3. If cot , find angle B.
2 a
KEY WORDS
Sine-formula :
a b c
(i)
sin A sin B sin C
Cosine formulae :
b2 c2 a2
(ii) cos A ,
2bc
c2 a2 b2
cos B ,
2ca
Properties of Triangles 181
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - IV a 2 b2 c2
Functions and cos C =
Trigonometric 2ab
Functions
Projection formulae :
Notes
a = b cos C + c cos B
a = c cos A + a cos C
a = a cos B + b cos A
Half Angle formulae :
A ( s b)( s c)
sin
2 bc
A s (s a)
cos
2 bc
A ( s b)( s c)
tan
2 s( s a)
Area of Triangle :
s( s a)( s b)( s c)
abc
where S
2
SUPPORTIVE WEB SITES
http : //www.wikipedia.org
PRACTICE EXERCISE
b2 c 2 c2 a 2 a 2 b2 MODULE - IV
3. .sin 2A . sin 2B . sin 2C = 0 Functions and
a2 b2 c2 Trigonometric
Functions
2 2
4. c a 1 cos B cos (C A) Notes
b 2 c 2 1 cos A cos (B C)
5. c b cos A cos B
b c cos A cos C
6. a b cos C sin C
c b cos A sin A
A B C
7. (a b c) tan tan 2c cot
2 2 2
A B a b C
8. sin cos
2 c 2
B B
10. b 2 (c a ) 2 cos 2 (c a ) 2 sin 2
2 2
A 1
11. In a triangle, if b = 5, c = 6 tan , then show that a 41 .
2 2
12. In any ABC, show that
cos A b a cos C
cos B a b cos C
A B C
13. If cot : cot : cot = 3 : 5 : 7, then show that a : b : c = 6 : 5 :
2 2 2
4.
a 2 b2 c2
14. Prove that cot A + cot B + cot C =
4
C A
15. Express a sin 2 c sin 2 interms of s, a, b, c.
2 2
MODULE - IV
Functions and ANSWERS
Trigonometric
Functions
EXERCISE 19.3
Notes
4
1. cos A
5
3
cos B
5
cos C = 0
EXERCISE 19.4
6
1.
7
3. 900
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Define limit of a function, Right hand limit and Left hand limit.
PREREQUISITES
logarithemic functions.
INTRODUCTION
MODULE - V Basic Notion of a 'Limit' was conceived in 1680 by Newton and Leibnitz
Calculus
simultaneously, while they were facing with the creation of calculus. There
were other mathematicians of the same era who proposed other definitions of
Notes the intuitive concept of Limit of Course there are evidences that the idea of
The definition of limit today, was given by Karl Weierstrass (1815 - 1897)
Intervals
Neighbourhoods :
Let a be a real number and let be a Positive real number. Then set
of all real numbers tying between a and a + is called the neighbourhood
of a radius '' and is denoted by N(a).
Thus MODULE - V
Calculus
N(a) = (a , a + ) = x, R \ a x a
The set N(a) {a} is called deleted nbd of a of radius . The set Notes
(a , a) is called the left nbd of a and the (a, a + ) is known as the right
nbd of a.
If is very small and x lies in the interval (a , a). Then x is said
to approach to a from the left and we write x a .
| x a | x a
a | x a x. N (a)
(a , a) (a, a ) or (a , a ) \ {a}
= (c, d)
MODULE - V
20.1 LIMITS
Calculus
x2 1
2. Let us define f : ( R \{1}) R by f ( x) , x 1 in the follow-
x 1
ing table, we compute the values of f (x) for certain values on either.
Side of x = 1
x 2 1 ( x 1)( x 1)
We can werite f ( x) x 1, beacuse x 1 0
x 1 x 1
and so division by (x 1) is possible.
f (x) 6.9 6.99 6.999 6.9999 7.0001 7.001 7.01 7.1 Notes
x2 9
4. Find Lt f ( x), where f ( x) solve by substitution method.
x 3 x3
x2 9
Step 1: x close to a say x = a + h For f ( x) we write
x3
h is very small +ve number x = 3 + h so that as
clearly as x a, h 0 x 3, h 0
required result As x 0, h 0
Thus Lt f ( x ) 6 0 6
x 3
by putting h = 0.
Remark : f (3) is not defined, however in this case the limit of the
function f (x) as x 3 is 6
MODULE - V
x3 1
Calculus
Example 1 : xLt f ( x ), where f ( x) x 2 1 , x 1
1
1, x 1
Notes
x3 1
Here, for x 1 , f ( x) 2
x 1
( x 1)( x 2 x 1)
( x 1)( x 1)
x3 1
Step 1: Factorise g(x) and h(x) Sol. f ( x)
x2 1
( x 1)( x 2 x 1)
( x 1)( x 1)
( x 1 , x 1 0 and as such
can be cancelled)
x2 x 1
f ( x)
x 1
x3 1 1 1 1 3
Step 3: Putting the value of x, Lt
x 1 x2 1 11 2
by x Lt
a
f ( x) .
x E.
MODULE - V Note :
Calculus
I lim f ( x)
xa lim f ( x)
Notes and lim f ( x) x a
xa
II lim f ( x) 1
x a lim f ( x) does not exist
and lim f ( x) 2 x a
x a
III lim f ( x) or lim f ( x) does not exist lim f ( x) does not exist
x a xa xa
limit.
lim 5 x 5 lim x
x2 x2
= 5 2 = 10
and g(x) = x + 2.
MODULE - V
5 lim x 2 2 lim x 2 2
x0 x 0 Calculus
lim g ( x) lim ( x 2) lim x 2 2
x 0 x 0 xa
Notes
2
lim (5 x 2 x 3) lim ( x 2) 6
x 0 x0
lim (5 x 3 12 x 2 7 x 6)
x0
=6
From (i) and (ii)
lim [(5 x 2 2 x 3) ( x 2)] lim (5 x 2 2 x 3) lim ( x 2)
x0 x 0 x0
f ( x) xlim
a
f ( x)
4. lim provided lim g ( x) 0
xa g ( x) lim g ( x) x a
xa
= 1 5 = +6
=2
and lim ( x 2) 1 2
x1
= 1
lim ( x 2 5 x 6) 2
x1
2
lim ( x 2) 1
x1
MODULE - V
Calculus x 2 5 x 6
( x 2 5 x 6) ( x 3)( x 2) x 2 3 x 2 x 6
Also lim lim
x1 x2 x1 x2 x( x 3) 2( x 3)
Notes
( x 3)( x 2)
lim ( x 3)
x1
= 1 + 3 = 2
x 2 5 x 6 xlim ( x 2 5 x 6)
From (i) and (ii) lim 1
x1 x2 lim ( x 2)
x1
We have seen above that there are many ways that two given functions
may be combined to form a new function. The limit of the combined function
as x a can be calculated from the limits of the given functions. To sum up,
we state below some basic results on limits, which can be used to find the limit
of the functions combined with basic operations.
f ( x) xlim
a
f ( x)
(iv) lim provided lim g ( x) 0
x a g ( x) lim g ( x) m xa
x a
The above results can be easily extended in case of more than two functions.
1 x if x 1
Example 20.1 : f ( x) ; a 1
1 x if x 1
Lt (1 x ) 0 MODULE - V
x 1
Calculus
RHL Lt f ( x ) Lt f ( x )
xa x 1
Notes
Lt (1 x ) 1 2 2
x 1
x 2 if 1 x 3
Example 20.2 : f ( x) ; a 3 . Find LHL, RHL at a
x if 3 x 5
2
LHL = Lt f ( x) Lt x 2 3 2 5
x 3 x 3
RHL = Lt f ( x) Lt x 2 32 9
x 3 x 3
| x 3| | (3 h) 3 |
here Lt Lt
x 3 x3 h 0 (3 h) 3
|h|
= hLt0 h
h
Lt (as h > 0 so |h| = h)
h 0 h
=1
| x 3| | (3 h) 3 | | h |
(ii) Lt Lt Lt
x 3 x 3 h 0 (3 h) 3 h 0 h
h
Lt 1
h 0 h
1
x , x x
Notes 2
1
f ( x) 0, x
2 Examine the existence of Lt f ( x)
1 x
1
x 1, 2 x 1
2
1
x, 0 x ...(i)
2
1
Solution : Here f ( x) 0, x
2
1
x 1, 2 x 1 ...(ii)
1
Lt f ( x) Lt f h
1
x
h 0
2
2
1 1
2 h 2 and from (i)
1
= xLt h f 1 h 1 h
0 2
2
2
1 1
0 ...(iii)
2 2
1
Lt f ( x) Lt f h
1
x
h 0
2
2
1 th 1
and from(ii),
1 2 2
Lt h 1 1 1
h 0
2 f 2 h 2 h 1
1 1
( 1) ...(iv) from (iii) & (iv)
2 2
LHL RHL its does not exist.
x3 1 1 x 1 x x 5 32
Example: Lt , Lt , Lt etc.
x 1 x 1 x 0 x x2 x2
cos x cos 0 1
Example 20.6 : Lt 1
x 0 1 sin x 1 sin 0 1 0
Solution : xLt ( x 2 3x 7)
0
MODULE - V = (0 + 0 + 7)
Calculus
= 7.
Notes
Example 20.8 : Evaluate Lt ( x 1)2 2
x 1
=4+2=6
= [(2 0 + 1)3 5]
= [1 5]
=4
1
Example 20.10 : Evaluate Lt
x 0 x 3x 2
2
1
Solution : xLt
0 x 3x 2
2
1 1 1
0 3.0 2 0 0 2 2
2
2 3
Example 20.11 : Evaluate Lt
x2
x 1 x
2 3
Solution : Lt
x2
x 1 x
2 3
2 1 2
MODULE - V
2 3
Calculus
3 2
4 9
Notes
6
5
.
6
3x 1
Example 20.12 : Evaluate Lt
x 1 x 10
3x 1
Solution : Lt
x 1 x 10
3( 1) 5 3 5 2
1 10 11 11
2
.
11
px q
Solution : Lt
x 0 ax b
p (0) q
a (0) b
q
.
b
(e x x 1)
Example 20.14 : Find Lt
x 0
x
ex x 1 ex 1 x
Solution : Lt xLt
x 0
x 0
x x
ex 1
Lt Lt (1)
x 0
x x 0
Limits and Continuity 199
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
ex 1
Calculus = 1+1 x 0 x 1
Lt
Notes = 2.
(1 x)e x 1
Example 20.15 : Find Lt
x 0 x
(1 x)e x 1 e x xe x 1
Solution : Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0 x
e x 1 xe x
Lt
x 0
x x
ex 1 xe x
Lt Lt
x 0
x x 0 x
1 Lt (e x ) 1 1 2.
x 0
2 | x |
Lt x 1 3.
x0 x
Lt [2 h] 2 h Lt 2 2 h h 4
h0 h 0
(1 x)3/2 1 Notes
Lt
Example 20.18 : x 0
x
(1 x)3/ 2 1 (1 x)3/ 2 13/2
Solution : Lt Lt
x 0 (1 x) 1
x 0
x
(1 x)3/2 13/2 3 3
Lt (1)
1 x 1 (1 x) 1 2 2
sin ax
Example 20.19 : xLt
0 x cos x
sin ax sin ax a
Solution : xLt Lt
0 x cos x x 0 ax cos x
a
1 a.
1
1 cos 2 mx
Example 20.20 : xLt
0 sin 2 nx
1 cos 2mx 2sin 2 mx
Solution : xLt Lt
0 sin 2 nx x 0 sin 2 nx
2
2 2
sin mx nx m x
Lt 2. .
nx sin nx n x
x 0 2 2
m 2 2m 2
2. 2
n2 n
8 | x | 3 x
Example 20.21 : Lt
x 3 | x | 2 x
Solution : x x 0 |x| = x
8 | x | 3 x 8 | x | 3 x
Lt Lt
x 3 | x | 2 x x 3 | x | 2 x
11 x
Lt 11
x x
MODULE - V
1 1
Calculus (1 x ) 8
(1 x ) 8
.
Example 20.22 : Compute the following Lt
x 0 x
Notes
1 1
(1 x) 1 (1 x) 8 1
8
Solution : Lt
x 0 x x
1 1
(1 x) 8 1 (1 x) 8 1
Lt Lt
x 0 (1 x ) 1 x 0 (1 x ) 1
1 18 1 1 1 1
1 1 8
8 8
1 1 2 1
.
8 8 8 4
x sin a a sin x
Example 20.23 : xLt
0 xa
x sin a a sin x
Solution : xLt
0 xa
xa xa
a 2 cos sin
sin a( x a ) 2 2
Lt
= xa Lt
( x a) xa xa
1
sin a a.2 cos a
2
= sin a a cos a.
MODULE - V
tan x tan a tan x tan a
Example 20.24 : xLt ( x a) tan( x a ) Calculus
a
1 tan x tan a
sin x sin a
Notes
tan x tan a cos x cos a
Solution : Lt Lt
xa
( x a ) x a ( x a )
sin x cos a cos x sin a
Lt
xa ( x a ) cos x cos a
sin( x a) 1
Lt Lt
x a ( x a) x a cos x cos a
1 1
1. 2
sec2 a
cos a.cos a cos a
cos ax cos bx
Example 20.25 : Lt
x 0 x2
ax bx bx ax
2sin sin
Solution : Lt cos ax cos bx Lt 2 2
x 0 x2 x 0 x2
x x
sin(a b) (b a)
2. Lt 2 . Lt sin 2
x 0 x x 0
x
x x
sin(b a) sin(b a)
2. Lt 2 Lt 2 b a b a
x 0 x x 0 x 2 2
(b a) (b a )
2 2
ba ba (b 2 a 2 )
2 11 2
2 2 4
1 cos 2 x
Example 20.26 : Evaluate Lt
x 0 3 tan 2 x
1 cos 2 x 2sin 2 x
Solution : Lt Lt
x 0 3 tan 2 x x 0 sin 2 x
3.
cos 2 x
MODULE - V 2
Calculus Lt cos 2 x
3 0
x
2
Lt (cos x) 2
Notes 3 x 0
2
1
3
2
3
1 cos 2 x 2
Lt 2
.
x 0 3 tan x 3
x cos
Example 20.27 : Evaluate Lt 2
x 1 1 x
Solution : x 1 1 x 0
Let 1 x h x 1 h
cos x cos (1 h)
Lt 2 Lt 2
x 1 1 x h0 h
h
cos
Lt 2 2 cos (90 ) = sin
h 0 h
h
sin
Lt 2
h 0 h 2
2
h
sin
2 h
Lt h 0 0
2 h 0 h 2
2
2
1 .
2 2
x3 6 x 2 11x 6 0
Example 20.29 : Lt put x = 2 we get form
x2 x 6x 8
2 0
( x 1)( x 2)( x 3) 1
= Lt
x2 ( x 2) ( x 4) 2
( x 3) ( x 2 4 x 3)
Lt form 0
x 3 ( x 3)( x 2 x 6 x 9)
3 2
0
x2 4 x 3 0
Lt form 0
x 3 x3 2 x 2 6 x 9
( x 3) ( x 1) 0
Lt form
x 3 ( x 3)( x x 3)
2
0
( x 1) 3 1 2
Lt .
x 3 x x 3 933
2
9
x3 8
Example 20.31 : Evaluate Lt
x2 x 2
x3 8 ( x 2)( x 2 2 x 4)
Solution : xLt Lt
2 x 2 x2 x2
MODULE - V
Lt ( x 2 2 x 4)
Calculus x 2
= 22 + 2 2 + 4 = 4 + 4 + 4
Notes
= 12.
x2 a2
Example 20.32 : Evaluate Lt .
xa xa
( x a)( x a)
Solution : xLt ( a a ) 2a
a ( x a)
9x2 1
Example 20.33 : Evaluate: Lt
x 3x 1
1
3
Solution : Lt 9 x 1
2
x 3x 1
1
3
(3x 1)(3x 1)
Lt
x
1 (3x 1)
3
1
3 1
3
= (1 + 1)
=2
tan( x a ) 1
Solution : xLt
a ( x a) xa
tan( x a ) 1
Lt Lt
xa xa xa x a
1 1
1
aa 2a
1 4 MODULE - V
Example 20.35 : xLt
2
x 2 ( x 2) x 2 Calculus
1 4
Solution : xLt Notes
2
x 2 ( x 2)( x 2)
1 4
Lt 1
x 2 ( x 2)
x 2
1 x 2 4 1 x 2
Lt
x 2 ( x 2)
x 2 ( x 2) x 2
1 1
Lt
= x
2 2 2
4
1
4
e2 x 1
Example 20.36 : Evaluate Lt
x 0 x
e2 x 1 e2 x 1 ex 1
Lt
Solution : 2 x 0 2 Lt 2 Lt
x 0 1
x 2 x 0
x x
= 1 2 = 2
sin ax
Example 20.37 : Evaluate Lt
x 0 sin bx
sin ax
ax
sin ax ax
Solution : Lt Lt
x 0 sin bx x 0 sin bx
bx
bx
1 a a
.
1 b b
(iii) Rationalisation Method
MODULE - V
a 2 x 3x
Calculus Example 20.38 : Evaluate Lt
xa 3a x 2 x
0
Notes When x = 0 we get Indeterminate form
0
Now
a 2 x 3x
Lt
xa 3a x 2 x
a 2 x 3x a 2 x 3 x 3a x 2 x
= xLt
a
3a x 2 x 3a x 2 x a 2 x 3 x
Lt
(a x) 3a x 2 x 3a x 2 x
Lt
x a
(a x) a 2x 3 x x a 3 a 2 x 3 x
4 a 2
2(3 3a ) 3 3
x
Example 20.39 : Evaluate Lt
x 0 1 x 1
x
Solution : Lt
x 0 1 x 1
x 1 x 1
Lt
x 0
1 x 1 1 x 1
Lt
x 1 x 1
Lt
x 1 x 1
x 0 (1 x 1) x 0 x
Lt
x 0
1 x 1 1 0 1 11 2
1 x 1 x
Example 20.40 : Evaluate Lt .
x 0 x
Solution : Rationalise the factor containing square root, simplify, put the value
of x, get the result.
MODULE - V
1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x (1 x) (1 x)
Calculus
x 1 x 1 x x[ 1 x 1 x ]
2x 2
Notes
x 1 x 1 x
1 x 1 x
2x 2
Lt
x 0 x 1 x 1 x 1 0 1 0
2 2
1.
11 2
12 x x
Example 20.41 : Evaluate xLt
3 6 x 3
Lt
12 x x
12 x x 12 x x 6 x 3
x 3 6 x 3 6 x 3 6 x 3 12 x x
Lt
12 x x .
2
Lt
6 x 3
x 3 6 x9 x 3 12 x x
( x 4)( x 3) 6 x 3
Lt . Lt x3
x 3 ( x 3) x 3 12 x x
6
( 3 4) 7.
6
3x 1
Example 20.42 : Lt
x 0
1 x 1
3x 1 3x 1 1 x 1
Solution : Lt Lt
x 0
1 x 1 x 0 1 x 1 1 x 1
3x 1
Lt 1 x 1
x 0 |1 x 1|
MODULE - V
3x 1
Calculus Lt
x 0 x
. Lt
x 0
1 x 1
Notes log e 3 1 0 1
log e 3 (1 1) 2 log e 3
log e 32 log e 9
x2 x x2
Lt
x
x2 x x
x
Lt
x
x xx
2
x
Lt
x 1
x 1 1
x
1
Lt
x 1
x 1 1
x
1
As x , 0
x
1 1 1
.
1 0 1 11 2
MODULE - V
20.3 FINDING LIMITS OF SOME OF THE
Calculus
IMPORTANT FUNCTIONS
Notes
xn an
(i) Prove that lim na n 1 where n is a positive integer.
xa x a
xn an
Proof : lim na n 1
xa x a
n n 1 n(n 1) n 2 2
a na h a h .... h n a n
2!
lim
h 0 h
n(n 1) n 2
h n a n1 a h .... h n 1
2!
lim
h 0 h
n(n 1) n 2
lim n a n 1 a h .... h n1
h 0 2!
= nan1 + 0 + 0 + .... + 0
= nan1
xn an
lim n a n 1
xa x a
Notes or when x 0, AC 0
Thus we have
1 1
or OC AC x (1) 2 OB BD
2 2 2
1 2
area of triangle 2 base height and area of sector 2 r
1 1 MODULE - V
cos x sin x x 1 tan x Calculus
2 2 2
OC AC BD
cos x OA ,sin x OA and tan x OB , OA 1 OB Notes
x tan x
i.e., cos x [Dividing throughout by sin x]
sin x sin x 2
x 1
or cos x
sin x cos x
1 sin x
or cos x
cos x x
sin x 1
i.e., cos x
x cos x
sin x 1
lim cos x lim lim
x 0 x 0 x x 0 cos x
or sin x
1 lim 1
x 0 x
1 1
lim cos x 1; lim 1
x 0 x 0 cos x 1
Note : In the above results, it should be kept in mind that the angle x must
be expressed in radians.
1
(iv) Prove that lim (1 x) x e.
x 0
MODULE - V
11 1 1 1
Calculus 1 1 1 2
1 x x x 2 x x x
1 x x 1 . x x3 ....
x 2! 3!
Notes
(1 x) (1 x) (1 2 x)
1 1 .......
2! 3!
1 1 x (1 x) (1 2 x)
lim 1 x x lim 1 1 ......
x 0 x 0
2! 3!
1 1
1 1 .......
2! 3!
= e (By definition)
1
lim 1 x x e
x 0
log 1 x 1
lim lim log (1 x) lim log (1 x)1/ x
x 0 x x 0 x x 0
1
= log e (Using lim (1 x) x e )
x 0
=1
ex 1
(vi) Prove that lim 1
x 0 x
x2
x x3
Proof : We know that e 1 x .........
2! 3!
x2 x3
e x 1 1 x ......... 1
2! 3!
x2 x3
x .........
2! 3!
MODULE - V
x2 x3
x x ......... Calculus
e 1 2! 3! [Dividing throughout x]
x x
Notes
x x 2
x 1 .........
2! 3!
x
ex 1 x x2
lim lim 1 .........
x 0 x x 0
2! 3!
= 1 + 0 + 0 + ...... = 1
ex 1
lim 1.
x 0 x
Using Standard Results
xn an
1. If n Q then Lt na n 1
xa x a
x m a m m m n
2. Lt a
xa x n a n n
3. Lt ( x x x x .... x ) n n(n 1)
2 3 4 n
x 1 x 1 2
x9 a 9
4. Lt 9 find 'a'
x a x9
x 9 ( a )9
Lt 9
x a x ( a )
a 1
sin 1 x sin( x a )
v) Lt 1 vii) Lt 1
x 0 x xa xa
tan( x a )
vi) Lt 1
xa xa
ax 1 log(1 x )
i) Lt log e a ii) xLt 1
0 x x 0 x
ex 1
iii) xLt 1
0 x
Particular Cases
x
1
1
i) Lt (1 x ) e x
ii) xLt 1 e
x 0
x
x
1
iii) Lt 1 x e x
iv) xLt
1 e
x 0 x
b c
a 2
ax 2 bx c x x
Evaluate : Lt Lt
x dx 2 ex f x e f
d 2
x x
a00 a
.
d 00 d
i) Lt f ( x ) Lt g ( x ) 0 Notes
xa xa
f ( x) f ( x)
Lt Lt , provided that g(a) 0
xa g ( x) x a g ( x)
xa x a 0
ax a 1 a x log a
Lt [Using L' Hospital Rule]
x a x x (1 log x ) 0
a a a a log a 1 log a
.
a a (1 log a) 1 log a
Some times following expansions are very useful to evaluate limits:
2! 3!
x 2 x3
b) e 1 x ......
x
2! 3!
x2
log e a ......
2
c) a x 1 x (log e a )
2!
x 2 x3 x 4
d) log(1 x) x ......
2 3 4
x 2 x3 x 4
e) log(1 x) x ......
2 3 4
MODULE - V
x3 x 5
Calculus f) sin x x ......
3! 5!
Notes x2 x4
g) cos x 1 ......
2 4!
x3 2 5
h) tan x x x ......
3 15
1 1 x 3 1 3 x5 1 3 5 x 7
i) sin x x . . . . ......
2 3 2 4 4 2 4 6 7
1 1 3 1 5
j) tan x x x x ......
3 5
x2 x4
h) sec x 1 5 ......
2! 4!
EXERCISE 20.1
a) Lt 2( x 3)7 b) Lt ( x 3) 2 16
x 2 x 1
c) Lt (3 x 1)( x 1)
x 1
x2 9x2 1
a) xLt Lt
b) x 1 3 x 1
1 x 1
3
c) Lt
2
d) Lt x 1
1 4
2
x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1
e) px q
Lt
x 0 ax b
e) Lt 2 x x 2 What is Lt 2 x ?
x 2 x2
2x 1
g) Lt (1 x) 1
3/2
f) xLt
1 3 x 2 4 x 5
x
x 0
1 x 1
4. a) Find Lt
x 0
x
ex 1 e3 x 1
Lt
b) x 0 c) xLt x0
1 x 1 0 x
tan( x a ) 1 cos mx
d) Lt e) xLt n0
x 0 x2 a2 0 1 cos nx
x 2 3x 2 8 | x | 3 x
a) xLt b) xLt
3 x2 6x 9 3 | x | 2 x
EXERCISE 20.2
1. Find the RHL and LHL of the function.
x 2 if 1 x 3
a) f ( x) ; a3
x2 if 3 x 5
x2 if x 1
b) f ( x) x if 1 x 2; a2
x 3 if x 2
3. Evaluate
3 x 1
b) Lt
1 2
a) Lt 2
x2 2 x x 1
x 1 x 1
c) 2 x 2
Lt
x 0 x
ax 5, x 2
f ( x)
x 1, x 2
e x e x
5. Find the value of Lt .
x 0 x
1 cos 4
6. Evaluate Lt
0 1 cos 6
sin ax
7. Evaluate Lt
x 0 tan bx
1 cos 2 x
8. Evaluate Lt
x 0 3 tan 2 x
(1 x)e x 1
10. Find Lt
x 0 x
MODULE - V
20.4 INTRODUCTION OF CONTINUITY
Calculus
As we have discussed in limits it exists at neighbouring points, Graphically
it could be stated as, shown in figure. Notes
Y f(x) Y f(x)
2 2
O x=1 X O x=1 X
Lt f ( x ) 2 and f(1) = 2
xa
Lt f ( x ) = Lt f ( x ) = f (a)
xa xa
MODULE - V (ii) Lt f ( x ) and Lt f ( x) exists and are equal but not equal to f (a).
xa x e
Calculus
(iii) f (a) is not defined
Notes
(iv) At least one of the limit does not exists.
l1 f(x)
exists but are not equal.
Here Lt f ( x ) = l1,
xa
l2
Lt f ( x ) = l2
xa
Lt f ( x ) and Lt f ( x ) x= a X
x a xa O
exists but are not equal.
|x|
Example 20.45 : If f ( x) is discontinuous at x = 0.
x
x 0 we get 1
if Lt f ( x ) Lt f ( x )
x 0 we get 1 x 0 x 0
Y
(i) Graphically
x 1
x 0 1, x 0
| x | x
f ( x)
x x O X
x 0, 1, x 0
x
1
0
and f (0) (indeterminant form) not defined.
0
Y MODULE - V
(ii) Lt f ( x ) and Lt f ( x ) exists
xa xa
Calculus
and are equal but not equal to f(a)
f (a).
Notes
Here Lt f ( x ) = Lt f ( x ) = l L
xa xa
The domain of this functions is the set of real numbers. Let a be any
arbitary real number. Taking limit of both sides of (i), we have
px + q is continuous at x = a.
where a0, a1, a2, ... an are constants and n is a non-negative integer,
we can show that a0, a1x, a2x2, ... an xn are all continuos at a point
x = c (where c is any real number) and by property (ii), their sum is also
continuous at x = c.
( x 1) ( x 3)
(ii) Consider a function f ( x) , f(x) is not defined when
x5
x 5 = 0 i.e, at x = 5.
( x 1) ( x 3)
Using the property (iv), we can say that the function
x 5
is continuous at all points except at x = 5.
p( x )
In general if f(x) = , where p(x) and q(x) are polynomial functions
g ( x)
and q(x) 0, then f(x) is continuous if p(x) and q(x) both are
continuous.
Lt f ( x ) Lt f ( a h) MODULE - V
xa h 0
Calculus
Lt sin(a h)
h0
= sin a 1 + cos a . 0
= sin a ...(i)
Lt f ( x ) Lt ( x 1) 2
x 1 x 1
Hence Lt f ( x ) f (1)
x 1
Therefore f is continuous at 1
Similarly Lt f ( x) Lt (1 x 2 ) 5 f (2)
x 2 x 2
Lt f ( x ) Lt 2 x 4
x 2 x 2
MODULE - V
Example 20.48 : Prove that tan x is continuous when 0 x
Calculus 2
Sol: Let f (x) = tan x; The domain of tan x is
Notes
R (2 x 1) , n I
2
Let a R (2 x 1) , be arbitrary
2
Lt f ( x ) Lt f (a h) Lt tan( a h)
xa h 0 h 0
sin(a h)
Lt
h 0 cos( a h )
=2 2 = 0 ...(i)
MODULE - V
22 4 0
Also f (2) 0 ...(ii) Calculus
22 4
Lt f ( x) f (2) . Thus f (x) is continuous at x = 2.
x2
Notes
If x2 4 and x + 2 are two continuous functions at x = 2.
sin 2 x
Left hand limit = Lt
x 0 x
sin 2(0 h) sin 2h
Lt Lt
h 0 0h h0 h
sin 2h 2
Lt 1 2 2 ...(i)
h 0
2h 1
sin 2 x
Right hand limit Lt
x0 x
sin 2(0 h)
Lt
h 0 0h
sin 2h 2
Lt
h0 2h 1
=1 2=2 ...(iii)
Also f (0) = 2
From (i) & (iii)
Lt f ( x ) 2 f (0)
x 0
f (x) is continuous at x = 0.
MODULE - V
x2 1
Calculus Example 20.51 : If f ( x) for x 1 and f (x) = 2 when x = 1
x 1
show that the function f (x) is continuous at x = 1.
Notes
x2 1
, x 1
Solution : Here f ( x) x 1
2 x 1
LHL Lt f ( x ) Lt f ( x h)
x 1 h0
(1 h) 2 1 1 2h h 2 1
Lt Lt
h0 (1 h) 1 h 0 h
h( h 2)
Lt
h 0 h
Lt (h 2)
h 0
=2 ...(i)
RHL Lt f ( x ) Lt f (1 h)
x 1 h 0
(1 h) 2 1 1 2h h 2 1
Lt Lt
h 0 (1 h) 1 h 0 h
h( h 2)
Lt
h 0 h
=2 ...(ii)
Lt f ( x ) f (1)
x 1
Solution : LHL Lt f ( x )
x 2
1 2
Lt ( x 4)
x2 2
Replace x by 2 h; h 0
1 1
Lt (2 h) 2 4) Lt (4 4) 0
h 0 2 h 0 2
RHL Lt f ( x )
x 2
Lt (2 8 x 3 )
x 2
Replace x by 2 + h; h0
Lt 2 8(2 h) 3 2 8(2) 3
h 0
Lt 2 8(2 h)3 2
h 0
f (2) = 0
LHL RHL
Hence function is discontinuous at x = 2.
4 x2 if x0
x5 if 0 x 1
f (x) =
4 x 2 9 if 1 x 2
3x 4 if x 2
at the points 0, 1 and 2.
Solution : LHL Lt (4 x 2 )
x 0
Lt 4 (0 h) 2 Lt 4 4
h 0 h 0
RHL Lt x 5 Replace x by 0 th
x 0
Lt 0 h 5 5 MODULE - V
h0
Calculus
LHL RHL at x = 0
LHL Lt x 5 Replace x by 1 h.
x 1
Lt (1 h) 5 4
h0
RHL Lt 4 x 2 9
x 1
Lt 4(1 h)2 9 5
h 0
RHL = Lt 3 x 5
x 2
Lt 3(2 h) 4
h0
= 3(2 + 0) + 4
= 10
LHL = Lt (4 x 2 9)
h 2
Lt 4(2 h) 2 9 7
h 0
LHL RHL
f(x) is discontinuous at x = 2
sin x if x0
x2 a if 0 x 1
f (x) =
bx 3 if 0 x3
3 if x3
is continuous on R.
MODULE - V Lt f ( x ) Lt f ( x) 0
x 0 x 0
Calculus
Lt sin x Lt x 2 a f (0)
x 0 x 0
Notes
0 = a = f (0)
a0
If f (x) is continuous at x = 3
Lt b(3 h) 3 3
h0
3b 3 3 3b 6
b 2
x | x |
Example 20.56 : Show that f given by f ( x ) ( x 0) is continu-
x
ous on R {0}.
x | x |
Solution : f ( x)
x
x | x |
Lt f ( x ) Lt
x 0 h 0 x
|x|
Lt 1
x 0 x
Lt 1 1 0
x 0
x | x |
Lt f ( x ) Lt
x 0 x 0 x
x ( x ) x x
Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0 x
2x
Lt 2
x 0 2
Lt f ( x ) Lt f ( x )
x 0 x 0
f (x) is discontinue at x = 0.
MODULE - V
Example 20.57 : Find a, b so that the function f defined by
Calculus
ax 2 9 x 5 if x 1
f ( x) b if x 1 Notes
( x 3)(2 x a ) if x 1
is continuous on R.
= a(1)2 + 9(1) 5
=a+4
Lt f ( x ) Lt ( x 3)(2 x a )
x 1 x 1
= (1 + 3) (2 a) = 8 4a
LHL = RHL
a + 4 = 8 4a
4
5a = 4 a =
5
Lt f (1) f (1) b
x 1
a(1)2 + 9(1) 5 = b
a+4=b
4 4
b
5 1
24
b .
5
4 x 3 x 2
1. If f ( x) . Find whether the function f is continuous
Notes 3 x 5 x 2
at x = 2.
MODULE - V 1 5
Calculus 3. a) 2a b) c) d) 0
4 6
3 3
e) 0 f) g)
Notes 4 2
2
1 1 m
4. a) b) 2 c) 3 d) e)
2 2a n
5. a) b) 11
EXERCISE 20.2
1 2 2m 2
2. a) 2b cos a b) (b a 2 ) c)
2 n2
d) sin a a cos a
1 1 1
3. a) b) c) 4. a = 2
2 2 2 2
4 a 2
5. 2 6. 7. 8.
9 b 3
9. 0 10. 2
EXERCISE 20.3
1. Continuous 2. Dis continuous 3. Dis continuous
4. K = 8 5. a = 5 6. Dis continuous at x = 3.
PRACTICE EXERCISE
7
1. 1 2. x 2 3. 1, 2 4.
2
5. 1 6. k = 8 8. 10
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
DIFFERENTIATION 21
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After studying this lesson, you will be able to :
d n
Define the function y = xn then
dx
x nx n 1 . This is known "Newton's"
Power Formula or Power Rule.
PREREQUISITES
Knowledge of function and their types, domain and range of a function.
Formulae for trigonometric functions of sum, difference, multiple and
sub-multiples of angles.
Differentiation 237
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
INTRODUCTION
Calculus
The differential calculus was introduced some time during 1665 or 1666,
Notes when Isaac Newton First concieved the process we now know as differen-
tiation (a mathematical process and it yields a result called derivative). Among
the discoveries of Newton and Leibnitz are rules for find derivatives of Sums,
Products and Quotients of Composite Functions together with many other results.
In this lesson we define a derivative of function, give its geometrical and physi-
cal interpretations, discuss various laws of derivatives and introduce notion of
second order derivative of a function.
238 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy f ( x x) f ( x) MODULE - V
Or Lt Calculus
dx x 0 x
dy
If y = f (x), then is also denoted by y1 or y . Notes
dx
OP = s = f (t)
OQ = OP + PQ = s + s
= f (t + t)
Change in Distance ( s s ) s
Change in time (t t ) t
f (t t ) f (t )
t
f (t t ) f (t )
Velocity at time t Lt
t 0 t
it is denoted by ds .
dt
Example 21.1. The distance 'S' meters travelled in time 't ' seconds by a car
is given by the relation
S = 3t2
Differentiation 239
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V f (t t ) f (t )
Calculus t Lt
t 0 t
3(t t ) 2 3t 2
Notes Lt
t 0 t
Lt 3(t 2 t 2 2t.t ) 3t 2
t 0
Lt (6t 3t )
t 0
= 6t.
= (6 4) m/sec
= 24 m/sec.
Example 21.2 : Find the velocity of Particles moving along a straight line for
the give time - distance relations at the indicated values of time t.
1
a) s = 2 + 3t2; t =
3
Solution : s = 2 + 3t2
f (t) = s = 2 + 3t2
f (t t ) f (t )
t Lt
t 0 t
2 3(t t ) 2 (2 3t 2 )
Lt
t 0 t
t = 3
2 3 t 2 2t.t t 2 [2 3t 2 ]
Lt
t 0 t
240 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
2 3t 2 6t.t 3t 2 2 3t 2
Lt Calculus
t 0 t
6t t 3 t 2
Lt Notes
t 0 t t
= 6t.
1 1
Velocity of car t sec 6 = 2 m/s.
3 3
Example 21.3 : S = t 7; t =4
f (t t ) f (t )
t Lt
t 0 t
f (t t ) f (t )
t Lt
t 0 t
8(t t ) 7 [t 7]
Lt
t 0 t
8t 8t 7 t 7
Lt
t 0 8t
Lt 8
t 0
=8
dy
2 1 . 2 GEOMETRIC AL INTERPRET
GEOMETRICAL INTERPRETAATION OF
dx
Let P(x, y) be any pt on the graph y = f (x). Let Q(x +x, y + y)
be another point on the same curve in the neighbourhood of point P.
Differentiation 241
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Q(x + x, y +
Notes y)
A P(x, y) R
x
y + y
x
x M N
x+x
QPR, QPR =
QR QN RN QN PM
tan
PR MN ON OM
( y y ) y y
( x x) x x
y
tan
x
y
Lt tan Lt
x 0 x 0 x
y 0
0
dy
Or tan
dx
242 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy MODULE - V
of the function y = f (x) at any, point P(x, y). On the curve rep- Calculus
dx
resents the slope of 'GRADIENT' of the tangent at the point P.
Notes
dy
This is called the Geometrical interpretation of .
dx
Corollary 1
If tangent to the curve at P is parallel to x-axis, then = 0° or 180°,
dy dy
i.e., = tan 0° or tan 180° i.e., = 0.
dx dx
Corollary 2
If tangent to the curve at P is perpendicular to x-axis, = 90° or
dy
= tan 90° = .
dx
d
i) ( x10 ) 10 x101 10 x 9
dx
d
ii) ( x 50 ) 50 x 501 50 x 49
dx
d
iii) ( x 91 ) 91x 911 91x90
dx
Differentiation 243
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
1
Example 20.6 : Find derivate of .
x
1
Solution : y y x 1
x
dy 1
1( x ) 11 1 1( x) 2 2
dx x
dy 1
dx x 2
1
Example 21.7 : If y 3 x 2 5 x 7 x 2 5 x 7 3 find y'.
1
1 2 1
Solution : y' x 5 x 7 3 2 x 5 0
3
(2 x 5) 2 1
1
y x 5 x 7 3
3
2
2x 5 2 3
y x 5 x 7
3
dy
Example 21.8 : y = (x2 + 1)2 Find .
dx
y = f (x) . g(x)
y f ( x ) g ( x) g ( x ) f ( x )
244 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy MODULE - V
( x 2 1)(2 x ) ( x 2 1)2 x
dx Calculus
= (x2 + 1) (2x + 2x)
Notes
dy
4 x( x 2 1)
dx
Solution : y f ( x ) 3 x
y y 3 x x
y y y 3 x x 3 x
y 3 x x x
Rationalize the Nuemorator.
y
3 x x x x x x
x x x
3( x x x)
y
x x x
3x y 3
y
x x x x x x x
y 3
Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0
x x x
dy 3 3
dx x0 x 2 x
3
f ( x)
2 x
3
f (2)
2 2
Differentiation 245
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
21.3 DERIVATIVE OF CONSTANT FUNCTION
Calculus
y = c c or y = 0
y 0
0
x x
y dy
Lt 0 or =0
x 0 x dx
Derivative of a constant quantity is zero.
y + y = (x + x)n
(y + y) y = (x + x)n xn
n
n x
y = x 1 x
n
x
x n
x 1 1 .
n
x
n
x
Expanding 1 by Binomial theorem, we have
x
y dy n
Lt x n 0 0 ....
x 0 x dx x
246 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
dy nx n
nx n 1 Calculus
dx x
d n
( x ) nx n 1 y x n Notes
dx
This is known Newton's Power Formula
Or
Power Rule
Let y = f x y + y = f (x + x)
y = f (x + x) f (x)
y f ( x x) f ( x)
x x
y f ( x x) f ( x)
Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0 x
Lety y = xn .....(i)
(y + y) y = f(x + x)n xn
n
x
y x n 1 x n
x
Differentiation 247
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V x n
n
Calculus x 1 1
x
x
Notes Since 1 as x is a small quantity compared to x, we can expand
x
n
x
1 by Binomial theorem for any index.
x
n
x
Expanding 1 by Binomial theorem, we have
x
n x n(n 1) x
2
n(n 1)(n 2) x
3
y x 1 n .... 1
x 2! x 3! x
or y dy n
lt x n 0 0 ....
x 0 x dx x
dy n
or x n nx n 1
dx x
dy n
or x n nx n 1 [ y = xn]
dx x
248 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Note: We can apply the above formula to find derivative of functions like x, MODULE - V
Calculus
x2, x3, ...
d 2
x 2 x 21 2 x
dx
d 2
dx
x 3 x 31 3 x 2 , and so on.
1
Example 20.11 : F( x) x then find f ( x ) in the form of definition method.
x
1 1
Solution : y x say y y ( x x)
x x x
1 1
y y y x x x
x x x
1 1
x ( x ) x
x x x
( x ) 1 1
1 x x x
x( x x) x x x x
x( x x)
y
x( x x) x 1
x( x x)
y x( x 2 xx 1]
x x( x x)x
Differentiation 249
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
y x 2 xx 1
Calculus
x x( x x)
y x 2 xx 1 x 2 1 1 dy 1
Notes Lt Lt 1 2 1 2
x 0 x x 0 x ( x x ) x 2
x dx x
If f (x) and g(x) are both derivable functions and h(x) = f (x) + g(x),
then what is h ( x) ?
h(x + x) = f (x + x) + g(x + x)
[ f ( x x ) g ( x x)][ f ( x) g ( x)]
Hence h ( x) lim
x 0 x
[ f ( x x ) f ( x)] [ g ( x x) g ( x)]
lim
x 0 x
250 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
f ( x x ) f ( x ) g ( x x ) g ( x )
lim Calculus
x 0 x x
f ( x x ) f ( x ) g ( x x ) g ( x )
lim lim Notes
x 0 x x 0 x
or h ( x) f ( x ) g ( x )
e.g. y = x2 + x3
d 2 d 3
Then y (x ) (x )
dx dx
= 2x + 3x2
Thus y 2 x 3 x 2
This sum rule can easily give us the difference rule as well, because
if h( x) f ( x) g ( x)
then h( x ) f ( x ) [ g ( x )]
h ( x ) f ( x ) [ g ( x)]
f ( x) g ( x)
Thus we have
d d d
Sum rule : [ f ( x ) g ( x )] [ f ( x)] [ g ( x)]
dx dx dx
Differentiation 251
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V d d d
Calculus Difference rule : [ f ( x ) g ( x )] [ f ( x)] [ g ( x)]
dx dx dx
h( x) Lt
f ( x x) g ( x x) f ( x) g ( x)
x 0 x
we get
dy
Example 21.12 : y = x2 + x3 Find .
dx
d 2 d
Solution : y ( x ) ( x3 )
dx dx
y 2 x 3x 2
dy
Example 21.13 : y 10t 2 20t 3 . Find .
dt
dy
Solution : 10(t 2 ) 20(t 3 )
dt
= 10(2t) + 20(3t2)
dy
20t 60t 2
dt
1 1 dy
Example 21.14 : y x
3
2 Find .
x x dx
Solution : y x3 x 2 ( x 1 )
dy
3 x 2 (2) x 3 (1) x 2
dx
252 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy MODULE - V
3 x 2 2 x 3 x 2 Calculus
dx
dy 2 1
3x 2 3 2
dx x x Notes
dy
Example 21.15 : y = x3 + 3x2 + 4x + 5, x = 1 Find .
dx
dy d 3
Solution : x 3 x 2 4 x 5 3 x 2 6 x 4
dx dx
dy
3(1) 2 6(1) 4 13 .
dx x 1
x8 x 6 x 4
Example 21.16 : f ( x) 2 then find f ( x ) .
8 6 4
x8 x 6 x 4 d n
Sol: f ( x) 2 x nx n 1
8 6 4 dx
1 d 8 1 d 6 1 d 4
f ( x) x (x ) (x ) 2
8 dx 6 dx 4 dx
1 1 1 d
f ( x ) 8.x 81 6 x 6 1 .4 x 41 (2)
8 6 4 dx
f ( x) x 7 x5 x3
You are all familiar with the four fundamental operations of Arithmetic :
addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. Having dealt with the sum and
the difference rules, we now consider the derivative of product of two functions.
y = (x2 + 1) (x2 + 1)
Differentiation 253
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V d
Calculus f ( x) g ( x) f ( x) g ( x) g ( x) f ( x)
dx
d
Notes OR (uv) uv vu Product Rule
dx
dy
( x 2 1)( x 2 1) ( x 2 1)( x 2 1)
dx
= 2x(x2 + 1) + 2x(x2 + 1)
dy
4 x ( x 2 1)
dx
Remark : If f(x), g(x) and h(x) are three given functions of x, then
d d d
[ f ( x ) g ( x) h( x)] f ( x) g ( x) h( x) g ( x) h( x) f ( x)
dx dx dx
d
h( x) f ( x) g ( x)
dx
x2 a
Example 21.18 : If f ( x) a 2 . Find Derivative f ( x ) .
a2
x2 a d x2 a
Solution : f ( x) f ( x)
a2 dx a 2
1 d 2
( x a)
a 2 dx
1 2x
(2 x )
a2 a2
2x
f ( x )
a2
y = 35(5x 3)6.
254 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy MODULE - V
Example 21.20 : y 5 x 6 (7 x 2 4 x) then find . Calculus
dx
y = f (x) g(x) y f ( x ) g ( x ) g ( x) f ( x )
dy d d
5 x 6 . (7 x 2 4 x ) (7 x 2 4 x) (5 x 6 )
dx dx dx
dy
5 x 6 (14 x 4) (7 x 2 4 x) (5 6 x5 )
dx
dy
70 x 7 20 x 6 210 x 7 120 x 6
dx
dy
280 x 7 140 x 6
dx
f ( x ) f ( x ) g ( x ) g ( x ) f ( x ) Product principle
d d
f ( x) ( x 1) (3 x 7) (3 x 7) ( x 1)
dx dx
f ( x ) ( x 1)( 3 0) 3 x 7(1 0)
f ( x ) = 3x 3 3x 7
f ( x ) = 6x 10 = 2(3x 5)
Differentiation 255
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
Calculus d d d
y f ( x) g ( x) ( hx) f ( x) h( x) ( g ( x)) g ( x )h( x) ( f ( x))
dx dx dx
Notes d d
f ( x ) ( x 1)( x 2) ( x 3) ( x 1)( x 3) ( x 2)
dx dx
d
( x 2)( x 3) ( x 1)
dx
f ( x) x 2 2 x x 2 x 2 3 x x 3 x 2 3 x 2 x 6
f ( x) 3 x 2 12 x 11.
d d d
f ( x ) = f ( x) g ( x) (hx) f ( x)h( x) ( gx) f ( x) g ( x) f ( x)
dx dx dx
Now we can solve it
f (x) = x(x 3) (x2 + x)
d 2 d d
f ( x ) x ( x 3) ( x x) x( x 2 x) ( x 3) ( x 3)( x 2 x) x
dx dx dx
f ( x) 2 x3 6 x 2 x 2 3 x 2 x 3 3 x 2 2 x 2 3 x
f ( x) 4 x 3 6 x 2 6 x.
You have learnt sum Rule, Difference Rule and Product Rule to find
derivative of a function expressed respectively as either the sum or difference
or product of two functions. Let us now take a step further and learn the
256 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
“Quotient Rule for finding derivative of a function which is the quotient of two MODULE - V
Calculus
functions.
1 Notes
Let g ( x) (r(x) 0)
r ( x)
1
g ( x)
r ( x)
1 1
r ( x x) r ( x)
g ( x) Lt
x 0
x
We get
1 r ( x)
r ( x) .
r ( x) r ( x)
2 2
1 1
Q( x) f ( x) . . f ( x)
g ( x) g ( x)
g ( x) f ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
g ( x)]2
d f ( x) f ( x) g ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
Q( x) Or
g ( x)
2
dx g ( x)
Differentiation 257
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
d u vu uv
Calculus Quotient Rule
dx v (v ) 2
Notes d f ( x) f ( x) g ( x) g ( x) f ( x)
dx g ( x) g ( x)
2 .
4x 3 1
Example 21.24 : Find f ( x ) if f ( x) , x
2x 1 2
u
Solution : Here is Quotient Method method.
v
vu uv
f ( x) u.v f ( x)
v2
4x 3 u
f ( x)
2x 1 v
(2 x 1)(4 x 3) (4 x 3)(2 x 1)
f ( x)
(2 x 1) 2
10
f ( x)
(2 x 1) 2
4x 3 1
Example 21.25 : f ( x) , x then find f ( x ) .
(2 x 1) 2
f ( x) dy g ( x) f ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
y
g ( x) dx [ g ( x)]2
4x 3
y
2x 1
d d
(2 x 1) (4 x 3) (4 x 3) (2 x 1)
dy dx dx
dx (2 x 1) 2
dy (2 x 1)(4) (4 x 3)(2)
dx (2 x 1)2
dy 8 x 4 8 x 6 10
.
dx (2 x 1) 2
(2 x 1) 2
258 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
x
Example 21.26 : f ( x) then find f ( x ) . Calculus
x 4
3
f ( x) g ( x) f ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
y y
g ( x) ( gx) 2
x
y
x 4
3
d d
( x 2 4) ( x ) ( x ) ( x 3 4)
dy dx dx
dx ( x 3 4) 2
1
x2 4 ( x ) (3 x 2 )
dy 2 x
dx ( x 3 4) 2
x3 4 3x 2 ( x )
dy 2 x 1
dx ( x 4)
3 2
dy x3 4 6 x 2 ( x) x 3 6 x3 4
dx 2 x ( x 3 4)2 2 x ( x3 4) 2
dy 4 5 x3
dx 2 x ( x3 4)2
Differentiation 259
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes dy y
lim
dt x 0 t
Similarly t is a function of x.
t 0 as x 0
dt t
lim
dx x 0 x
dy y y t
lim lim lim
dx x 0 x x 0 t x 0 x
dy dt
dt dx
dy dy dt
Thus
dx dt dx
This is called the Chain Rule.
or y t where t = x4 + 8x2 + 1
dy dy dt
This is called Chain Rule.
dx dt dx
dy 1 dt dy 1
and 4 x 3 16 x ( 4 x 3 16 x)
dt 2 t dx dx 2 t
dy 4 x3 16 x 2 x3 8 x
.
dx 2 x 4 8 x 2 1 x4 8x2 1
260 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy MODULE - V
Example 21.28 : y x 4 8 x 2 1 then find . Calculus
dx
Solution : Here it is the form of y t t = x4 + 8x2 + 1
Notes
dy 1
y t ,
dx 2 t
t x 4 8x2 1
dt
4 x3 16 x 0 4 x3 16 x
dx
dy dy dt
But
dx dt dx
1
(4 x3 16 x)
2 t
dy 4 x3 16 x
dx 2 x 4 8 x 2 1
x
Example 21.29 : y = at2, t then Find dy .
2a dx
dy
Solution : y = at2 = 2at ...(i)
dx
x dt 1
t ...(ii)
2a dx 2a
dy dy dt 1
2at t
dx dt dx 2a
dy x
t
dx 2a
dy x
dx 2a
Differentiation 261
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
1 x
Calculus Example 21.30 : y Find y using chain pricipal.
1 x
Notes Solution : y
1 x dy d 1 x
1 x dx dx 1 x
1 d x
1 x dx 1 x
2
1 x
d d
(1 x) (1 x) (1 x) (1 x)
1 1 x dx dx
2 1 x (1 x)2
1 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 1 x 2
2 1 x (1 x) 2 1 x (1 x) 2
2
dy 1
dx ( 1 x ) (1 x)3/2
f ( x h) f ( h)
f ( x ) Lt
h 0 h
d dy d 2 y
OR 2.
dx dx dx
262 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy
Solution : 3x 2 0
dx
d2y d
y (3 x 2 ) 6 x
dx dx
x 1
iii) y Then find y .
x 1
( x 1)( x 1) ( x 1)( x 1)
y
( x 1) 2
( x 1)(1) ( x 1)1 x 1 x 1
y
( x 1) 2 ( x 1) 2
2
y
( x 1) 2
d2y d 2 1
y 2
2 ( x 1)2
dx 2
dx ( x 1)
dy d d
Sol. x 2 1 ( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 2 1)
dx dx dx
dy
( x 2 1)(1) ( x 1)(2 x)
dx
Differentiation 263
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V dy
Calculus 3x 2 2 x 1
dx
d 2 y d dy d
Notes and 2
( 3x 2 2 x 1)
dx dx dx dx
d2y
6x 2
dx 2
x2 1 d2y
Example 21.33 : y find .
x 1 dx 2
x2 1 f ( x)
Solution : y it is in the form of
x 1 g ( x)
f ( x) f ( x) f ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
y
g ( x) [ g ( x)]2
d 2 d
( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 2 1) ( x 1)
y dx dx
( x 1) 2
2 x( x 1) ( x 2 1)
y
( x 1) 2
2 x2 2 x x2 1
y
( x 1) 2
x2 2 x 1 dy x 2 2 x 1
y
( x 1) 2 dx ( x 1) 2
d2y d x2 2x 1
dx 2 dx ( x 1)2
d 2 d
2 ( x 1)2 . ( x 2 x 1) ( x 2 2 x 1) ( x 1) 2
d y dx dx
dx 2 2 2
( x 1)
264 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
d2y ( x 1) 2 (2 x 2) ( x 2 2 x 1)2( x 1).1
2
Calculus
dx 2 ( x 1) 2
Notes
d2y 2( x 1) x 2 1 2 x x 2 2 x 1
dx 2 ( x 1) 4
d2y 4
.
dx 2
( x 1)3
Importent Principles
f ( x x) f ( x)
1. f ( x ) Lt x 0
x x
dc
2. The derivative of constant is zero 0
dx
3. Newton's Power Formula
d n
( x ) nx n 1
dx
d
4. C. f ( x) C. f ( x)
dx
d d d
5. f ( x) g ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
dx dx dx
d d d
6. f ( x). g ( x) f ( x) g ( x) g ( x) f ( x)
dx dx dx
7. d f ( x) g ( x) f ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
dx g ( x) g ( x)
2
d d
8. f g ( x) f ( x) g ( x). g ( x)
dx dx
d dy d 2 y
9. .
dx dx dx 2
Differentiation 265
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1
Calculus Example 21.34 : If y . Find y .
x 3x 1
2
1
Notes Solution : y ( x 2 3 x 1) 1
x 3x 1
2
y ( x 2 3 x 1)1
y 1( x 2 3 x 1) 11 [2 x 3 0]
(2 x 3)
y 1( x 2 3 x 1) 2 (2 x 3)
( x 2 3 x 1) 2
(2 x 3)
y .
( x 2 3 x 1) 2
EXERCISE 21.1
1. y dy
x then Find
dx
2. y = 12 then find dy .
dx
1 1 dy .
4. y x 3 2
, x 0 then find
x x dx
1
5. y x then find dy
x dx
ax b d
7. y , x find dy
cx d c dx
1
8. y x , x 0 find dy
x dx
266 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
9. y = x2 + x3 then find dy
dx Calculus
ds
11. S = 4.9t2 + 2.4 where t = 1, t = 5 then find at t = 1;
dt
ds
at t = 5?
dt
4
2 2/3 3
13. f ( x) x x 5 2 find f ( x ) ?
5 x
14. y = (x 1) (x 2) find dy
dx
3x 2
15. y find dy .
x x 1
2
dx
1
16. y find dy
7 3x 2 dx
d2y
17. y = x3 + 1 find
dx 2
d2y
18. y x 2 1 find .
dx 2
EXERCISE 21.2
Differentiation 267
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
Calculus 3. y = (2x 3) (5x2 7x + 1) find dy .
dx
4x 3
5. Find f ( x ) if f ( x)
2 x
x
6. f ( x)
x x 1
2
7. y 3
x 2 5 x 7 Find dy
dx
8. y x x 2 8 find dy
dx
d2y
9. y = x3 + 1 then find
dx 2
d2y
10. y x 1 find
2 .
dx 2
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
http : //www.wikipedia.org
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The distance s meters travel in time 't' seconds by a car is given by the
relation s = t2 calculate.
268 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
2. Find the derivatives of each of the following functions by the first MODULE - V
Calculus
principles
1
(b) f ( x) x
x
x2 a
(c) f ( x) ,a2
a2
3 10
(d) f ( x) 2
3
( x 1) x
1
(e) f ( x)
(1 x) 4
( x 1)( x 2)
(f) f ( x)
x
2
(g) f ( x) 3 x 4 x 5
x
( x3 1)( x 1)
(h) f ( x)
x2
2
1 1 x
(a) x (b)
x 1 x
(a) x 1 (b) x x 1
Differentiation 269
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
ANSWERS
Calculus
EXERCISE 21.1
Notes
1
1.
2 x
2. 0
3. 6x2 6x
2 1
4. 3x
2
x3 x 2
1 1
5.
2 x 2x x
6. 16, 16, 16
ab bc
7.
(cx d ) 2
1
8. 1
x2
9. 2x + 3x2
11. 9.8 ; 49
12. 3x2 + 6x + 4; 13
4 13 4 59
13. x x 6 x3
15 5
14. 2x 3
270 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
3x 2 4 x 1
15. Calculus
( x 2 x 1) 2
17. 6x
x
18.
x 1
2
EXERCISE 21.2
1. 2x
1
2.
x2
3. 30x2 + 2x 19
4. 30x2 12x 11
2
5.
(2 x 1)2
1 x2
6.
( x 2 x 1) 2
1 2 2/3
7. x 5 x 7 (2 x 5)
3
x
8. 1
x 8
2
9. 6x
1
10. 3
1 x 2 2
Differentiation 271
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
1
3. (a) 3x2 6x + 5 (b) 1
x2
2x 6 30
(c) (d) 4
a2 ( x 1) 3
x
4 x 3 3 1 1
(e) (f) x 3/2
(1 x 4 )2 2 2 x x
5 1 4
(g) 3 (h) 3x 2 2 3
x2 x 2
x
1 1
4. (a) 1 (b)
x2 1 x (1 x)3/2
1 2 x x2
5. a) (b)
4( x 1)3/2 4( x 1)1/2
272 Differentiation
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
DIFFERENTIATION OF
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 22
LEARNING OUTCOMES
sin x
i) xLt sin x 0 ii) xLt 1
0 0 x
cos x 1 tan x
iii) xLt
0
iv) Lt 1
x 0 x
MODULE - V
PREREQUISITES
Calculus
Relations, functions, Trigonometric functions, exponential functions and
Notes logarithemic function
INTRODUCTION
The question now arises : Are all the rules of finding the derivatives studied
by us so far appliacable to trigonometric functions ?
x x x x x x
y 2 cos sin
2 2
x x MODULE - V
y 2 cos x sin
2 2 Calculus
x
sin
y x 2 Notes
2 cos x
x 2 x
x
sin
y x 2
Lt Lt cos x . Lt
x 0 x x 0
2 x 0 x
2
Then dy cos x
dx
d
(sin x ) cos x .
dx
CD CD
it is in the form of cos C cos D = 2sin sin
2 2
y x x
2sin x sin
x 2 2
x
sin
y x 2
2sin x
x 2 x
x
sin
y x 2
Lt Lt sin x . Lt
x 0 x x 0
2 x 0 x
2
= sin x
dy d
sin x (cos x ) sin x
dx dx
MODULE - V
Example 22. 3 : Let y = tan x then find dy .
Calculus dx
Solution : y = tan x y y tan ( x x )
Notes
y tan( x x ) y
y tan( x x ) tan x
y tan( x x ) tan x
sin ( x x) x
cos( x x) cos x
sin x
cos( x x) cos x
y sin x 1
.
x x cos( x x) cos x
y sin y 1
Lt Lt . Lt
x 0 x x 0 x x 0 cos( x x) cos x
1
1. 2
sec2 x.
cos x
dy d
sec 2 x (tan x) sec2 x
dx dx
d
Similarity 1. (cot x ) cosec 2 x
dx
d
2. (sec x) sec x tan x
dx
MODULE - V
d
3. (cosec x ) cosec x cot x Calculus
dx
dy Notes
Example 22.4 : Let y = cot x then, find .
dx
Solution : y + y = cot(x + x) = y = cot (x + x) cot x.
1
y sin( x x x)
sin x sin( x x)
y sin x 1
Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0 x sin x sin( x x)
1
2
cosec 2 x
sin x
sin x 1
Lt 2 . Lt
x 0 x x 0 cos 2 x cos 2( x x )
sin x 1 sin
Lt 2 . Lt Lt 1
x 0 x x 0 cos 2 x cos 2( x x ) 0
MODULE - V dy 1
Calculus 2. 2
2 sec 2 2 x
dx cos 2 x
dy
Notes Example 22.6 : y = sec 3x then find .
dx
Solution : y y sec 3( x x )
y sec 3( x x ) sec 3 x
1 1
y
cos 3( x x) cos 3 x
y cos 3 x cos 3( x x)
Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0 x.cos 3 x cos 3( x x)
cos 3 x cos 3( x x) 1
Lt . Lt
x 0 x x 0 cos 3 x cos 3( x x)
CD CD
cos C cos D 2sin sin
2 2
3x 3x
2sin 3x sin
2 2 Lt 1
Lt
x 0 3x 2 x 0 cos 3 x cos 3( x x )
2 3
3x 3x
2sin 3 x sin
2 2 1
Lt Lt
x 0 3x 2 x 0 cos 3 x cos 3( x x )
2 3
3x
sin
3x 3 2 Lt 1
Lt 2sin 3x 3Lt
3x
0 2 2 x
0 3x x 0 cos 3 x cos 3( x x )
2 2
2
3 1
2sin 3 x 1 2
2 cos (3 x)
3.sin 3 x
cos 2 3 x
dy 3.sin 3 x dy
2
3 tan 3 x sec 2 3 x
dx cos 3 x dx
Example 22.7 : Find the derivative of sec2x from first principle. MODULE - V
Calculus
Solution : Let y = sec2x
1 1
y
cos ( x x) cos 2 x
2
sin( x x x) sin( x x x)
cos 2 x cos 2 ( x x)
sin 2 x
1
cos 2 x.cos 2 x
dy
(sec 2 x) 2 tan x sec 2 x
dx
d d
v) (cosec x) cosec x cot x v) (cot x) cosec 2 x
dx dx
d dy d du
i) (sin u ) cos ii) (cos x ) sin u
dx dx dx dx
d du d du
iii) (tan u ) sec2 u iv) (cot u ) cosec 2 u
dx dx dx dx
d du
v) (sec u ) sec u tan u
dx dx
d du
vi) (cosec u ) cosec u cot u
dx dx
d 1 1 d 1 1
3. i) dx (sin x ) ii) dx (cos x)
1 x2 1 x2
d 1 d 1
iii) (tan 1 x) iv) (cot 1 x)
dx 1 x2 dx 1 x2
d 1 1
v) dx (sec x)
| x | x2 1
d 1 1
vi) dx (cosec x)
| x | x2 1
CD CD
v) sinC sin D = 2 cos sin Notes
2 2
CD CD
vi) cosC + cosD = 2 cos cos
2 2
CD DC
vii) cosC cos D = 2 sin sin
2 2
You have learnt how we can find the derivative of a trigonometric func-
tion from first principle and also how to deal with these functions as a function
of a function as shown in the alternative method. Now we consider some more
examples of these derivatives.
dy
Example 22.8 : y tan x then find .
dx
dy 2 d
Solution : y tan x = sec x . x
dx dx
dy 1 1
sec 2 x sec2 x
dx 2 x 2 x
dy
Example 22.9 : y = cot 3x then find .
dx
Solution : y = cot 3x
dy d
= cot 3 x cosec 3 x (3 x)
dx dx
dy
= 3 cot 3 x cosec 3 x
dx
Differentiation of Trigonometric Functions 281
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V dy
Calculus Example 22.10 : y = x4 sin 2x, find .
dx
dy d d
y x 4 sin 2 x x 4 (sin 2 x) sin 2 x ( x 4 )
Notes Solution : dx dx dx
dy
x 4 (2 cos 2 x ) 4 x 3 sin 2 x
dx
dy
2 x 3 ( x cos 2 x 2 sin 2 x )
dx
sin x dy
Example 22.11 : y then, find
1 cos x dx
x x
2sin cos
sin x 2 2
Solution : y
1 cos x x
2 cos 2
2
x
y tan
2
dy x d x 1 2 x
sec 2 . sec
dx 2 dx 2 2 2
sin x dy
Example 22.12 : y find
x dx
sin x
Solution : y
x
d d
x (sin x) sin x ( x)
dy dx dx
2
dx x
dy x cos x sin x
dx x2
dy
Example 22.13 : y sin 3 x then find
dx
1
1 d
MODULE - V
dy 1
(sin 3 x) 2 (sin 3 x) Calculus
dx 2 dx
1
1 2
Notes
(sin 3 x ) 3sin 2 x.cos x
2
1 1
3sin 2 x.cos x
2 sin x3
dy 3
sin x cos x .
dx 2
1 sin x dy
Example 22.14 : y then find
1 sin x dx
1 sin x
Solution : y
1 sin x
1 sin x 1 sin x
y
1 sin x 1 sin x
1 sin x 1 sin x
y
1 sin 2 x cos x
y = sec x tan x
2
dy
Example 22.15 : x a cos ; y a sin then find
3 3
1
dx
dx dy
3a cos 2 . sin ; 3a sin 2 . cos
d d
MODULE - V dy dy d
Calculus (using chain rule)
dx d dx
dy 1
Notes 3a sin 2 cos
dx 3a cos 2 sin
dy
tan
dx
cos x dy
Example 22.16 : y then find .
sin x cos x dx
cos x f ( x) g ( x) f ( x) f ( x) g ( x)
Solution : y
sin x cos x g ( x) [ g ( x)]2
dy (sin 2 x cos 2 x) 1
dx (sin x cos x) 2
(sin x cos x)2
dy 1 1
dx sin x cos x 2 sin x cos x 1 sin 2 x
2 2
dy 1
dx 1 sin 2 x
dy
Example 22.17 : y sin x cos x then find
m n
.
dx
dy MODULE - V
Example 22.18 : If x 2 cos t cos 2t 1; y 2 sin t sin 2t find Calculus
dx
dx
Solution : x 2 cos t cos 2t 1 = 2(sin t + sin 2t)
dt Notes
dy
y 2 sin t sin 2t = 2cos t + 2 cos 2t
dt
dy dy / dt 2(cos t cos 2t )
dx dx / dt 2(sin t sin 2t )
dy (cos t cos 2t )
dx sin t sin 2t
dy
Example 22.19 : If x 2e t ; y 4e t then find
dx
dy (dy / dt ) dx
Solution : x 2e t 2e t .
dx (dx / dt ) dt
dy dy dy / dt 4t
y 4e t 4e t t
2e 2 t .
dx dx dx / dt 2e
dy
2e 2 t
dx
dy
Example 22.20 : If sin y = x sin (a + y) then find
dx
Solution : Given sin y = x sin (a + y) ...(i) on diff w.r.t. 'x' we get
dy dy
cos y sin( a y ).1 x cos( a y )
dx dx
dy
cos y x cos(a y) sin(a y )
dx
dy sin(a y )
dx cos y x cos(a y )
sin y
From (i) x
sin(a y )
MODULE - V
dy sin(a y )
Calculus
dx cos y sin y
. cos( x y )
sin( x y )
Notes
dy sin 2 (a y )
dx cos y sin(a y ) sin y cos(a y )
sin AcosB cos A sin B = sin(A B)
dy sin 2 (a y ) sin 2 (a y )
dx sin(a y y ) sin a
dy sin 2 (a y )
dx sin a
dy
Example 22.21 : If y x x x .... then show that (2 y 1) 1
dx
Solution : y x y y2 x y
dy
Example 22.22 : x = 3 cot t 2 cot3t; y = 3 sin t 2sin3t then find .
dx
Solution : y = 3 sin t 2 sin3t
dy
3cos t 2 3sin 2 t.cos t
dt
dy
3cos t 6sin 2 t cos t
dt
dy
3cos t (1 2 sin 2 t ) ...(1)
dt
x = 3 cos t 2 cos3 t
dx MODULE - V
3sin t 6 cos 2 t ( sin t ) Calculus
dt
dx
3sin t (1 2 cos 2 t ) ...(2) Notes
dt
dy dy dt 3cos t (1 2sin 2 t )
dx dt dx 3sin t (1 2 cos 2 t )
dy cot t (1 2sin 2 t )
dx 1 2(1 sin 2 t )
dy cot t (1 2sin 2 t )
dx (1 2sin 2 t )
dy
cot t
dx
1 t 2 2bt dy
Example 22.23 : x a 2
, y Find .
1 t 1 t2 dx
dy 2b[1 t 2 2t 2 ]
dt (1 t 2 ) 2
dy 2b[1 t 2 ]
dt (1 t 2 ) 2
1 t 2
x a 2
1 t
MODULE - V
dx 2
Calculus a (2t )
dt (1 t 2 ) 2
dx 4at
Notes
dt (1 t 2 ) 2
dy dy dt 2b(1 t 2 ) (1 t 2 ) 2
dx dt dx (1 t 2 ) 2 4at
dy b(1 t 2 )
dx 2at
dy 1 y2
dx 1 x2
Solution : Given 1 x2 1 y 2 a( x y)
Put x = sin , y = sin
CD CD
cos C cos D 2 cos cos
2 2
CD CD
sin C sin D 2 cos sin
2 2
cos a sin
2 2
1
tan
a 2
1
tan 1
2 a
MODULE - V
1
2 tan 1 Calculus
a
1
2 tan 1 Notes
a
1
sin 1 y sin 1 x 2 tan 1
a
diff w.r.t 'x'
1 dy 1 dy 1 y2
1 y2 dx 1 x2 dx 1 x2
dy 1 y2
dx 1 x2
d 1
sin 1 ( x )
dx 1 x2
y = sin1x x = sin y so x + x = sin(y + y)
As x 0, y 0
x + x = sin(y + y)
x = sin(y + y) x sin(y + y) sin y
x = sin(y + y) sin y
dividing both by x.
Differentiation of Trigonometric Functions 289
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
CD CD
it is in the form of sin C sin D = 2 cos sin
2 2
1 1 dy
1 Lt 2 cos y y sin y .
x 0
2 2 dx
dy
1 cos y. cos y 1 sin 2 y
dx
dy 1 1 1
dx cos y 1 sin 2 y 1 x2
dy 1
(sin 1 x)
dx 1 x2
d 1
Example 22.26 : Show that
dx
cos 1 x .
1 x2
Solution : y cos 1 x cos y x x x cos( y y )
As x 0, y 0
cos( y y ) cos y
1 divide by both x.
x
cos( y y ) cos y y
1 .
y x
cos( y y ) cos y y
1 Lt Lt [ y 0 when x 0]
x 0 y x 0 x
CD DC
cos C cos D 2 sin sin
2 2
290 Differentiation of Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
y y y y (y y ) MODULE - V
2sin sin dy Calculus
1 Lt 2 2 .
x 0
y dx
Notes
1 y
2sin y 2 y sin 2 dy
1 Lt .
x 0
y dx
dy dy 1
1 (cos y )
dx dx cos y
dy 1 1
dx 1 sin y
2
1 x2
dy 1
(cos 1 x)
dx 1 x2
d 1
Example 22.27 : Show that (Tan 1 x ) .
dx 1 x2
Solution : y tan 1 x then x = tan y x + x = tan(y + y)
As x 0, y 0
tan( y y ) tan y y
1 Lt Lt [ y 0 when x 0]
y 0 y x 0 x
sin( y y ) sin y
cos( y y ) cos y dy
1 Lt .
y 0
y dx
dy sin( y y ) cos y cos( y y ) sin y
1 . Lt
dx y 0 y . cos( y y ) cos y
MODULE - V dy sin( y y y )
Calculus 1 . Lt
dx y 0 y . cos( y y ) cos y
Notes dy sin y 1
1 . Lt .
dx y 0
y cos( y y ) cos y
dy 1 dy
1 . 2
sec 2 y
dx cos y dx
dy 1 1 1
dx sec y 1 tan y 1 x 2
2 2
d 1
(tan 1 x)
dx 1 x2
d 1
Similarly (cot 1 x )
dx 1 x2
d 1
(sec 1 x)
dx x x2 1
d 1
(cosec 1 x )
dx x x2 1
dy
Example 22.28 : y = sin1x Find
dx
Sol. y = sin1x x = sin y
dy
diff w.r.t. 'x' = cos y = 1 sin 2 y
dx
MODULE - V
1 1 1
Calculus
dx 1 sin 2 y 1 x2
dy
dy 1 Notes
dx 1 x2
d 1
(sin 1 x )
dx 1 x2
d 1
Similarly (cos 1 x) .
dx 1 x2
dx dy 1
sec 2 y
dy dx sec 2 y
dx 1 1
dy 1 tan y 1 x 2
2
d 1
(tan 1 x)
dy 1 x2
d 1
Similarly (cot 1 x) .
dy 1 x2
MODULE - V dy 1 1 1
Calculus
dx sec y sec y 1 | x | sec y 1 | x | x 2 1
2 2
d 1
Notes Similar (cosec1 x) .
dx | x | x2 1
d2y
Example 22.31 : y = cos1x find
dx 2
we get
dy 1 1
1
1
(1 x ) 2
2
dx 1 x 2
(1 x 2 ) 2
1
dy
(1 x 2 ) 2
dx
d2y 1 1
1
(1 x 2 2
) 0 2 x
dx 2 2
d2y 1
3
2
(1 x 2
) 2
(2 x)
dx 2
d2y x
3
dx 2
(1 x 2 ) 2
where y2 and y1 represents denoted the second order and first order deriva-
tives of y w.r.t. 'x'.
dy 1
Solution : Let y sin 1 x squaring both sides
dx 1 x2
2 MODULE - V
dy 1
(1 x 2 ) y12 0 ...(1) Calculus
dx 1 x 2
(1 x2) y2 xy1 = 0.
dy
Example 22.33 : y cos 1 (4 x3 3 x) then find
dx
Solution : y cos 1 (4 x3 3 x)
1
Let x cos say cos x
dy 3
y 3 3cos 1 x
dx 1 x2
1 3 x 1 dy
Example 22.34 : y sin find
4 dx
1 3 x 1 dy 1 3.1
Solution : y sin 0
4 dx 3x 1 4
2
1
4
dy 1 3
dx 16 (3 x 1) 2 4
16
4 3
16 9 x 1 6 x 4
2
MODULE - V dy 3
Calculus
dx 15 6 x 9 x 2
1 x
Solution : Let u
1 x
du (1 x)(1) (1 x) (1)
dx (1 x) 2
du 2
...(1)
dx (1 x)2
dy 1
y sinh 1 (u )
du 1 42
dy 1 1
du 1 (1 x) 2 (1 x) 2 (1 x) 2
1 (1 x) 2 (1 x) 2
dy 1 x 1 x
du 2 (1 x 2 ) 2 ( 1 x2 )
dy dy du 1 x 2
dx du dx 2( 1 x ) 2 (1 x 2 )
dy 2
dx (1 x) 1 x 2 .
3a 2 x x 3
1 dy
Example 22.36 : y tan a(a 2 3x 2 ) find .
dx
x
Solution : x a tan tan 1
a
x
y 3 3.tan 1
a
dy 1 1
3. 2
dx x a
1
a
dy 3a
2
dx a x 2
1 2 x dy
Example 22.37 : y sin 2 then find .
1 x dx
x
Solution : x tan tan 1
a
2 tan
y sin 1
1 tan
2
x
y 2 2. tan 1
a
dy 1 2
2.
dx 1 x 2
1 x2
1 x 2 1 dy
Example 22.38 : y tan 1 . Find
x dx
x
Solution : x tan tan 1
a
MODULE - V
1 tan 2 1 1 sec 1
Calculus y tan 1 tan
tan tan
Notes 1 cos
y tan 1
sin
2sin 2 / 2
y tan 1
2sin / 2 cos / 2
y tan 1 tan
2 2
1 1 x
y [] tan 1
2 2 a
dy 1 1 1
.
dx 2 1 x 2
2(1 x 2 )
dy 1
dx 2(1 x 2 )
1
1 cos x dy
Example 22.39 : y tan then find .
1 cos x dx
x
1 cos x 2sin 2
2
x
1 cos x 2 cos 2
2
2 x
2sin
Solution : y tan 1 2 tan 1 tan x
2
2 cos 2 x
2
x 1
y [ x]
2 2
2x 1
1 1 1
Put x cos y sec1 sec
2 cos 1 cos 2
2
dy dy
y 2 2.1 2 23 ...(1)
du d
u 1 x 2 1 cos 2 sin
du
cos ...(2)
d
From 1, 2
dy dy d 1
2.
du d du cos
dy 2 2
cos x
du cos x
dy 1
2.
dx x
2x 2x
Example 22.41 : f ( x) tan 1 2
; g ( x) sin 1
1 x 1 x
2
2x
Solution : Let y = tan 1 put x = tan
1 x
2
MODULE - V
2 tan
Calculus y tan 1 2
tan 1 tan 2 2
1 tan
dy
Notes y 2 2 ...(i)
d
2 tan
Z sin 1 2
sin 1 sin 2
1 tan
dz
Z 2 2. 2 ...(ii)
d
dy d 1
. 2 1
d dz 2
1
Example 22.42 : If f ( x ) 2 x 1 sin x 4 1 x Find f ( x )
Sol. f ( x ) 2 x 1 sin 1 x 4 1 x
4(1)
f ( x)
d
dx
d
2 x 1 sin 1 x 2 x 1 (sin 1 x)
dx 2 1 x
2 2 x 1 2
sin 1 x
2 x 1 1 x 2
1 x
sin 1 x 2 2
1 x 1 x 1 x
sin 1 x
f ( x)
x 1
cos x 1
Example 22.43 : Show that derivative of the function tan 1
1 sin x 2
x x
cos 2 sin 2
1 cos x 1 2 2
Solution : y tan y tan 2
1 sin x cos x sin x
2
2
300 Differentiation of Trigonometric Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
x x x x
cos sin cos sin Calculus
2 2 2 2
y tan 1 2
x x
cos sin Notes
2 2
x x x
cos sin 1 tan
2 2
y tan 1 y tan 1 2
x x
2
x
1 tan
cos sin 2
2 2
x
y tan 1 tan
2 2
x
y on diff w.r.t 'x' we get
2 2
dy 1 d 1 cos x 1
Thus tan
dx 2 dx 1 sin x 2
1
Example 22.44 : The derivative of sec 1 2 with respect to 1 3x
2x 1
1
at x = is zero.
3
1 1
Solution : y sec 2
2x 1
x cos cos 1 x
1 1 1
y sec 1 y sec
2 cos 1 cos 2
2
y = sec1(sec 2)
y = 2 y = 2 cos1x
dy 2
dx 1 x2
Notes dz 1 1
1
(1 3 x) 2 (3)
dx 2
dy dy dx 2 1
Now . 1
dz dx dz 1 x 2 1 (1 3x) 2 (3)
2
dy 4 1 3x
dz 3 1 x2
1
At x
3
dy 1 1 1
dz 4 1 1
9
dy
0
dz
b a sin x dy a2 b2
Example 22.45 : If sin 1
then find
a b sin x dx (a b sin x)
b a sin x
Solution : Let y = sin 1
a b sin x
dy 1
y
dx b a sin x
2
1
a b sin x
MODULE - V
1 dy 1
y sin x 1 Calculus
dx 1 x2
a b sin x
y Notes
(a b sin x) 2 (b a sin x) 2
(a cos x)(a b sin x) b(cos x)(b a sin x)
(a b sin x) 2
a b sin x
y
(a b sin x) 2 (b a sin x) 2
(a cos x)(a b sin x) b(cos x)(b a sin x)
(a b sin x) 2
1
y
(a 2 2ab sin x b 2 sin 2 x) (b 2 a 2 sin 2 x 2ab sin x)
1 1
y cos[a 2 b 2 ]
(a b sin x) (a b ) (a b ) sin x
2 2 2 2 2
(a 2 b 2 ) cos x
y
(a b sin x) (a 2 b2 ) (a 2 b 2 ) sin 2 x
(a 2 b 2 ) cos x
y
(a b sin x) (a 2 b 2 )[1 sin 2 x]
(a 2 b 2 ) cos x 1
y
(a b sin x) ( (a b 2 ) cos x
2
(a 2 b 2 )
y
(a b sin x)
dy a 2 b2
dx a b sin x
MODULE - V
1 x2 1 x2
Calculus 1
Example 22.46 : If y tan for 0 < |x| < 1 find
1 x 2 1 x 2
Notes dy .
dx
1 cos 2 1 cos 2
y tan 1
1 cos 2 1 cos 2
1
2 cos 2 2sin 2
y tan
2 cos 1 cos
2 2
2 cos 2 sin
y tan 1
2 cos 2 sin
y tan 1 tan
4
y
4
1
Therefore y cos 1 ( x 2 )
4 2
dy 1 (1)
Hence . 2x
dx 2 1 x4
dy x
dx 1 x4
1
1 x2 1
Solution : y tan and
x
z = tan1x tan z = x
1 tan 2 z 1
y tan 1 1 + tan2 = sec2.
tan z
1 1
sec z 1
y tan 1 tan 1 cos z 1
tan z sin z
cos z
1 cos z
1 cos z
y tan 1 cos z y tan 1
sin z
sin z
cos z
z 2
2sin 2 cos 2sin 2
y tan 1 2
z z sin 2sin cos
2sin cos
2 2 2 2
z z
y tan 1 tan
2 2
z
y
2
dy 1
dz 2
Notes
dy 1
dx 1 x 2
Solution : x = tan
4 tan 4 tan 3
tan 1 4
1 6 tan tan
2
dy
Solution : Let y = sin x diff w.r.t 'x' cos x
dx
differentiative both sides w.r.t. 'x'
MODULE - V
d2y d
2
( cos x) sin x . Calculus
dx dx
d2y
sin x Notes
dx 2
2
Example 20.50 : Let y = x cos x find d y .
dx 2
Solution : y = x cos x
dy
x ( sin x cos x )
dx
dy
x sin x cos x
dx
d2y d
( sin x.x cos x)
dx 2 dx
= (x . cos x + sin x . 1) + ( sin x)
d2y
x cos x sin x sin x
dx 2
d2y
[ x cos x 2sin x]
dx 2
1 2 dy
Example 22.51 : y cos x then find
dx
1 2 dy 1 d 2
Solution : y cos x (x )
dx 1 (x )
2 2 dx
1 d 1 1
y 2x (cos x)
1 x dx 1 x2
4
MODULE - V dy 2 x
Calculus
dx 1 x4
dy
Notes Example 22.52 : y tan 1 (cosec x cot x) then find
dx
d 1
Solution : y tan 1 (cosec x cot x) , say tan 1 x
dx 1 x 2
dy 1 d
(cosec x cot x )
dx 1 (cosec x cot x) 2
dx
dy 1
(cosec x cot x cosec 2 x)
dx 1 cosec x cot x 2cosec x cot x
2 2
dy 2
cosec x (cosec x cot x)
dx 2cosec x 2cosec x cot x
2
dy 1 1
2cosec x (cosec x cot x)
dx 2 2cosec x(cosec x cot x)
1 tan 2 x sec2 x
1 cot 2 x cosec2 x
dy 1
.
dx 2
dy 2
Example 22.53 : y = cos3 x then find
dx 2
Solution : y = cos3x
1
cos 3 x 4 cos3 x 3cos x cos3 x cos 3x 3cos x
4
1
y (cos 3 x 3cos x)
4
dy 1
( sin 3 x.3 3( sin x ))
dx 4
dy 1 MODULE - V
[ 3sin 3 x 3sin x] Calculus
dx 4
dy 1
[ 3(cos 3 x ) . 3 3cos x ] Notes
dx 4
d 2 y 1
[9 cos 3x 3cos x]
dx 2 4
d2y
Example 22.54 : y sin x then find
4
dx 2
2
1 cos 2 x
Solution : y sin x (sin x)
4 2 2
2
1 cos 2 2 x 2 cos 2 x
y
4
1 1 cos 4 x 1 2 cos 2 x
y
4 2 1 1
1 3 1
y cos 4 x 2 cos 2 x
4 2 2
dy 4 4
0 sin 4 x sin 2 x
dx 8 4
dy 4 4
sin 4 x sin 2 x
dx 8 4
d 2 y 16 8
2
cos 4 x cos 2 x
dx 8 4
d2y h 2 ab
Example 22.55 : Prove that if ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 1 then
dx 2 (hx by ) 2
MODULE - V dy dy
2ax 2h x. y.1 2by 1
Calculus dx dx
dy (ax hy )
Notes dx (hx by )
dy dy
2 (hx by ) a h (ax hy )h b
d y dx dx
dx 2
(hx hy ) 2
...(i)
dy
substituting value in (1)
dx
d2y h 2 ab
dx 2 (hx by ) 2
n 1 n
Example 22.56 : If y ax b x then x2y2 = n(n + 1)y.
Sol. y ax n 1 b n x
dy
a.( n 1) x n 11.1 b n x n 1
dx
dy
(n 1)a x n n b x n 1
dx
d2y
2
(n 1)a (n) x n 1 n b ((n 1)( ( n 1)1 x.1
dx
d2y
2
n(n 1)a x n 1 n(n 1) bx n 2
dx
d2y
n(n 1) a x n 1 bx n 2
dx 2
multiply with x2 both sides
x2d 2 y
2
n(n 1) a x n 1 x 2 bx n 2 x 2
dx
MODULE - V
x2d 2 y
n(n 1) a x n 1 bx n Calculus
dx 2
x 2 y2 n(n 1) y Notes
nx
Example 22.57 : If y ae be
nx
then y n 2 y
nx
Sol. y ae be
nx
dy
nae nx bne nx
dx
d2y
2
n a.n nx b n 2 e nx
dx
d2y
2
n 2 aenx n 2be nx
dx
d2y
n2 ae nx be nx n 2 y .
dx 2
Example 22.58 : If x cos , y sin 5, then show that
d2y dy
(1 x ) 2 x
2
25 y.
dx dx
dx dy
Solution : sin ; cos 5.5
d d
dy
dy 5cos 5
d
dx dx sin ...(i)
d
d2y d dy d dy d
.
dx 2
dx dx d dx dx
d 5 cos 5 1 u vu uv
d sin sin v v2
MODULE - V
d 2 y sin sin 5.25 5cos 5 cos 1
Calculus .
dx 2 sin 2 sin
Now (1 x 2 )
d2y dy 25sin 5 5cos 5 cos
x (1 cos 2 )
sin sin 3
2 2
dx dx
5 cos 5
cos
sin
3
25sin 5
d 2 y xdy
(1 x 2 ) 25 y ( y = cos 5)
dx dx
Solution : y = x2tan1x
dy d d
x2 . (tan 1 x ) tan 1 x. ( x 2 )
dx dx dx
dy 1
x2. tan 1 x . (2 x )
dx 1 x2
dy x2
2 x tan 1 x
dx 1 x 2
d2y (1 x 2 )(2 x) x 2 (2 x) 1
2 x. tan 1 x.1
dx 2
(1 x )
2 2
1 x
2
MODULE - V
d2y 2x x
2 tan 1 x Calculus
dx 2
(1 x )
2 2
1 x
2
d2y 2x 2x Notes
2 tan 1 x
dx 2
(1 x ) 1 x
2 2 2
d2y 2 x 2 x(1 x 2 )
2 tan 1 x
dx (1 x )
2 2
d2y 4 x 2 x3
2 tan 1 x
dx 2
(1 x )
2 2
d2y 2 x(2 x 2 )
2 tan 1 x
dx 2
(1 x )
2 2
(sin 1 x) 2
Example 22.60 : y Show that (1 x2) y2 xy1 = 1
2
(sin 1 x) 2 dy 1 1
Solution : y .2(sin 1 x)2 1
2 dx 2 1 x2
dy 1
(sin 1 x ) 1
dx 1 x2
dy sin 1 x
dx 1 x2
sin 1 x
y1
1 x2
cross multiplication
( 1 x 2 ) y1 sin 1 x
(1 x 2 ) y12 (sin 1 x) 2
2 y (sin 1 x)2
MODULE - V
(1 x 2 ) y12 2 y
Calculus
diff w.r.t x on both sides
Notes (1 x 2 )2 y 1 y2 y12 ( 2 x ) 2 y1
(1 x 2 )2 y 1 y2 2 xy12 2 y1
(1 x 2 ) y2 xy1 1
d2y dy
Example 22.61 : y cos(cos x ) Find 2
cot x y sin 2 x 0
dx dx
Solution : y = cos (cos x)
dy
sin(cos x )( sin x)
dx
dy
sin(cos x ).sin x
dx
d2y
sin x sin(cos x) sin(cos x) (sin x)
dx 2
d2y
sin x cos(cos x)( sin x) sin(cos x).cos x
dx 2
d2y
2
sin 2 x. y sin(cos x).cos x
dx
dy
But sin(cos x ).sin x
dx
dy 1
sin(cos x)
dx sin x
d2y dy 1
2
sin 2 x. y cos x
dx dx sin x
MODULE - V
d2y dy
2
y sin 2 x cot x Calculus
dx dx
d2y dy Notes
2
y sin 2 x cot x
dx dx
d2y dy
2
cot x y sin 2 x 0
dx dx
EXERCISE 22.1
dy
1. y 2sin x find
2
dx
dy
2. y tan 2 x find
dx
dy
3. y tan x find .
dx
4. y cos 2 x Find dy
dx
cos 1 x
10. y Find dy .
x dx
Notes
2. Find the derivative of cot2 x from the first principle.
sin x
3. y then find dy .
1 cos x dx
1 sin x
4. y then find dy .
1 sin x dx
dy sin 2 (a y )
5. sin y x (sin a y ) prove that
dx sin a
(sec x tan x)
6. y = then find dy .
sec x tan x dx
7. y sin 1 x find dy
dx
1 cos x dy
8. y tan find
1 sin x dx
d2y
9. y = x cos x then find
dx 2
d2y
10. y = x + tan x show that cos2x 2y + 2x = 0
dx 2
EXERCISE 22.3
1 3 x 1 dy MODULE - V
4. y sin Find Calculus
4 dx
1 b a cos x
5. y cos Find dy
a b cos x dx Notes
1 cos 2 x
6. y Find dy
1 cos 2 x dx
x x
7. If f ( x) sin 1 and g ( x) tan
1
Then f ( x ) g ( x )
a cos x b
1
8. f ( x) (a 2 b2 ) 2
cos 1
a b cos x
Then show that f ( x) (a b cos x) 1
d2y
9. y = sin 2x sin 3x sin 4x find
dx 2
x d2y
10. y find .
( x 1) 2 ( x 2) dx 2
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
http : //www.wikipedia.org
PRACTICE EXERCISE
x dy
1. If y = x 3 tan 2 . Find
2 dx
5x dy
2. If y cos2 (2 x 1) . Find
3
(1 x) 2 dx
MODULE - V
x 1 x 1 dy
Calculus 3. If y sec1 sin 1 . Then show that = 0.
x 1 x 1 dx
Notes dy
2
4. If x = a cos3 , then find 1
dx
dy
5. If y x x x .... . Find
dx
d2y dy
6. If x = a cos(cos x), prove that 2
cot x y sin 2 x 0
dx dx
2x 2x
9. Show that the derivative of tan 1 w.r.t sin 1 is 1.
1 x 2
1 x2
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 22.1
1. 2 sin 2x
2. 2 tan x sec2x
sec2 x
3.
2 x
4. sin 2x
t
5. tan
2
cos x
6.
2 y 1
7. 12 cos 4x MODULE - V
Calculus
8. 3cosec 2 3x
sec2 x Notes
9.
2 y 1
1 cos 1 x
10.
x 1 x2 x2
EXERCISE 22.2
1. sec x tan x
2. 2x cosec x2
1 x
3. sec 2
2 2
1
4.
1 x
5. prove it
1
7.
2 x 1 x
1
8.
2
EXERCISE 22.3
1. sin 2x
2. 3x2
MODULE - V
3. 3 x
Calculus
1 x x
2
Notes
3
4.
15 6 x 9 x 2
a 2 b2
5.
( a b cos x)
6. 2 tan sec2x
1
9. 81sin 9 x 25sin 5 x 9sin 3x sin x
4
4 6 4
10.
( x 1) 3
( x 1) 4
( x 2)3
PRACTICE EXERCISE
x 2 x 2 x
1. x tan sec 3 x tan
3 2
2 2 2
2. 5(3 x)
2sin (4 x 2)
3(1 x)5/3
4. sec
1
5.
2 y 1
2x
10.
1 x4
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
DIFFERENTIATION OF EXPONENTIAL
AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS 23
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
MODULE - V
INTRODUCTION
Calculus
We are aware that population generally grows but in some cases decay
Notes also. There are many other arears where growth and decay are continuous
Answers to the growth problem does not come from addition (repeated
or otherwise), or multiplication by fixed number. In fact Mathematics has a
tool known as exponential function that helps us to find growth and decay in
such cases. Exponential function is inverse of Logarithmic function.
In this lesson, we propose to work with this tool and find the rules governing
their derivatives.
Background Knowledge
Standard Limits:
n
1 x
OR Lt 1 e
Lt 1 e 1
n
n n
x
1 1
Lt (1 n) h e OR Lt (1 x ) x e
n n
ex 1
Lt 1
x x
a x 1
Lt log e a
x x
eh 1
Lt 1
h
h
MODULE - V
23.1 DEFINITION OF DERIVATIVES AND RULES
Calculus
FOR FINDING DERIVATIVES OF FUNCTIONS
y e x ex 1
Lt Lt
x 0 x x 0 x
ex 1
Lt e x . Lt
x 0 x 0
x
dy
e x .1 e x
dx
d d
(e x ) e x . ( x ) e x
dx dx
d d
Working rule (e x ) e x . ( x ) e x .
dx dx
dy
Example 23.2 : y = eax+b Find
dx
y + y = ea(x+b)+b
Notes eax 1
y
a.e ax b multiplying and dividing by 'a'
x ax
Taking Lt , we have
x 0
y eax 1 en 1
Lt a.e ax b . Lt Lt
h 0 1
x 0 x x 0
ax x
dy
a.eax b .1
dx
dy
a.e ax b
dx
dy
e ax b ae ax b
dx
dy
Example 23.3 : y = e5x find .
dx
Solution : y = e5x Let 5x = t say
d dt dt
y = et 5 . ( x) 5
dx dx dx
dy
et
dt
dy dy dt
we know that et . 5 5 e5 x
dx dt dx
dy
working rule y e5 x 5. e5 x
dx
dy
5 e5 x
dx
3 x MODULE - V
Example 23.4 : y e 2
then find dy . Calculus
dx
3
dy x d 3
Solution : e2 x
dx dx 2 Notes
dy 3 23 x
e
dx 2
dy d d
e x cos x x cos x cos x x
dx dx dx
dy
e x cos x x( sin x) cos x
dx
1 x
Example 23.6 : y e then find dy
x dx
1 x dy x d 1 1 d x
Solution : y e e . (e )
x dx dx x x dx
dy 1 1 1 1
ex 2 ex ex 2
dx x x x x
x 1 e
x
dy
e x 2 2 x 1
dx x x
dy e x
x 1 .
dx x 2
Example 23.7 : Differentiate f(x) w.r.t g(x)
f ( x) e x , g ( x) x
dy dy 1
e x and
dx dx 2 x
MODULE - V dy dy xdx
Calculus e x .2 x
dx dx dt
dy
Notes Example 23.8 : If x = 2 et y = 4et then cot 3x then find .
dx
dy dy / dt
Solution :
dx dx / dt
dx
x 2e t 2e t
dt
dy
x 4e t 4e t
dt
dy dy / dt 4e t
t
2e2t
dx dx / dt 2e
dy
2e 2 t
dx
7
x dy
Example 23.9 : y e 2 then find .
dx
7
x d 27 x 7
x d 7
Solution : y e 2 e e 2
dx 2 x
dx
7
x 7 7 27 x
e 2
1 e
2 2
dy 7 27 x
e
dx 2
2
2 x
dy
Example 23.10 : y e x then find
dx
dy d 2 d 2 2
Solution : e x (2 x ) e x 2 x 2 2e x 2
dx d dx
dy 2
2( xe x 1)
dx
dy MODULE - V
Example 23.11 : y = 5sin x 2 ex then find . Calculus
dx
dy d d x
Solution : = 5 (sin x) 2 (e ) Notes
dx dx dx
= 5 cos x 2 ex.
1 x
Example 23.12 : y e 5e
3
dy 1 dy x d
Solution : (e ) 5 (e)
dx 3 dx dx
dy 1 x dy ex
e 0
dx 3 dx 3
x 1 dy
Example 23.13 : y e then find .
dx
dy d 1 x 1 x d
Solution : (e ) e ( x 1)
dx dx dx
1 x 1 e 1 x
e
2 x 1 2 x 1
dy e 1 x
dx 2 x 1
dy
Example 23.14 : y = ex log x then find
dx
dy
Solution : log x (e x )1 e x (log x) e x (log x)1 e x .1
dx
1
ex. log x e x
x
dy 1
e x log x
dx x
MODULE - V 1
dy ay
Example 23.15 : If y e
a sin x
Calculus show that
dx 1 x2
1
Solution : y e
a sin x
Notes
1
dy 1 1 dy a . ea sin x
ea sin x .a
dx 1 x2 dx 1 x2
dy a.y
1
dx 1 x2 ( y ea sin x )
dy
Example 23.16 : If ex + y = xy then find
dx
x + y = log x + log y
diff w.r.t. 'x'
1 dy 1 1 dy dy 1 1
1 . 1 1
y dx x y dx dx y x
dy y (1 x) y (1 x)
dx x( y 1) x( y 1)
2 dy
Example 23.17 : y e x sin x
then find
dx
2
Solution : y e x sin x
dy
dx dx
e
d x sin 2 x
e x sin 2 x d
dx
( x sin 2 x)
2 d d
= e
x sin x
x.
dx (sin 2
x ) sin 2
x ( x)
dx
2 d
x .2sin x cos x sin x dx ( x)
x sin x 2
= e
dy 2
MODULE - V
e x sin x . sin x 2sin x cos x sin 2 x .1 . Calculus
dx
e2 x dy
Example 23.18 : y then find Notes
x 12
dx
e2 x u vu uv
Solution : y
x2 1 v v2
dy
2
x 1 .
d 2x
dx
(e ) e 2 x
d
dx
x2 1
2
dx x2 1
2e 2 x x 2 1 2 x 1 1
.e . 2x
dy 1 2 x2 1
dx x 1
2
dy 2e 2 x ( x 2 1) xe2 x
dx
( x 2 1) x 2 1
dy 2e 2 x ( x 2 1) xe2 x
dx ( x 2 1)3/2
dy e 2 x (2 x 2 2 x)
dx ( x 2 1)3/2
k
x
Example 23.19 : If y = e 2
(a cos nx b sin nx) then
k2
y ky n 2 y 0
4
k
x
Solution : y = e 2
(a cos nx b sin nx)
kx
dy k 2kx
e .1 (a cos nx b sin nx) e 2 (a cos nx.n b.n sin nx)
dx 2
MODULE - V kx
k
Calculus y1 y e 2 ( a sin nx.n b n cos nx)
2
kx
k
Notes y2 y1 e 2 [an sin nx b n cos nx)
2
kx
e 2 (an 2 cos nx b n 2 sin nx)
k2
y2 ky1 n 2 y 0
4
x dy
Example 23.20 : If y x x ee then find
dx
x
Sol. Let y x x ee
x
Consider u = xx and y ee
u x x log u x log x
1 du 1
log x.1 .x
u dx x
du
u[log x 1] x x [1 log x ]
dx
du
x x [1 log x ]
dx
x
e
v = e
log v e x log e e log v e x .1
1 dv
. ex
v dx
dv x
v e x e e (e x )
dx
y = u + v
dy du dv MODULE - V
Calculus
dx dx dx
dy
x x 1 log x e e (e x )
x
dx Notes
dy
Example 23.21 : If ex log y = sin1x + sin1 y find
dx
1 dy 1 1 dy
ex e log y
x
.
y dx 1 x2 1 y 2 dx
ex 1 dy 1
e x log y
y 1 y2 dx 1 x 2
dy 2 1 e x 1 x 2 log y
y 1 y
dx x
e 1 y y 1 x
2 2
dy y 1 y 2 1 e x 1 x 2 log y
dx e x 1 y 2 y 1 x 2
y + y = log (x + x)
y 1 x
log 1
x x x
y 1 x x
. log 1 multiply and divide by 'n'.
x x x x
x
1 x x
. log 1
x x
Taking limits both sides as x 0, we get
x
y 1 x x
Lt Lt log 1
x 0 x x x0 x
x
dy 1 x x
. log Lt 1
dx x x 0 x
x
dy 1
. log e x x
Lt 1 e
dx x x 0
x
d 1
(log x )
dx x
dy
Example 23.23 : y = log(ax + b) find
dx
Sol: y = log(ax + b)
m Notes
a( x x) b log m log n log
y = log
log(ax b) n
a x
y log 1
ax b
y 1 ax
log 1
x x ax b
y a ax b 1 ax
. log 1
x ax b a x ax b
ax b
a ax ax
log 1
ax b ax b
ax b
y a ax ax
Lt Lt log 1
x 0 x ax b x 0 ax b
dy a
. log e
dx (ax b)
dy a
dx ax b
Working rule
d 1 d
log( ax b) . ( ax b)
dx ax b dx
1 a
. a
ax b ax b
d a
log( ax b) .
dx ax b
MODULE - V
dy
Calculus Example 23.24 : y = log x5 find .
dx
dy 5
(log x) 4
dx x
dy
Example 23.27 : y x 3 log x , then find .
dx
dy 31
= log x(3 x ) x
2
Sol.
dx x
dy
= 3x2 log x + x2 x2(3log x + 1)
dx
dy
x 2 (3log x 1)
dx
dy
Example 23.28 : y = log tan x, then find out
dx
dy 1 cos x 1 1
Sol. sec 2 x 2
dx tan x sin x cos x sin x cos x
334 Differentiation of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
dy
cosec x .sec x Calculus
dx
dy Notes
Example 23.29 : y = log cos x find
dx
dy 1
Sol. sin x tan x
dx cos x
dy
tan x
dx
dy
Example 23.30 : y = log (log x) then find
dx
dy 1 1 1
Sol. y = log (log x)
dx log x x x log x
dy 1
dx x log x
dy
Example 23.31 : y = log [sin log x] then find
dx
dy 1 1
Sol. y = log [sin log x] cos(log x)
dx sin(log x) x
dy 1 cos(log x) cot(log x)
dx x sin(log x) x
dy cot(log x)
dx x
dy
Example 23.32 : y = xx then find
dx
Sol. y = xx log y = log xx take both side logrithum
diff w.r.t 'x' log y = x log x
MODULE - V 1 dy d d
Calculus . log x . ( x) (log x)
y dx dx dx
1 dy d
Notes . log x x .
y dx dx
dy
y [log x 1] x x [log x 1]
dx
dy
x x [log x 1]
dx
dy
Example 23.33 : y = log (sec x + tan x) then find
dx
Sol. y = log (sec x + tan x)
dy
[sec x tan x sec 2 x]
dx sec x tan x
dy
sec x (sec x tan x )
dx sec x tan x
dy
sec x
dx
dy
Example 23.34 : y = (tan x)x find
dx
Sol. y = (tan x)x
log y = log (tan x)x = x log (tan x)
(uv) uv vu
diff w.r.t 'x' uv vu
1 dy d d
. x. (log(tan x)) log tan x. ( x)
y dx dx dx
1 dy 1
x. sec 2 x log tan x 1
y dx tan x
MODULE - V
dy x
y log tan x Calculus
dx sin x cos x
dy x
(tan x ) x log tan x Notes
dx sin x cos x
Sol. y x x x
x x2
3 3
log y log x x2
x log x
2
3
log y x 2 log x (uv ) uv vu
1 dy 12 3 1
1
3
. x log x x 2 x 2 1 log x
y dx 2 2
dy 3
y x 1 log x
dx 2
dy
dx
x xx x
1 log x x
1 e x 1 dy
Example 23.36 : If y log then find
dx
1 e 1
x
dy 1 e x 1 u vu uv
dx 1 e x 1 2
v v
MODULE - V
Calculus
dy
1 ex 1 dxd 1 e 1 1 e 1 dxd 1 e
x x x
1
1 e 1
2
dx x
Notes
1 ex 1 1 ex 1 1
1 ex ex
dy 1 2 1 ex 1 2 1 ex
2
dx 1 ex 1
dy
1
ex
1 ex 1 ex 1 ex ex
dx 1 e 1
x
2 1 ex 1 ex 1
x
e 1 e e e 1 e e
x x x x x
dy 1
dx 1 e x 1
2 1 ex 1 ex 1
dy 1 ex
dx x
1 e 1 1 e
x
1 e 1
x
ex 1
1 ex 1 ex 1 1 ex
dy 1
dx 1 ex
Sol.
dy
dx dx
d
( x)
d
dx
2 1 ex
d
dx
2 log 1 1 e x
1 x 1 1 x
1 2 e 2 e
2 1 e 1 1 e 2 1 e
x x x
338 Differentiation of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
dy 1 x ex
1 2 e Calculus
dx 2 1 e
x
1 1 ex 1 ex
Notes
dy 1 ex ex
dx 1 1 ex 1 1 ex 1 ex
1
ex ex 1 ex ex
1
1 ex 1 1 ex
ex 1 1 ex
1
1 e x 1 1 e x
1
ex 1 1 ex
1 1 ex
1 1 1 ex
dy
1 ex
dx
dy 1 log x log y y
Example 23.38 : If xlog y = log x then show that
dx (log x) 2 x
1 dy 1 1 1
. log x . log y .
y dx x log x x
log x dy 1 1
. log y
y dx x log x
MODULE - V
x dy 1 1 log x log y
Calculus
y dx log x log x
dy y 1 log x log y
Notes
dx x (log x) 2
dy yx y 1 y x log y
Example 23.39 : If x y y x a b then find = y x 1
dx x log x xy
Sol. y1 = xy and y2 = yx
that y1 + y2 = ab
y1 = xy y2 = yx
log y1 = y log x ; log y2 = x log y
1 dy1 1 dy
. y . log x .
y1 dx x dx
dy1 y dy y dy
y1 log x x x log x ...(i)
dx x dx x dx
Let y2 = yx log y2 = x log y
1 dy2 1 dy
2
. . x. 1 log y
y dx y dx
dy2 x dy
y2 . log y
dx y dx
x dy
yx log y ...(2)
y dx
dy1 dy2
y1 y2 a b 0
dx dx
y dy x dy
x y log x y x log y 0
x dx y dx
dy dy
y . x y 1 x y log x. x. y x 1 y x log y 0
dx dx
340 Differentiation of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dy y MODULE - V
dx
x log x x. y x 1 y.x y 1 y x log y Calculus
dy ( y.x y 1 y x log y )
y x 1 Notes
dx ( x log x x. y )
x dy
Example 23.40 : y x x then Find .
dx
x
Sol. Let y x x taking log both sides
log y log x x
x
logy = xx (log(x))
Again taking log on bothsides
1 1 dy
. . x log x log(log x)
log( y ) y dx
1 1 dy 1 1 1
. . 1.log x . x .
log y y dx x log x x
1 1 dy 1
. . log x 1
log y y dx x(log x)
dy 1
y log y 1 log x
dx x log x
dy x x 1
x x . log x x log e log x x log x
dx
dy x 1
x x . x x log x log e x l
dx x log x
x x log x log e x
x x x x log x l
x log x
MODULE - V
dy x x log x log e x
Calculus x x x 1 l
dx x log x
1 du 1
. x. . cos x log(sin x).1
u dx sin x
1 du
. x cot x log sin x
u dx
du
u[ x cot x log sin x ]
dx
du
(sin x x )[ x cot x log sin x]
dx
v x sin x
log v = sin x . log x
1 dv 1
. sin x. log x.cos x
v dx x
dv sin x
v log x.cos x
dx x
dv sin x
x sin x (log x ) sin x
dx x
y = u + v
dy du dv
dx dx dx
dy sin x
(sin x ) x x cot x log(sin x) xsin x (log x) cos x .
dx x
dy MODULE - V
Example 23.42 : y x (cot x) then
x x
find. Calculus
dx
Sol. y x (cot x)
x x
Notes
u= xx and v = (cot x)x
1 du 1
1 . log x . x
u dx x
du
u[log x 1] x x [log x 1]
dx
v = (cot x)x
Talking log both sides
1 dv 1
x.log(cot x ) x. ( cosec 2 x )
v dx cot x
sin x 1
log(cot x ) x. 2
cos x sin x
1 dv 2x
log(cot x )
v dx 2sin x cos x
dv 2x
v log(cot x )
dx sin 2 x
dv 2x
(cot x) x log(cot x)
dx sin 2 x
y = u + v
dy du dv
dx dx dx
dy 2x
x x 1 log x (cot x ) x log(cot x ) .
dx sin 2 x
MODULE - V 2
Example 23.43 : y e ax sin( x log x)
Calculus
2
Sol. Let y e ax sin( x log x)
Notes diff w.r.t 'x'
dy
dx
e ax sin x( x log x) sin( x log x) . e ax
2
2
dy
dx
2
2
e ax cos ( x log x ) . ( x log x ) sin( x log x ) e ax (2ax)
dy
dx
2
1
x
2
e ax cos ( x log x) log x .x sin(log x.x) e ax (2ax)
dy
dx
e ax cos ( x log x) 1 log x 2ax sin( x log x) e ax
2 2
e ax cos ( x log x). log e log x 2ax sin x log x
2
dy
e ax cos ( x log x ) log ex 2ax sin x log x
2
dx
dy
Example 23.44 : y 20
log tan x
then find .
dx
dy 1
Sol. diff w.r.t 'x' 20log tan x . log e 20 . sec 2 x
dx tan x
dy cos x 1
20log tan x . log e 20 .
sin x cos x
2
dx
1
20log tan x . log e 20
sin x cos x
2
20log(tan x ) . log e 20
2sin x cos x
dy 1
2.20log(tan x ) log e 20
dx sin x
dy
2.20log(tan x ) log e 20(cosec 2 x )
dx
MODULE - V
1
1 x 4 1 1 dy Calculus
Example 23.45 : If y log tan x then find dx .
1 x 2
Notes
1
1 x 4 1 1
Sol. y log tan x
1 x 2
1
1 x 4 1
log tanh 1 x
1 x 2
1 1
y tanh 1 x tan 1 x
2 2
On differentiating w.r.t 'x' we get
dy 1 1 1 1
dx 2 1 x2 2 1 x2
dy 1 1 x 2 1 x 2
dx 2 1 x4
dy 1 2x2 x2
dx 2 1 x 4 1 x 4
dy x2
dx 1 x4
dy
Example 23.46 : If y = (sin x)log x + xsin x then find
dx
Sol. y = (sin x)log x + xsin x
MODULE - V 1 du 1 1
Calculus . (log x ) . (cos x ) log(sin x )
u dx sin x x
du log(sin x)
Notes u (log x ) cos x
dx x
consider v = x sinx
1 dv 1
. (cos x ) log x sin x
v dx x
dv sin x
v (cos x ) log x
dx x
dv sin x
xsin x (cos x) log x
dx x
Now y = u + v
dy du dv
dx dx dx
dy log(sin x )
So (sin x)log x (log x) cot x
dx x
sin x
x sin x (log x) cos x
x
1 MODULE - V
log y = log x sin x
= sin1x . log x
Calculus
log y = sin1x . log x
diff w.r.t x
Notes
1 dy 1 1
. . log x sin 1 x .
y dx 1 x 2 x
1 dy log x sin 1 x
y dx 1 x 2 x
d log x sin 1 x
y
dx 1 x
2 x
dy 1 log x sin 1 x
x sin x
dx 1 x
2 x
du 1
U sin 1 x
dx 1 x2
dy dy dx
dx dx du
dx 1 x
2 x
dy sin 1 x
1 x 2 sin 1 x
x log x
du x
MODULE - V dy du dv
Calculus
dx dx dx
u = (log x)x
Notes diff w.r.t 'x'
log u = log (log x)x
log u = x log (log x)
1 du 1 1
. 1.log(log x) x. .
u dx log x x
du 1
u log(log x)
dx log x
dy 1
(log x) x log(log x)
log x
...(1)
dx
v (sin 1 x)sin x
log v = sinx log (sin1x)
diff w.r.t 'x'
d d
(log v) sin x log(sin 1 x)
dx dx
1 dv 1 1
. sin x. 1 . cos x.log(sin 1 x)
v dx sin x 1 x 2
dv sin x
v cos x.log(sin 1 x)
dx 1
sin x 1 n
r
sin x
(sin 1 x)sin x cos x.log(sin 1 x) ...(ii)
1
sin x 1 n
r
dy du dv
dx dx dx
dy 1
(log x) x log(log x) log x
dx
MODULE - V
sin x
(sin 1 x)sin x cos x log(sin 1 x) Calculus
1
sin x 1 x
r
1 dy 1 dy
. y. ( sin x) log(cos x).
y dx cos x dx
1 dy dy
log(cos x) y tan x
y dx dx
dy
1 y log(cos x) y 2 tan x
dx
dy y 2 tan x
dx [1 y log(cos x)
dy
Example 23.50 : y (tan x)cot x (cot x) x then find
dx
dy dy1 dy2
y y1 y2 ...(i)
dx dx dx
MODULE - V 1 dy1 1
Calculus . cot x. . sec 2 x log(tan x )(cosec 2 x)
y1 dx tan x
1 dy1
Notes . cosec 2 x cosec2 x log(tan x )
y1 dx
dy1
y1[cosec 2 x (1 log(tan x)]
dx
dy1
(tan x)cot x cosec2 x(1 log(tan x)) ...(ii)
dx
1 dy2 1
. x. ( cosec 2 x) log(cot x).1
y2 dx cot x
dy2 x cosec2 x
y2 log(cot x)
dx cot x
x
(cot x ) x log(cot x )
sin x cos x
dy dy1 dy2
dx dx dx
dy
(tan x )cot x cosec 2 x (1 log tan x)
dx
(cot x ) x xcosec 2 x tan x log tan x
dy
Example 23.51 : y = xtan x + (sin x)cos x. Then find
dx
y y1 y2 MODULE - V
Calculus
y1 x tan x taking log both sides
tanx
log y1 = log x log y1 = tan x log x Notes
diff w.r.t 'x'
1 dy1 1
. tan x. log x sec2 x
y1 dx x
dy1 tan x
y1 sec 2 x log x ...(ii)
dx x
y2 (sin x ) cos x taking log both sides.
log y2 = log (sin x)cos x diff. w.r.t 'x'
1 dy2 1
. cos x. .cos x log sin x ( sin x )
y2 dx sin x
dy2 cos 2 x
y2 sin x log sin x
dx sin x
dy2
(sin x )cos x cos x cot x sin x log sin x ...(ii)
dx
From i, ii, iii
dy dy1 dy2
dx dx dx
dy tan x
x tan x sec 2 x log x (sin x )cos x cos x cot x sin x log sin x
dx x
MODULE - V Therefore, this process is useful, when the given function is of the type
Calculus
[f (x)]g(x). For example ax, xx etc...
log y = x log a
1 dy d
. log a . ( x)
y dx dx
1 dy
log a
y dx
dy
y log a
dx
dy
a x log a
dx
dy x
(a ) a x log a a0
dx
manner, we will discuss second order derivative of exponential and logarithmic MODULE - V
Calculus
functions.
d2y Notes
Example 23.52 : y = ex then find .
dx 2
dy d x
Sol. y = ex (e ) e x
dx dx
d2y d x d2y
( e ) e x
ex
dx 2 dx dx 2
d2y
Example 23.53 : If x cos sin , y sin cos then find .
dx 2
dx
sin sin .1 .cos
d
dx
.cos
d
dy
cos 1cos sin
d
dy
sin
d
dy dy d 1
sin tan
dx d dx cos
dy
tan
dx
d2y d d d
(tan ) (tan ) .
dx 2
dx d dx
MODULE - V
d2y 1
Calculus sec2
dx 2
cos
x3 d2y
Example 23.54 : y then find
( x 1)( x 2) dx 2
x3
Sol. y
( x 1)( x 2)
x3
y 2
x 3x 2
x3 7x 6
Now y ( x 3)
x 3x 2
2
( x 1)( x 2)
7x 6 1 8 1 8
But
( x 1)( x 2) x 1 1( x 2) x 1 x 2
(According partial fractions)
x3 1 8
y x 3
( x 1)( x 2) ( x 1) ( x 2)
1 8
y ( x 3)
( x 1) ( x 2)
dy 1(1) 8(1)
1 (1)
dx ( x 1) 2
( x 2) 2
dy 1 8
1 ...(i)
dx ( x 1) 2
( x 2) 2
x d2y
Example 23.55 : If then find
( x 1) 2 ( x 2) dx 2
x A B C
Sol. =
( x 1) ( x 2)
2
( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1)
2
x A( x 1)( x 2) B( x 2) C( x 1) 2
( x 1) 2 ( x 2) ( x 1)2 ( x 2)
Put x = 1, B = 1
Put x = 2, C = 2
Put x = 0, 2A 2B + C = 0
2A 2(1) + 2 = 0
2A = 4 A 2
x 2 1 2
y
( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 2)
2 2
dy 2 2 2
dx ( x 1) 2
( x 1) 3
( x 1)2
dy
1. y = eax then find
dx
3a
dy
2. y e 2 then find
dx
1 x dy
3. y . e then find .
x dx
4. y e7 x 4 then Find dy
dx
5. y e then Find dy
2x
dx
then Find dy
2
7. y e
x sec x
dx
9. If y = log[cos(logx)] Find dy
dx
2
ex
10. y Find dy .
log x dx
MODULE - V
12. y = ax then find dy
dx Calculus
d2y
14. y = ex then find
dx 2
log x d2y
15. y then find
x dx 2
EXERCISE 23.2
e 2 x cos x
1. Find the derivative of y
x sin x
x
3. y log tan then find dy .
4 2 dx
find dy .
2
sin x )
5. y x
(x
dx
then find dy .
x2
6. y ( x) (log x)
log x
dx
7. y a cos(log x) b sin(log x) show that
x2d 2 y dy
2
x y 0
dx dx
1
8. y e tan x
prove that
d2y dy
(1 x ) 2 (2 x 1)
2
0
dx dx
MODULE - V
9. y (log x) tan x then find dy
Calculus dx
10. Differntiatiate f (x) w.r.t. g(x)
Notes
1
f ( x) s sin x ; g ( x) sin 1 x .
EXERCISE 23.3
1. If x = a cos log tan and y = a sin then find dy .
2 dx
x2d 2 y dy
2. If y sin log e x then 2
x value.
dx dx
dy
3. If u = log(sec x + sec y + sec z) then find cot x
dx
1
a cos x b
4. If f ( x) (a 2 b 2 ) 2 cos 1 then find
a b cos x
f ( x) (a b cos x)1
x3 2 3x
5. y Find dy
(2 x)(1 x) dx
d2y
6. y = 128 sin3x cos4x Find
dx 2
7. If y = a cos x + (b + 2x) sin x then y y 4 cos x
.
1 d2y dy
9. If y e
a sin x
then show that (1 x ) x a2 y 0 .
2
dx dx
dx
MODULE - V
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
Calculus
http : //www.wikipedia.org
PRACTICE EXERCISE
(b) x
x xx
(a) x x
dy
2. Find , if
dx
1
(b) y (sin x )cos x
(a) y a x log sin x
x2 x x 4 3/4
1
(c) y 1 (d) y log e
x x 4
x4 x 6
(d) y
(3 x 5)2
e x e x
(e) y
(e x e x )
2
(f) y 7 x 2 x
(g) y x 2 e 2 x cos 3 x
MODULE - V
2 x cot x
Calculus (h) y
x
Notes x. dy y2
(i) y = x prove that
x .
dx 1 y log x
d2y dy 2
4. If y a cos(log x ) b sin(log x ), show that x 2
x y 0.
dx dx
1 2 d2y dy
5. If y e
tan x
, prove that (1 x ) 2
(2 x 1) 0.
dx dx
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 23.1
3 32 x
1. a eax 2. e
2
ex
3. [ x 1] 4. 7e7x+4
x2
5. 2e 2x
6. x ex
8. cosec x sec2x
2
7. e x sec x [sec 2 x 2 x sec2 x tan x]
1
9. tan(log x )
x
10. tan x
1
11.
x log x
12. ax log a
sin x MODULE - V
13. (log)sin x cos x log(log x) 14. ex Calculus
x log x
2 log x 3
15. Notes
x3
EXERCISE 23.2
e 2 x (2 x 1) cot x xcosec 2 x 3
log x
2
1. 2.
x2 x
cot(log x)
3. 4. tan x
x
2
sin x ) x 2 sin x
5. x ( x (2 x cos x) log x
x
x2 log x 1 log(log x )
6. ( x) .x(1 2 log x) (log x)
x
tan x
9. y log(log x)sec2 x
x log x
1 2 sin
1
x
10. xsin x
log x 1 x
x
EXERCISE 23.3
1. tan 2. y
dy
3. cot x 1
dx
dy 3 3 1 1
5. y
dx x 2(2 3 x) 2 x 1 x
dy
x x x 2 x log x
x
10.
dx
cos 1
x
1 log sin x
(b) (sin x) cos x cot x
1 x 2
x2
1 1 1
(c) 1 2 x log x 1 1
x x
x
3 3
(d) 1
4( x 4) 4( x 4)
1 2 sin x 2 x
2 sin x
3. (a) (sin x) . x e cos x log x 2
1
1 x sin x
2 x
1
(b) (tan x )log x 2cosec x log tan x (cos x )sin x
x
sin x tan x cos x log(cos x)
tan x
(c) x tan x sec2 x log x (sin x )cos x [cot x cos x sin x log(sin x )]
x
x4 x 6 4 1 6
(d) 2
(3 x 5) x 2( x 6) 3 x 5
4e 2 x
(e)
(e2 x 1) 2
2
(f) 7 x 2 x
(2 x 2) log e 7
2
(g) x 2e2 x cos 3 x 2 3 tan 3 x
x
2 x cot x 1
(h) log 2 2cosec 2 x
x 2x
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
INTRODUCTION
Tangents and normals are the lines associated with curves. The tangent
is a line touching the curve at a distinct point, and each of the points on the
curve has a tangent. A line which is perpendicular to the tangent at the point
of contact is called normal. In this chapter we will learn how to find the equations
tangents, normal, sub tangent and sub normal for different curves.
MODULE - V
24.1 SLOPE OF TANGENT AND NORMAL
Calculus
dy
at ( x1 , y1 ) .... (1)
dx
Note
1. The tangent to a curve at any point will be parallel to x-axis if = 0
i.e., the derivative at the point will be zero.
dx
i.e., 0.
dy ( x1 , y1 )
Example 24.1 : Find the slope of tangent and normal to the curve MODULE - V
Calculus
x2 + x3 + 3xy + y2 = 5 at (1, 1)
Solution : The equation of the curve is
Notes
x + x + 3xy + y = 5
2 3 2
.....(i)
Differentialing (i),w.r.t. x, we get
dy dy
2 x 3 x 2 3 x y.1 2 y 0
dx dx
dy dy
2 x 3 x 2 3 x y.1 2 y 0
dx dx
dy dy 8
or 5 8
dx dx 5
8
The slope of tangent to the curve at (1, 1) is
5
5
The slope of normal to the curve at (1, 1) is
8
1
Example 24.2 Show that the tangents to the curve y 3 x 2 x 3 x
5 3
6
at the points x 3 are parallel.
3x5 2 x3 3x
Solution : The equation of the curve is y
6
Differentiating (i) w.r.t. x, we get
dy 15 x 4 6 x 2 3
dx 6
dy 15(3) 4 6(3)2 3
at
x 3
dx 6
1
[15 9 9 54 3]
6
Tangents and Normals 365
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 3
Calculus [405 17] 211
6
dy 1 4 2
Notes at x 3 [15( 3) 6( 3) 3] 211
dx 6
1
Example 24.3 : The slope of the curve 6y3 = px2 + q at (2, 2) is .
6
Find the values of p and q.
Solution : The equation of the curve is
6y3 = px2 + q
Differentiating (i) w.r.t. x, we get
dy
18 y 2 p (2 x) 0
dx
Putting x = 2, y = 2, we get
dy
18( 2) 2 2 p (2) 4 p
dx
dy p
Slope =
dx (2,2) 18
1
It is given equal to
6
1 p
p3
6 18
The equation of curve becomes
6y3 = 3x2 + q
Also, the point (2, –2) lies on the curve
6(2)3 = 3(2)2 + q
EXERCISE 24.1
1. Find the slopes of tangents and normals to each of the curves at the
given points :
(iii) x = a ( sin ) , y = a (1 cos ) at
2
2. Find the values of p and q if the slope of the tangent to the curve
xy + px + qy = 2 at (1, 1) is 2.
3. Find the points on the curve x2 + y2 = 18 at which the tangents are
parallel to the line x + y = 3.
4. At what points on the curve y = x2 4x + 5 is the tangent perpendiculat
to the line 2y + x 7 = 0.
We know that the equation of a line passing through a point (x1, y1) and
with slope m is
y y1= m(x x1)
As discussed in t he section before, the slope of tangent to the
dy
curve y = f(x) at (x1 , y1) is given by at ( x1, y1 ) and that of normal
dx
dx
is at ( x1 , y1 ) .
dy
MODULE - V Equation of tangent to the curve y = f (x) at the point (x1 , y1) is
Calculus
dx
y y1 ( x x1 )
dy
Notes
And, the equation of normal to the curve y = f (x) at the point (x1 , y1) is
1
y y1 ( x x1 )
dy
dx
Note
(i) Normal at (x1, y1) in parallel to y-axis
dy
(ii) In case the tangent at (x1, y1) in parallel to y-axis and
dx ( x1 , y1 )
its equation in x = x1. Normal at (x1, y1) in parallel x-axis.s
Let us take some examples and illustrate
Example 24.4 : Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the
circle x2 + y2 = 25 at the point (4, 3).
Solution : The equation of circle is
x2 + y2 = 25
Differentialing (1), w.r.t. x, we get
dy
2x 2 y . 0
dx
dy x
dx y
dy 4
dx (4,3) 3
4
y3 ( x 4)
3
3
y 3 ( x 4)
4
or 4y 12 = 3x 12
3x 4y = 0
Equation of the tangent to the circle at (4, 3) is 4x + 3y 25 = 0,
Equation of the normal to the circle at (4, 3) is 3x 4y = 0
Example 24.5 : Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the
curve 16 x2 + 9 y2 = 144 at point (x1, y1) where y1 > 0 and x1 = 2
Solution : The equation of curve is
16 x2 + 9 y2 = 144
dy
32x 18 y 0
dx
dy 16 x
dx 9y
dy 16(2) 8
dx 2, 4 5
4 5 3 5
3 9
3
16(2) 2 9( y ) 2 144
80 4 5
y2 y
9 3
4 5
As y1 0 y
3
Tangents and Normals 369
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
4 5
Calculus Equation of the tangent to the curve at 2 , is
3
4 5 8
Notes y ( x 2)
3 3 5
or 3 5 y 20 8 x 16
or 8 x 3 5 y 36 0
4
Also, equation of the normal to the curve at 2, 5 is
3
4 5 1
y ( x 2)
3 8
3 5
4 5 3 5
y ( x 2)
3 8
3y 4 5 3 5x 6 5
3 8
24 y 32 5 9 5 x 18 5
or 9 5 x 24 y 14 5 0
x2 y2
Example 24.6 : Find the points on the curve 1 at which the tangents
9 16
are parallel to x-axis.
Solution : The equation of the curve is
x2 y2
1
9 16
Differentiating (i) w.r.t. x we get
2 x 2 y dy
0
9 16 dx
dy 16 x MODULE - V
or Calculus
dx 9y
dy
For tangent to be parallel to x-axis, 0 Notes
dx
16 x
0 x0
9y
Putting x = 0 in (i), we get y2 = 16 y = +4i
x2 y2
This implies that there are no real points at which the tangent to 1
9 16
is parallel to x-axis.
Example 24.7 : Find the equation of all lines having slope – 4 that are
1
tangents to the curve y
x 1
1
Solution : y ...(i)
x 1
dy 1
dx ( x 1) 2
It is given equal to – 4
1
4
( x 1) 2
1
( x 1) 2
4
1 3 1
x 1 x ,
2 2 2
MODULE - V 1
Calculus Substituting x in (i), we get
2
1 1
Notes y 2
1 1
1
2 2
1
When x , y 2
2
3 1
This point are , 2 , , 2
2 2
1
Slope of the normal
12
1
Equation of the normal is y 8 ( x 2)
12
or 12(y 8) + (x 2) = 0
or x + 12y = 98
Definition :
Suppose P = (x1, y1) is a point on the curve y = f(x). Let the tangent
and normal to the curve at P meet the x-axis in L and G respectively. Let
M be the foot of the perpendicular drawn from P on to the X-axis.
Then
(i) PL is called the length of the
tangent.
(ii) PG is called the length of the P
normal.
(iii) LM is called the length of the
subtangent.
(iv) MG is called the length of the
subnormal. L G X
Tangents and Normals 373
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
Calculus In general it, 0 and we can find simple formulae for the
2
above four lengths.
Notes
PM
(i) Length of the tangent = PL =
sin
y1
=
sin
y1
=
tan cos
y1 sec
=
tan
y1 1 tan 2
=
tan
2
dy
y1 1
dx ( x1 , y1 )
=
dy
dx ( x1 , y1 )
= y1 sec
= y1 1 tan 2
2
dy
= y1 1
dx ( x1 , y1 )
y1 MODULE - V
(iii) Length of the subtangent = LM = LM Calculus
tan
Notes
y1
= dy
dx ( x1 , y1 )
dy
= y1
dx ( x1 , y1 )
y 1 ( y )2
(i) Length of the tangent =
y
y
(iii) Length of subtangent =
y
dy
(iv) Length of subnormal = y y y dx
Example 24.9 : Show that the length of the subnormal at any point on
the curve y2 = 4ax is a constant.
Solution : Differentiating y2 = 4ax with respect to x, we have 2 y y 4a
4a 2a
y
2y y
y y 2a
MODULE - V Example 24.10: Show that the length of the subntangent at any point on
Calculus the curve y = ax (a > 0) is a constant.
Solution : Differenting y = ax w.r.t. x, we have
Notes
y a x log a
y ax 1
= x = constant.
y a log a log a
EXERCISE 24.3
1. Find the length of subtangent and subnormal at a point on the curve
x.
y b sin
a
x/a
2. Show that at any point (x, y) on the curve y b e the length of the
y2
subtangent is a constant and the length of the subnormal is .
a
Let us now study an important theorem which reveals that between two
points a and b on the graph of y = f(x) with equal ordinates f (a) and f(b),
there exists at least one point c such that the tangent at [c, f(c)] is
parallel to x-axis. (see Fig. 24.2).
Fig. 24.2
376 Tangents and Normals
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Remarks
(i) The remarks “at least one point” says that there can be more than one
point c ( a, b) such that f (c ) 0 .
f(0) = f(2)
Again, we have
f( ) = sin sin 2 = 0 0 = 0
f( ) = f(0) = 0
f ( x ) cos x 2 cos x
Now f (c) 0
cos c 2 cos 2c = 0
cos c 2 [2cos2c 1] = 0
4 cos2 c cos c 2 = 0
1 1 32
cos c
8
1 33
=
8
As 33 6
7
cos c 0.875
8
which shows that c lies between 0 and
x3 5 x 2 Notes
(i) f ( x) 2 x, x [0, 3]
3 3
(ii) f(x) = x2 1, x [1, 1]
(iii) f(x) = sin x + cos x 1, x 0,
2
(iv) f(x) = (x2 1) (x 2), [1, 2]
This theorem improves the result of Rolle’s Theorem saying that it is not
necessary that tangent may be parallel to x-axis. This theorem says that the
tangent is parallel to the line joining the end points of the curve. In other words,
this theorem says that there always exists a point on the graph, where the
tangent is parallel to the line joining the end-points of the graph.
f (b) f ( a )
f (c )
ba
Remarks
When f(b) = f(a), f (c ) 0 and the theorem reduces to Rolle’s Theorem
f(3) f(5)
All the conditions of Mean value Theorem are satisfied
f (5) f (3) 8 0
f ' (c) = 4
53 2
Now f'(x) = 3x2 36x + 99
f ( x ) = 2(x 4)
1 0 y2 y1
1 m x x
54 2 1
EXERCISE 24.5
1. Check the applicability of Mean Value Theorem for each of the following
functions :
(i) f(x) = 3x2 4 on [2, 3] (ii) f(x) = log x on [1, 2]
1
(iii) f(x) = x on [1, 3] (iv) f(x) = x3 2x2 x 3 on [0, 1]
x
2. Find a point on the parabola y = (x + 3)2 where the tangent is parallel
to the chord joining (3, 0) and (4, 1)
KEY WORDS
y y1 [ f ( x)]at( x1 , y1 ) x x1
2
(ii) Length of normal = y 1 ( y)
y
(iii) Length of subtangent =
y
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Find the slopes of tangents and normals to each of the following curves
at the indicated points :
(i) y x at x = 9
(ii) y = x3 + x at x = 2
MODULE - V
(iii) x = a ( sin ), y = a ( 1 + cos ) at Calculus
2
(iv) y = 2x2 + cos x at x = 0
(v) xy = 6 at (1, 6) Notes
x2 y2
3. Find the point on the curve 1 at which the tangents are parallel
9 16
to y-axis.
4. Find the equation of the tangents to the curve y = x2 2x + 5,
(i) which is parallel to the line 2x + y + 7 = 0
(ii) which is perpendicular to the line 5(y 3x) = 12
5. Show that the tangents to the curve y = 7 x3 + 11at the points x = 2
and x = 2 are parallel.
6. Find the equation of normal at the point (a m2, a m3) to the curve
ay2 = x3
7. Find length of tangent, length of normal, length of subtangent and sub-
normal to the curve y = x3 + 1 at the point (1, 2).
8. Verify Rolle’s Theorem for each of the following functions:
(i) f(x) = (x2 1) (x 2) on [ 1, 2]
x ( x 2)
(ii) f(x) = on [0, 2]
x 1
8x2 3
(iii) f(x) = 2 x, x 0,
3 4
9. If Rolle’s theorem holds for f(x) = x3 + b x2 + ax, [1, 3] with
1
c 2 find the values of a and b. •
3
MODULE - V 10. Verify Mean Value Theorem for each of the following functions.
Calculus
(i) f(x) = a x3 + b x2 + c x + d on [0, 1]
1
Notes
(ii) f ( x) on 1, 4
4x 1
(iii) y ( x 3) 2 on [ 4, 3]
11. Find a point on the parabola y = (x 3)2, where the tangent is parallel
to the chord joining the points (3, 0) and (4, 1).
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 24.1
1 2 5
1. (i) 10, (ii) , (iii) 1, 1
10 5 2
2. p = 5, q = 4
3. (3, 3), (3, 3)
4. (3, 2)
EXERCISE 24.2
1. Tangent Normal
(i) y + 10x = 5 x 10y + 50 = 0
(ii) 2x y = 1 x 2y 3 = 0
(iii) 24x y = 52 x 24y = 483
x x1 y y
2. 2
21 1
a b
x x0 yy
3. 2
20 1
a b
4. x + 14y 254 = 0, x + 14y + 86 = 0
b2 2x
2. Length of subnormal 2a sin a
EXERCISE 24.4
5 7
1. (i) c (ii) c = 0
3
2 7
(iii) c (iv) c
4 3
EXERCISE 24.5
1
1. (i) c = 2.5 (ii) c
log e2
1
(iii) c 3 (iv) c
3
43 1
2. ,
14 196
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1 1
1. (i) , 6 (ii) 13,
6 13
(iii) 1, 1
1
(iv) 0, not defined (v) 6,
6
2. 2 2 ( x y ) a ; x y 0
6. 2x + 3m y am2 (2 + 3 m2) = 0
2
7. Length or tangent : 10
3
Length of normal 2 10
Length of subnormal 6
2 7
8. c
3
(ii) At no real point
3
(iii) c
8
9. a = 11, b = 6
1
10. (i) c
2
(ii) Not applicable
1
(iii) c
2
11. 7 , 1 .
2 4
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
MAXIMA AND MINIMA 25
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
Functions, Diffnition of a function, second derivative of a function.
INTRODUCTION
MODULE - V Let a function f (x) be defined over the closed interval [a, b].
Calculus
Let x1 , x2 [ a, b] then the function f (x) is said to be an increasing
Notes function in the given interval if f (x2) > f (x1) whenever x2 > x1. It is said
to be strictly increasing if f (x2) > f (x1) for all x2 > x1, x1, x2 [a, b].
In Fig. 25.1, sin x increases from 1 to +1 as x increases from to .
2 2
Fig. 25.1
Note : A function is said to be an increasing function in an interval if
f (x + h) > f(x) for all x belonging to the interval when h is positive.
A function f(x) defined over the closed interval [a, b] is said to be a
decreasing function in the given interval, if f (x2) < f (x1), whenever
x2 > x1, x1 , x2 [a, b] . It is said to be strictly decreasing if f (x1) > f (x2)
for all x2 > x1, x1 , x2 [a, b] .
Fig. 25.2
388 Maxima And Minima
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Let x1, x2 be any two points such that x1 < x2 in the interval of definition
of a function f(x). Then a function f(x) is said to be monotonic if it is
either increasing or decreasing. It is said to be monotonically increasing if
f(x2) > f(x1) for all x2 > x1 belonging to the interval and monotonically de-
creasing if f(x1) > f(x2).
Example 25.1 Prove that the function f(x) = 4x + 7 is monotonic for all
values of x R.
Solution : Consider two values of x say x1, x2 R
such that x2 > x1 .....(1)
x 1 . x2 < x1 . x1
x2 > x 1
f (x2) < f (x1)
Hence, the given function is strictly decreasing for all x < 0.
EXERCISE 25.1
f (x + x) > f (x )
or f (x + x) f (x) > 0
f ( x x) f ( x)
or 0 ( x 0)
x
Taking x as a small positive number and proceeding to limit, when
x 0
f ( x x) f ( x)
lim 0
x 0 x
or, f ( x) 0
Fig. 25.3
We divide, our study of relation between sign of derivative of a function and
its increasing or decreasing nature (monotonicity) into various parts as per
Fig. 25.3
(i) P to R (ii) R to T (iii) T to V
(i) We observe that the ordinate (y-coordinate) for every succeeding point MODULE - V
of the curve from P to R increases as also its x-coordinate. If (x2, y2) Calculus
are the coordinates of a point that succeeds (x1, y1), then x2 > x1 yields
y2 > y1 or f(x2) > f(x1). Notes
Also the tangent at every point of the curve between P and R makes
acute angle with the positive direction of x-axis and thus the slope of the
tangent at such points of the curve (except at R) is positive. At R where
the ordinate is maximum the tangent is parallel to x-axis, as a result the
slope of the tangent at R is zero.
We conclude for this part of the curve that
(a) The function is monotonically increasing from P to R
(b) The tangent at every point (except at R) makes an acute angle with
positive direction of x-axis.
dy
(c) The slope of tangent is positive i.e., 0 for all points of the curve
dx
for which y is increasing.
dy
(d) The slope of tangent at R is zero i.e., 0 where y is maximum.
dx
(ii) The ordinate for every point between R and T of the curve decreases
though its x-coordinate increases. Thus, for any point x2 > x1 yields
y2 < y1 or f(x2) < f (x1).
Also the tangent at every point succeeding R along the curve makes
obtuse angle with positive direction of x-axis. Consequently, the slope
of the tangent is negative for all such points whose ordinate is decreas-
ing. At T the ordinate attains minimum value and the tangent is parallel
to x-axis and as a result the slope of the tangent at T is zero.
We now conclude :
(a) The function is monotonically decreasing from R to T.
(b) The tangent at every point, except at T, makes obtuse angle with
positive direction of x-axis.
MODULE - V dy
Calculus (c) The slope of the tangent is negative i.e., 0 for all points of the
dx
curve for which y is decreasing.
Notes
dy
(d) The slope of the tangent at T is zero i.e., 0 where the ordinate
dx
is minimum.
(iii) Again, for every point from T to V
The ordinate is constantly increasing, the tangent at every point of the
curve between T and V makes acute angle with positive direction of x-
axis. As a result of which the slope of the tangent at each of such points
of the curve is positive.
Conclusively,
dy
0
dx
dy
at all such points of the curve except at Tand V, where 0 . The
dx
dy dy
derivative 0 on onside, 0 on the other side of points R, T
dx dx
dy
and V of the curve where 0 .
dx
f(x) = x2 6x + 8
Solution : f(x) = x2 6x + 8
f '(x) = 2x 6
or, x 3
Example 25.4 Find the interval in which f(x) = 2x3 3x2 12x + 6 is
increasing or decreasing.
f '(x) = 6x2 6x 12
= 6(x2 x 2)
= 6(x 2) (x + 1)
Since the product of two factors is positive, this implies either both are
positive or both are negative.
Either (x 2) > 0 and (x + 1) > 0 or (x 2) < 0 (x + 1) < 0
i.e., x > 2, x > 1 i.e., x < 2 and x < 1
x > 2 implies x > 1 x < 1 implies x < 2.
x 2 x < 1
MODULE - V Since the product of two factors is negative, only one of them can be negative,
Calculus the other positive.
Therefore,
Notes
Either or
(x 2) > 0 and (x 1) < 0 (x 2) < 0 and (x 1) > 0
i.e., x 2, x < 1 i.e., x 2, x > 1
dx d 2
( x 2 1) x. ( x 1)
Solution : f ( x) dx dx
( x 2 1)
( x 2 1) x.(2 x)
( x 2 1) 2
1 x2
( x 2 1)2
(1 x)(1 x)
f ( x)
( x 2 1) 2
EXERCISE 25.2
Find the intervals for which the followiong functions are increasing or
decreasing.
1. (a) f (x) = x2 7x + 10 (b) f (x) = 3x2 15x + 10
2. (a) f (x) = x3 6x2 36x + 7 (b) f (x) = x3 9x2 + 24x + 12
3. (a) y = 3x2 12x 8 (b) f (x) = 112x 9x2 2x3
x2 x2 x 2
4. (a) y , x 1 (b) y , x 1 (c) y , x 0
x 1 x 1 2 x
5. (a) Prove that the function log sin x is decreasing in , .
2
(b) Prove that the function cos x is increasing in the interval , 2
(c) Find the intervals in which the function cos 2 x , 0 < x < is
4
decreasing or increasing.
Find also the points on the graph of the function at which the tangents
are parallel to x-axis.
of a continuous function decreases to a certain point and then begins to increase, MODULE - V
then value at that point is called minimum value of the function and the point Calculus
is called point of minimum.
Notes
Fig. 25.4
Fig. 25.4 shows that a function may have more than one maximum or minimum
values. So, for continuous function we have maximum (minimum) value in an
interval and these values are not absolute maximum (minimum) of the function.
For this reason, we sometimes call them as local maxima or local minima.
MODULE - V In Fig. 25.6, the function f (x) has local minimum at the point x = a.
Calculus
A minimum (or local miunimum) value of a function is the one which is
less than all other values, on either side of the point in the immediate neighbourhood
Notes
of the point.
Note : A neighbourhood of a point x R is defined by open internal
]x [, when > 0.
Now, on the left of B, the function is increasing and so f '(x) > 0, but
on the right of B, the function is decreasing and, therefore, f '(x) < 0. This
can be achieved only when f '(x) becomes zero somewhere in betwen. We
can rewrite this as follows :
Now, on the left of C (See Fig. 25.6), function is decreasing and f '(x)
therefore, is negative and on the right of C, f (x) is increasing and so f '(x)
is positive. Once again f '(x) will be zero before having positive values. We
rewrite this as follows :
For example, for the function f '(x) = x3, x = 0 is the point of inflexion
as f '(x) = 3x2 does not change sign as x passes through 0. f '(x) is positive
on both sides of the value ‘0’ (tangents make acute angles with x-axis) (See
Fig. 25.7).
The points where f '(x) = 0 are called stationary points as the rate
ofchange of the function is zero there. Thus points of maxima and minima are
stationary points.
Remarks
The stationary points at which the function attains either local maximum
or local minimum values are also called extreme points and both local maximum
and local minimum values are called extreme values of f (x) . Thus a function
attains an extreme value at x = a if f(a) is either a local maximum or a
local minimum.
MODULE - V (iii) Consider the sign of f '(x) in the neighbourhood of stationary points.
Calculus If it changes sign from +ve to –ve, then f (x) has maximum value at
that point and if f '(x) changes sign from –ve to +ve, then f (x) has
Notes minimum value at that point.
(iv) If f '(x) does not change sign in the neighbourhood of a point then it
is a point of inflexion.
Example 25.7 Find the maximum (local maximum) and minimum (local mini-
mum) points of the function f (x) = x3 3x2 9x
Solution : Here f (x) = x3 3x2 9x
f '(x) = 3x2 6x 9
Step I. Now f '(x) = 0 3x2 6x 9 = 0
or, x2 2x 3 = 0
or, (x 3) (x 1) = 0
or, x = 3, 1.
Stationary points are x = 3, x = 1.
Step II. At x = 3
For x< 3 f '(x) < 0
and for x> 3 f '(x) > 0.
f '(x) changes sign from –ve to +ve in the neighbourhood of 3.
f (x) has minimum value at x = 3.
Step III : At x = 1,
For x < 1, f '(x) > 0
abd for x > 1, f '(x) < 0.
f '(x) changes sign from +ve to –ve in the neighbourhood of –1.
has maximum value at x = 1
x = 1 and x = 3 give us points of maxima and minima respectively.
If we want to find maximum value (minimum value), then we have
point x = 2
left of 2 right 2
f '(x) < 0 f '(x) > 0
Local minimum
MODULE - V Example 25.9 Find all local maxima and local minima of the function
Calculus
f (x) = 2x3 3x2 12x + 8
Solution : f (x) = 2x3 3x2 12x + 8
Notes
f '(x) = 6x2 6x 12
= 6(x2 x 2)
f '(x) = 6(x (x 2)
Now solving f '(x) = 0 for x, we get
6(x 1) (x 2) = 0
x = 1, x = 2.
Thus x = 1, x = 2 at f '(x) = 0
We examine whether these points are points of local maximum or local
minimum or neither of them.
Consider the point x = – 1
Let us take x = –1.1 which is to the left of –1 and x = – 0.9 which
is to the right of –1 and find f '(x) at these points.
f '(1.1) = 6(1.1 + 1) (1.1 2), which is positive i.e., f '(x) > 0
f '(0.9) = 6(0.9 + 1) (0.9 2), which is positive i.e., f '(x) < 0
Thus, at x = – 1, there is a local maximum.
Consider the point x =2.
Now, let us take x = 1.9 which is to the left of x = 2 and x = 2.1 which
is to the right of x = 2 and find f '(x) at these points.
f '(1.9) = 6(1.9 + 1) (1.9 2)
= 6 × (Positive number) × (negative number)
= a negative number
i.e., f '(1.9) < 0.
and f '(2.1) = 6(2.1 + 1) (2.1 2), which is positive
Point x = 1 Point x = 2
Example 25.10 Find local maximum and local minimum, if any, of the following
function
x
f ( x)
1 x2
x
Solution : f ( x)
1 x2
(1 x 2 )(1) (2 x)( x)
f ( x)
(1 x 2 )2
1 x2
(1 x 2 ) 2
Maxima And Minima 405
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V For finding points of local maximum or local minimum, equate f '(x) to 0
Calculus
i.e.,
Notes
1 x2 = 0
or (1 x) (1 x) = 0 or x = 1, 1
Consider the value x = 1
The sign of f '(x) for values of x slightly less than 1 and slightly
greater than 1 changes from positive to negative. Therefore there is a local
maximum at x =1, and the local maximum
1 1 1
value
1 (1) 2
11 2
Now consider x = 1
f '(x) changes sign from negative to positive as x passes through –1, therefore,
f (x) has a local minimum at x = 1.
1
Thus, the local minimum value
2
Example 25.11 Find the local maximum and local minimum, if any, for the
function
cos x sin x = 0
or, tan x = 1 or, x in 0 x
4 2
At x ,
4
406 Maxima And Minima
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
For x , cos x > sin x
4 Calculus
f '(x) changes sign from positive to negative in the neighbourhood of
4
x is a point of local maxima.
4
1 1
Maximum value = f 2
4 2 2
Point of local maxima is , 2 .
4
EXERCISE 25.3
Find all points of local maxima and local minima of the following func-
tions. Also, find the maxima and minima at such points.
1. x2 8x + 12 2. x3 6x2 + 9x + 15
5. (x 1) (x 2)2 6. x 1
x2 x 2
(iv) Find its second derivative, f "(x). For every real value ‘a’ of x ob-
tained in step (iii), evaluate f '(a). Then if
f "(a) = 0 then we use the sign of f '(x) on the left of ‘a’ and on the
right of ‘a’ to arrive at the result.
= 6(x2 7x + 6)
= 6(x 1) (x 6)
f '(x) = 0
or 6(x 1) (x 6) = 0 x = 1, 6
d
f ( x ) f ( x)
dx
d 2
6( x 7 x 6)
dx
= 12x 42
= 6(2x 7)
Example 25.13 Find local maxima and minima (if any) for the function
f (x) = cos 4x; 0 x
2
f '(x) = 4 sin 4x
or, x = 0, ,
4 2
or, x
4 0 x 2
at x , f x 16cos 16( 1) 16 0.
4
f (x) is minimum at x
4
Minimum value f cos 1 .
4
MODULE - V Example 25.14 : (a) Find the maximum value of 2x3 24x + 107 in the
Calculus
interval [3, 1]
(b) Find the minimum value of the above function in the interval [, ]
Notes
Solution : Let f (x) = 2x3 24x + 107
f '(x) = 0
i.e., 6x2 24 = 0 x 2, 2.
or f "(2) < 0
Thus the point of maximum belonging to the given interval [3, 1] is
–2 and, the maximum value of the function is 139.
Example 25.15 Find the maximum and minimum value of the function
= 2 cos2x + cos x 1
2 cos2x + cos x 1 = 0
1 1 8 1 3 1
cos x = 1, .
4 4 2
x ,
3
Now, f (0) = 0
3 1 3 3
f sin 1 cos 1
3 3 3 2 2 4
and f ( ) 0
3 3
f (x) has maximum value x at x = .
3 4
and minimum value 0 at x = 0, x = .
EXERCISE 25.4
Find local maximum and local minimum for each of the following functions
using second order derivatives.
1. 2x3 + 3x2 36x + 10. 2. x3 + 12x2 5
3. (x 1) (x + 2)2 4. x5 5x4 + 5x3 1
5. sin x . (1 + cos x) . 0 x 6. sin x + cos x, 0 x
2 2
7. sin 2x - x, x .
2 2
Maxima And Minima 411
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
25.8 APPLICATIONS OF MAXIMA AND
Calculus
MINIMA TO PRACTICAL PROBLEMS
Notes The application of derivative is a powerful tool for solving problems that
call for minimising or maximising a function. In order to solve such problems,
we follow the steps in the following order :
(i) Frame the function in terms of variables discussed in the data.
(ii) With the help of the given conditions, express the function in terms of
a single variable.
(iii) Lastly, apply conditions of maxima or minima as discussed earlier.
Example 25.16 Find two positive real numbers whose sum is 70 and their
product is maximum.
Solution : Let one number be x. As their sum is 70, the other number is
70 x. As the two numbers are positive, we have, x > 0 , (70 x) > 0.
70 x > 0 x < 70
0 < x < 70
Let their product be f (x)
Then f (x) = x(70 x) = 70x x2
f '(x) = 70 2x
or, 70 2x = 0
or, x = 35.
Example 25.17 Show that among rectangles of given area, the square has the MODULE - V
least perimeter. Calculus
dp
For a minimum P, 0
dx
A
i.e., 2 1 2 0
x
or A x2 or Ax
d 2 p 4A
Now, 3 , which is positive.
dx 2 x
A
y
x
x2
x ( A = x2)
x
Thus, the perimeter is minimum when rectangle is a square.
MODULE - V Example 25.18 An open box with a square base is to be made out of a given
Calculus quantity of sheet of area a2. Show that the maximum volume of the box is
a3
Notes .
6 3
Solution : Let x be the side of the square base of the box and y its height.
Total surface area of othe box = x2 + 4xy.
a2 x2
x 2 4 xy a 2 or y .
4x
1 a3 a3 a3
From (1) and (2), we get V ...(iii)
4 3 3 3 6 3
d 2V d
Again
dx 2 dx
1 2 2
3
4 a 3 x 2 x
a3
Hence maximum volume of the box = .
6 3
Example 25.19 Show that of all rectangles inscribed in a given circle, the
square has the maximum area.
Solution : Let ABCD be a rectangle inscribed in a circle of radius r. Then
diameter AC= 2r.
Let AB = x and BC = y
Then AB2 + BC2 = AC2 or x2 + y2 = (2r)2 = 4r2
Now area A of the rectangle = xy
A x 4r 2 x 2
dA x ( 2 x )
4r 2 x 2 .1
dx 2 4r 2 x 2
4r 2 2 x 2
4r 2 x 2
dA
For maxima/minima, 0 Fig. 25.8
dx
4r 2 2 x 2
0 x 2r
4r 2 x 2
( 2 x )
2
4r 2 x 2 (4 x) (4r 2 2 x 2 )
Now d A
2 4r 2 x 2
dx 2 2
(4r x ) 2
4 x(4r 2 x 2 ) x(4r 2 2 x 2 )
3
4r 2
x
2 2
MODULE - V
Calculus
4 2 2r 2 0
3
... (Putting x 2r )
2r
2 2
Notes
8 2r 3
4 0
2 2r 3
Example 25.21 Show that a closed right circular cylinder of given surface has MODULE - V
maximum volume if its height equals the diameter of its base. Calculus
Solution : Let S and V denote the surface area and the volume of the closed
right circular cylinder of height h and base radius r. Notes
dV S
(3r 2 )
dr 2
dV
For maximum or minimum, 0
dr
S
i.e., (3r 2 ) 0 Fig. 25.9
2
S 6r 2
d 2V d S
Also, 2
3r 2
dr dr 2
d S
6 r dr 2 0
= a negative quantity
MODULE - V Hence the volume of the right circular cylinder is maximum when its height
Calculus is equal to twice its radius i.e. when h = 2r.
Example 25.22 A square metal sheet of side 48 cm. has four equal squares
Notes removed from the corners and the sides are then turned up so as to form an
open box. Determine the size of the square cut so that volume of the box is
maximum.
Solution : Let the side of each of the small squares cut be x cm, so that each
side of the box to be made is (48 – 2x) cm. and height x cm.
Now x > 0, 48 – 2x > 0, x < 24
x lies between 0 and 24 or 0 < x < 24
Now, Volume V of the box
V = (48 2x) (48 2x) (x)
Fig. 25.10
i.e., V = (48 2x)2 (x)
dV
(48 2 x ) 2 2(48 2 x )( 2)( x )
dx
= (48 2x) (48 6x)
dV
Condition for maximum or minimum is 0
dx
i.e., (48 2 x ) (48 6 x ) 0
We have either x = 24 or x = 8
0 < x < 24
Rejecting x = 24, we have, x = 8 cm.
418 Maxima And Minima
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
d 2V
Now, 24 x 384 Calculus
dx 2
d 2V
2 192 384 192 0. Notes
dx x 8
Hence for x = 8, the volume is maximum.
Hence the square of side 8 cm. should be cut from each corner.
Example 25.23 The profit function P(x) of a firm, selling x items per day is
given by
p(x) = (150 x)x 1625
Find the number of items the firm should manufacture to get maximum profit.
Find the maximum profit.
Solution : It is given that ‘x’ is the number of items produced and sold out
by the firm every day.
In order to maximize profit,
dP
p( x ) 0 i.e., 0
dx
d
or
dx
(150 x) x 1625 0
or 150 2x = 0
or x = 75
d
Now, p( x) p( x) 2 a negative quantity.
dx
Hence P (x) is maximum for x = 75.
Thus, the firm should manufacture only 75 items a day to make maximum
profit.
Now, Maximum Profit = p(75) = (150 75) 75 1625
= Rs. [(75) (75) 1625]
= Rs. [5625 1625]
= Rs. 4000.
Maxima And Minima 419
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V Example 25.24 Find the volume of the largest cylinder that can be inscribed
Calculus in a sphere of radius ‘r’ cm.
Solution : Let h be the height and R the radius of the base of the inscribed
Notes cylinder. Let V be the volume of the cylinder.
Then, V = R2h ...(i)
2
h
From OCB, we have r2 R2 ... ( OB2 = OC2 + BC2)
2
h2
R2 r2
4
h2 h3
Now, V r 2 h r 2
h
4 4
2
dV 2 3h
r
dh 4
dV
For maxima/minima 0
dh Fig. 25.11
3h 2
r 2 0
4
4r 2 2r
h2 h
3 3
d 2V 3h
2
dh 2
d 2V 2r 3 2r
2
at h
dh 3 2 3
3r 0
2r
V is maximum at h
3
MODULE - V
2r
Putting h in (ii) we get Calculus
3
4r 2 2r 2 Notes
R2 r2
43 3
2
R r
3
2 2 2r 4r 3
. r cm3 .
3 3 3 3
EXERCISE 25.5
1. Find two numbers whose sum is 15 and the square of one multiplied by
the cube of the other is maximum.
2. Divide 15 into two parts such that the sum of their squares is minimum.
3. Show that among the rectangles of given perimeter, the square has the
greatest area.
4. Prove that the perimeter of a right angled triangle of given hypotenuse
is maximum when the triangle is isosceles.
5. A window is in the form of a rectangle surmounted by a semi-circle. If
the perimeter be 30 m, find the dimensions so that the greatest possible
amount of light may be admitted.
6. Find the radius of a closed right circular cylinder of volume 100 c.c.
which has the minimum total surface area.
7. A right circular cylinder is to be made so that the sum of its radius and
its height is 6 m. Find the maximum volume of the cylinder.
8. Show that the height of a right circular cylinder of greatest volume that
can be inscribed in a right circular cone is one-third that of the cone.
9. A conical tent of the given capacity (volume) has to be constructed.
MODULE - V Find the ratio of the height to the radius of the base so as to minimise
Calculus
the canvas requried for the tent.
q = 500 + 100x
where x is the amount of ticket price reduced. Find the ticket price that
result is maximum revenue.
KEY WORDS
http : //www.wikipedia.org
http:// math world . wolfram.com
x 4
3. , x0
4 x
4. x4 2x2
5. sin x cos x, 0 < x < 2
Find the local maxima or minima of the following functions :
6. (a) x3 6x2 + 9x + 7 (b) 2x3 24x + 107
(c) x3 4x2 3x + 2 (d) x4 62x2 120x + 9
1 x
7. (a) (b) , 1 x 4
2
x 2 ( x 1)( x 4)
(c) x 1 x , x 1
1
8. (a) sin x cos 2 x, 0 x (b) sin 2x, 0 < x < 2
2 2
(c) -x + 2 sin x, 0 < x < 2
9. For what value of x lying in the closed interval [0, 5] the slope of the
tangent to
x3 6x2 + 9x + 4
is maximum. Also, find the point.
10. Find the vlaue of the greatest slope of a tangent to
x3 3x2 + 2x 27
at a point of othe curve. Find also the point.
11. A container is to be made in the shape of a right circular cylinder with MODULE - V
total surface area of 24 sq. m. Determine the dimensions of the con- Calculus
tainer if the volume is to be as large as possible.
12. A hotel complex consisting of 400 two bedroom apartments has 300 of Notes
them rented and the rent is Rs. 360 per day. Management’s research
indicates that if the rent is reduced by x rupees then the number of apartments
5
rented q will be q x 300, 0 x 80 .
4
Determine the rent that results in maximum revenue. Also find the
maximum revenue.
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 25.2
7 7
1. (a) Increasing for x , Decreasing for x
2 2
5 5
(b) Increasing for x , Decreasing for x
2 2
2. (a) Increasing for x > 6 or x < 2, Decreasing for 2 < x < 6
(b) Increasing for x > 4 or x < 2, Decreasing for x in the interval
]2, 4[
3. (a) Increasing for x < 2; Decreasing for x > 2
(b) Increasing in the interval 1 < x < 2, Decreasing for x > 1 or
x < 2
4. (a) Increasing always.
(b) Increasing for x > 2, Decreasing in the interval 0 < x < 2
(c) Increasing for x > 2 or x < 2 Decreasing in the interval
2 < x < 2
MODULE - V 3 7
Calculus 5. (a) Increasing in the interval : x
8 8
3
Notes Decreasing in the interval : 0 x
8
3 7
Points at which the tangents are parallel to x-axis are x ;x
8 8
EXERCISE 25.3
1. Local minimum is 4 at x = 4
2. Local minimum is 15 at x = 3, Local maximum is 19 at x = 1
3. Local minimum is 128 at x = 6, Local maximum is 3 at x = 1
4. Local minimum is 1647 at x = 6,
Local maximum is 316 at x = 5.
Local maximum is 68 at x = 1
5. Local minimum at x = 0 is 4, Local maximum at x = 2 is 0.
6. Local minimum at x = 1, value 1;
1
Local maximum at x = 3, value
7
EXERCISE 25.4
3 3
5. Local maximum x ; x = .
3 4
426 Maxima And Minima
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
6. Local maximum = 2 , x Calculus
4
3
7. Local minimum = , x
2 6 6 Notes
3
Local maximum = , x
2 6 6
EXERCISE 25.5
1. Numbers are 6, 9. 2. Parts are 7.5, 7.5
30 30
5. Dimensions are : , meters each.
4 4
1 1
50 3 50 3
6. Radus = cm; height = 2 cm
PRACTICE EXERCISE
3 7
5. Increasing for 0 x or x 2
4 4
3 7
Decreasing for x
4 4
Notes
40 1
(c) Local maximum is 20 at x = 3 Local minimum is at x =
27 3
(d) Local maximum is 68 at x = 1
Local minimum is 316 at x = 5 and 1647 at x = 6
1
7. (a) Local minimum is at x = 0
2
(b) Local maximum is 1 at x = 2
2 2
(c) Local maximum is at x =
3 3 3
3
8. (a) Local maximum is at x =
4 6
1
Local minimum is at x =
2 2
5
(b) Local maximum is 1 at x = ,
4 4
3
Local minimum is 1 at x =
4
(c) Local maximum is 3 at x =
4 3
5 5
Local maximum is 3 at x =
3 3
9. Greatest slope is 24 at x = 5
Coordinates of the point: (5, 24).
10. Greatest slope of a tangent is 5 at x = 1, The point is (1, 23).
11. Radius of base = 2 m, Height of cylinder = 4 m.
12. Rent reduced to Rs. 300, The maximum revenue = Rs. 1,12,500
MODULE - V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
INTEGRATION 26
LEARNING OUTCOMES
find the integral of simple functions like xn, sin x, cos x, sec2x, cosec2x,
1 x
sec x, tan x, cosec x cot x, e etc.;
x
state the following results :
(i) [ f ( x) g ( x)] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
(ii) [ k f ( x )] dx k f ( x) dx
find the integrals of algebraic, trigonometric, inverse trigonometric and
exponential functions;
Intergration 429
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V dx dx ( px q) dx
Calculus ax2 bx c , ax 2 bx c
, ax2 bx c
( px q) dx
Notes
ax 2 bx c
f ( x)
f ( x)
dx log | f ( x) | c
dx dx
sin a b sin x , a b cos x
n
x cos m x dx,
e [ f ( x ) f ( x)] dx e x . f ( x ) c : =°i†Çò
x
PREREQUISITES
INTRODUCTION
MODULE - V
26.1 INTRODUCTION INTEGRATION
Calculus
Integration literally means summation. Consider, the problem of finding
area of region ABCB as shown in Fig. 26.1. Notes
•. A
C D
Fig. 26.1
We will try to find this area by some practical method. But that may not
help every time. To solve such a problem, we take the help of integration
(summation) of area. For that, we divide the figure into small rectangles (See
Fig.26.2).
A
Q1
Q2 Q
3 B
C P1 P2 P 3 D
Fig. 26.2
Unless these rectangles are having their width smaller than the smallest
possible, we cannot find the area.
In this lesson, we shall learn about methods of integrating polynomial,
trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic and rational functions using different
techniques of integration.
Intergration 431
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
there is a function F on E such that F( x ) f ( x ) for all x E, then we
Calculus
call F an antiderivative of f or a primitive of f.
432 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
d
Note: If [ f ( x )] f ( x), then f(x) is said to be an integral of f'(x) and is
dx
written as f ( x) dx f ( x) .
2x dx x
2
d d
Now consider ( x 2 2) or ( x 2 c ) where c is any real con-
dx dx
stant. Thus, we see that integral of 2x is not unique. The different
values of 2x dx differ by some constant. Therefore,
2 x dx x
2
c, where c is called the constant of integration.
e cos x dx sin x c
x
Thus dx e x c ,
Intergration 433
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Example 26.2:
dy dy
(i) If cos x find y . (ii) If sin x , find y .
dx dx
Solution :
dy
(i) dx dx cos x dx y = sin x + C
dy
(ii) dx dx sin x dx y = cos x C
We have already seen that if f(x) is any integral of f '(x) , then functions
of the form f(x) + C provide integral of f '(x) . We repeat that C can take
any value including 0 and thus
f ( x) dx f ( x) C
434 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
4x
4
The four different values of 3
dx may be x 1 , x4 + 2, x4 + 3
Calculus
and x4 + 4 etc.
Notes
26.3 INTEGRATION OF SIMPLE FUNCTIONS
Integrals of some simple functions given below. The validity of the inte-
grals is checked by showing that the derivative of the integral is equal
to the integrand.
Integral Verification
x n1 d x n1
1. x dx
n
+C C xn
n 1 dx n 1
d
2. sin x dx cos x C
dx
( cos x C) sin x
d
3. cos x dx sin x C (sin x C) cos x
dx
d
sec x dx tan x C (tan x C) sec 2 x
2
4.
dx
d
cosec ( cot x C) cosec 2 x
2
5. x dx cot x C
dx
d
6. sec x tan x dx sec x C
dx
(sec x C) sec x tan x
d
( cosec x C) cosec x cot x
dx
1 d 1
(sin 1 x C)
8. 1 x2
dx sin 1 x C
dx 1 x2
1 d 1
(tan 1 x C)
1 x2 dx tan x C
1
9. dx 1 x2
Intergration 435
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
Calculus 1 d 1
10. x 2
x 1
dx sec1 x C
dx
(sec1 x C)
x x2 1
Notes d
e (e x C) e x
x
11. dx e x C
dx
ax d ax 1
12. a dx
x
C C ax if x > 0
log a dx log a x
1 d
13. x dx log | x | C
dx
(log | x | C )
EXERCISE 26.1
1
d) x
dx e)
3
x 4 dx f)
9
x 8 dx
3. Evaluate
cos cos 2 sin 2
a) sin 2 dx b) cos2 d
f ( x) x x3 dx
7
x 7 dx x 3 dx
436 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
x8 x4 MODULE - V
c Calculus
8 4
So, in general the integral of the sum of two functions is equal to the sum
of their integrals. Notes
[ f ( x) g ( x)] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
Similarly, If the given function
f(x) = x7 x3
We can write
f ( x) dx [ x x ]dx
7 3
x 7 dx x 3 dx
x8 x4
C
8 4
The integral of the difference of two functions is equal to the difference
of their integrals
[ f ( x) g ( x)] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
If we have a function f (x) as a product of a constant k and another function
g(x).
f(x) = k g(x)
then we can integrate f(x) as
f ( x) dx k g ( x) dx
k g ( x) dx
1 2
e
Example 26.3: Evaluate x
dx
x 2
x 1
1 1
e dx x dx 2
x
dx
x2 1
e x log x 2 cosh 1 x c
Intergration 437
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1 1
Calculus Example 26.4: Evaluate 1 x2
1 x2
dx
= sin1x + sinh1x+c
Notes
log(1 tan 2 x )
Example 26.5: Evaluate e dx
(1 tan x) dx
2
=
sec x dx
2
=
= tan x + c
4x
4 dx
x
Example 26.6: Evaluate C
log 4
x2 1
Example 26.8:Evaluate 3 dx
x
1 1
x x3 dx
1 1
x x3 dx
x 31
log x C
3 1
1
log x C
2x2
MODULE - V
If 1 sin 2 d cos sin d
Calculus
= sin + cos + C
= cos d sin d
= sin cos + C
1
Example 26.10: Evaluate cosh x sinh x dx
cosh 2 x sinh 2 x
cosh x sinh x dx
(cosh x sinh x) (cosh x sinh x)
( cosh x sinh x )
dx
(cosh x sinh x) dx
cosh x dx sinh x dx
= sinh x cosh x + C.
sin 2 x
Example 26.11: Evaluate 1 cos 2 x dx
1 cos2 x
2 cos2 x dx
1 1 cos 2 x
2 cos 2 x cos2 xdx
dx
1
sec2 x dx 1 dx
2
1
tan x x C
2
Intergration 439
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
sec
2
Example 26.12: Evaluate x cosec 2 x dx
Calculus
1
cos2 x sin 2 x dx
Notes
cos 2 x sin 2 x
dx
cos2 x sin 2 x
1 1
sin x cos 2 x
2
dx
cosec 2 x dx sec 2 x dx
cot x tan x C
x dx cos x dx
x2
sin x c
2
1
Example 26.14: Evaluate dx
1 cos x
1 cos x
1 cos2 x dx
1 cos x
sin 2 x
dx
1 cos x
sin 2 x sin 2 x dx
= cot x + cosec x + C
MODULE - V
Example 26.16:Evaluate e x 7 dx
Calculus
x 7
e dx e x 7 . e7 dx
Notes
e7 e x dx
e7 . e x C
= ex+7 + C
EXERCISE 26.2
1. Evaluate
1 x2
(i) x 2 dx (ii) 1 x2 dx
2 3 2 1
(iii) x dx
x
(iv) 2 dx
x x 3x
2. Evaluate
1 sin x
(i) 1 cos 2 x dx (ii) tan x dx
2
(iii) cos2 x dx
(iv) 1 cos 2x dx
Intergration 441
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V x
Calculus (iii) sin 4 2 dx
Solution: (i) sin (ax b) dx
Notes
Put ax + b = t.
dt dt
Then a = or dx =
dx a
dt
sin (ax b) dx sin t . a
(Here the integration factor will be replaced by dt.)
1
a
sin t dt
1
(cot t ) C
a
cos ( ax b)
C
a
(ii) cos 7 x 4 dx
Put 7x t 7 dx dt
4
dt
cos 7 x 4 dx cos t 7
1
7 cos t dt
1
sin t C
7
1
sin 7 x C
7 4
x
(iii) sin 4 2 dx
x
Put t
4 2
1 dt
Then or dx = 2dt
2 dx
442 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
sin 4 2 dx 2 sin t dt Calculus
2 ( cos t ) C
2 cos t C Notes
x
2 cos C
4 2
Similarly, the integrals of the following functions will be
1
sin 2x dx
2
cos 2 x C
1
sin 3x dx cos 3 x C
3 3 3
x x
sin 4 4 dx 4 cos 4 4 C
1
cos (ax b) dx a sin (ax b) C
1
cos 2x dx 2
sin 2 x C
dt dt
Put ax + b = t a or dx
dx a
1 n
(ax b) a
n
dx t dt
1 t n1
. C
a (n 1)
1 (ax b)n 1
. C where n 1
a n 1
Intergration 443
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1
Calculus (ii) (ax b) dx
1
Notes Put ax b t dx dt
a
1 1 dt
(ax b) dx a . t
1
log | t | C
a
1
log | ax b | C
a
Example 26.19: Evaluate
e e
5 x7 3 x 3
(i) dx (ii) dx
e
5 x7
Solution: (i) dx
dt
Put 5x + 7 = t dx
5
1 t
e 5
5 x 7
dx e dt
1 t
e C
5
1 5 x7
e C
5
e
3 x 3
(ii) dx
1
Put 3x 3 = t dx dt
3
1 t
e 3
3 x 3
dx e dt
1 t
e C
3
1 3 x 3
e C
3
444 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 ax b MODULE - V
e dx
ax b
Likewise e C Calculus
a
Similarly, using the substitution ax + b = t, the integrals of the following
functions will be : Notes
1 ( ax b) n1
(ax b) dx
n
C, n 1
a n 1
1 1
(ax b) dx
a
log| ax b | C
1
sin (ax b) dx cos (ax b) C
a
1
cos (ax b) dx
a
sin ( ax b) C
1
sec ( ax b) dx tan (ax b) C
2
a
1
cosec ( ax b) dx cot (ax b) C
2
a
1
sec (ax b) tan (ax b) dx
a
sec ( ax b) C
1
cosec (ax b) cot (ax b) dx cosec (ax b) C
a
Example 26.20: Evaluate
1 cos 2 x 1 cos 2 x
sin
2
sin x
2
(i) x dx dx
2 2
1
2
(1 cos 2 x) dx
Intergration 445
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1 1
Calculus
2 1 dx cos 2 x dx
2
1 1
x sin 2 x C
Notes 2 4
3sin x sin 3 x
sin
3
(ii) x dx dx
4
sin 3x 3sin x 4sin 3 x
1
4
(3sin x sin 3 x) dx
1 cos 3 x
3cos x C
4 3
cos 3 x 3cos x
cos cos 3 x 4 cos3 x 3cos x
3
(iii) x dx dx
4
1
4
(cos 3 x 3cos x ) dx
1 sin 3 x 3
sin x dx C
4 3 4
1
(iv) sin 3x sin 2 x dx 2 2sin 3x sin 2 x dx
2sin A sin B cos (A B) cos (A B)
1
2
(cos x cos 5 x ) dx
1 sin 5 x
sin x C
2 5
38x
e (4 x 5)
3
Example 26.21: Evaluate (i) dx (ii) dx
38x
(i) e dx
e38 x
C
8
446 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
(4 x 5)
3
(ii) dx
Calculus
(4 x 5) 4
C
4 Notes
EXERCISE 26.3
1. Evaluate
(iii) sec x 4 dx (iv) cos (4 x 5) dx
(v) cosec (2 5 x) cot (2 5 x) dx
2. Evaluate
1
( x 1)
4
(i) (3 4 x)4 dx (ii) dx
1
(iii) (4 7 x)
10
dx (iv) 3x 5 dx
1 1
(v) 5 9x
dx (vi) (2 x 1) 2 dx (vii) x 1 dx
3. Evaluate
1
(i) e dx
2 x 1
(ii) e7 4 x dx
cos
2
4. Evaluate x . dx
Intergration 447
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
f '(x) dx = dt
1
t dt log | t | C
= log | f(x) | + C
f ( x)
n 1
f ( x)
n
Similarly, f ( x) dx C
n 1
f ( x)
f ( x)
dx 2 f ( x) C
f ( ax b)
f (ax b) dx
a
C
2x f ( x) x 2 1
Example 26.23: Evaluate 2 dx
x 1 f ( x) 2 x
= log |1 + x2| + C
e x e x f ( x) e x e x
Example 26.24: Evaluate x x dx
e e x x
f ( x) e e
= log | ex ex | + C
2x 1
Example 26.25: Evaluate x 2 x 1 dx
= log | x2 x + 1| + C
448 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
EXERCISE 26.4
Calculus
1. Evaluate
x 2x 9 Notes
(i) 3x2 2 dx (ii) x 2 9 x 30 dx
x2 1 1
(iii) 3
x 3x 3
dx (iv) x (8 log x) dx
2. Evaluate
ex 1
(i)
2 be x
dx (ii) e x e x dx
1 tan x
(i) tan x dx (ii) sec x dx (iii) 1 tan x dx
(1 sin x )
(iv) (1 cos x) dx (v) cosec x cot x
5
dx
sin x
(vi) sin ( x a) dx
sin x
Solution: (i) tan x dx cos x dx
sin x
cos x
dx
1
log C or = log | sec x | + C
cos x
Intergration 449
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V Alternatively,
Calculus sin x dx
tan x dx cos x
Notes Put cos x = t
Then sin x dx = dt
dt
tan x dx t
= log | t | + C
= log | cos x | + C
1
log C
cos x
= log | sec x | + C
(ii) sec x . dx
sec x can not be integrated as such because sec x by itself is not derivative
of any function. But this is not the case with sec2 x and sec x tan x.
Now sec x . dx can be written as
sec x tan x)
sec x (sec x tan x) dx
dt
sec x dx t
= log | t | + C
= log | sec x + tan x | + C
450 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 tan x 1
1 tan x dx t dt
= log |t|+C
= log | cos x + sin x | + C
1 sin x 1 sin x
(iv) 1 cos x dx 1 cos x dx 1 cos x dx
x x
2sin cos
1 2 2
dx dx
2x 2 x
2 cos 2 cos
2 2
1 x x
2 sec 2 dx
2
tan 2
dx
x 1
Put t dx dt
2 2
1 sin x
1 cos x dx sec t dt 2 tan t dt
2
cosec x cot x dx t
5 4
dt
t5
C
5
(cosec x )5
C
5
Intergration 451
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V sin x
Calculus (vi) sin ( x a) dx
Put x a = t
Notes
Then dx = dt and x = t + a
sin x sin (t a )
sin ( x a) dx sin t
dt
1 1 xa
2. Let us show that x2 a2 dx
2a
log
xa
c on any interval
containing neither a nor a.
452 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 1 MODULE - V
1 1
2 2
. Calculus
x a 2a x a xa
1 1 1 1
Hence x2 a2 dx
2a x a
dx x a dx c Notes
1
log | x a | log | x a | c
2a
1 xa
log c.
2a xa
1 x
3. Let us show that a 2 x2
dx sinh 1 c on R.
a
1 1 1
dx dx
a
2 2 2
a x 1 ax
1 x
a sinh 1 ac
a
x
sinh 1 c .
a
1 x x2 a 2
Also a2 x2
dx log
a
c.
x x2 a2
modulus for the expression ).
a
We can also evaluate the same integral by using the method of substi-
tution.
dx
For example, to evaluate a x2
2
on R, we substitute x = ()
= a sinh , R.
Observe that in this example I = R and J = R, dx = a cosh d and
Intergration 453
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V dx a cosh
Calculus x2 a2
a cosh d d c
x x2 a2
Notes 1 x log c.
sinh c
a a
(OR)
x2 a2 a 2 tan 2 a 2 a sec ;
dx = a sec2 d.
dx a sec
Therefore 2
x a 2
a sec d sec d
log | sec tan | c
x2 x
log | 1 2
| c
a a
a2 x2 x
log c.
a
dx x
4. Let us show that a2 x2
Sin 1
a
c for x (a, a).
dx 1 dx
c x
Sin 1 c.
a 1 ax
2 2 2
a x a
dx
Here we note that a2 x2
can also be evaluated by substituting x = a
sin , , .
2 2
454 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dx MODULE - V
5. Let us evaluate x2 a 2
on I, where I = (a, ) or ( , a). Calculus
dx 1 dx
c
Notes
a
ax 1
2 2 2
x a
1 x
cosh a c on (a, )
cosh 1 x c on (, a )
a
x x2 a2
log c on (a, )
a
x x2 a 2
log c on (, a ) . (from 26.1.9 (21))
a
dx a sinh x
Hence x a2 2
a sinh d d c cosh 1 c on
a
(a, ).
Now let I ( , a ).
On substituting x = y, y (a, ), we observe that
dx dy x
x2 a2
y2 a2
cos h 1 c on ( , a).
a
Intergration 455
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
cosh 1 x log x x 2 1 if x > 1.
Notes Hence for x > a we have
x x x2 x x2 a2
cosh 1 log 2 1 log .
a a a a
x
If x < a then 1 .
a
Hence
x x x2
cosh 1 log 2 1
a a a
x x2 a 2 x x2 a2
log log .
a a
Thus it follows that
x x2 a2
log c if I (a, )
dx a
x2 a2 x x2 a2
log c if I (, a ) .
a
dx | x x2 a2 |
Hence , x2 a2
ln
a
c on I R [a, a].
a2 x x 2
6. Let us show that a 2 x 2 dx
2
Sin 1
a 2
a x 2 c on (a, a).
Put x = a sin for , then dx = a cos d.
2 2
Hence a 2 x 2 dx a 2 a 2 sin 2 . a cos d
1 cos 2
a 2 cos 2 d a2 2
d
a2 d cos 2 d c
2
a2 sin 2
c
2 2
456 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
a2 MODULE - V
sin cos c Calculus
2
a 2 1 x x x2
Sin 1 2 c
2 a a a Notes
a2 x x
Sin 1 a 2 x 2 c.
2 a 2
x x 2 a2 a2 x
x 2 a2 dx cosh 1 c on [a, ).
2 2 a
put x = a cosh for [0, ). Then dx = a sinh d
cosh 2 1 a 2 sinh 2
a2 d c
2 2 2
a2
[sinh cosh ] c
2
a2 cosh 2 1 . cosh c
2
a2 x2 x x
2 1 . cos h 1 c
2 a a a
x x2 a2 a2 x
cosh 1 c. (Also see 6.2.26(2)).
2 2 a
Similarly, it can be shown that
x x2 a 2 a2 x
x a dx cosh 1 c on ( , a) by
2 2
2 2 a
substituting x = a cosh , [0, ).
Intergration 457
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
x = a tan , , . (Also, see 6.2.26(3)).
2 2
dx 2 2
Example 26.27 : Evaluate 4 9 x2
on I ,
3 .
3
dx dx
Solution : 4 9x2
22 (3x) 2
.
2 2
Put x = () = sin for , . Then dx cos d .
3 2 2 3
dx 2
cos d 2
cos
Hence 4 9 x2
3
4 9. 94 sin 2
2 cos d
3
1 1 1 3x
3 d c Sin 1 c .
3 3 2
1
Example 26.28: Evaluate a2 x2 dx for x I = (a, a).
1 1 1 1 1
Solution : We have 2 2
.
a x (a x) (a x) 2a a x a x
1 1 1 1
Hence
a 2 x2 dx
2a a x
dx dx c
a x
1
log | a x | log | a x | c
2a
1 ax
log c.
2a ax
458 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 MODULE - V
Example 26.29: Evaluate 1 4 x 2 dx on R Calculus
1 dx 1 dx
Solution : dx
4 1 x 2
4 1 2 x2
2
1 4x 2
Notes
2 2
1
2 Tan 1 2 x c (by 6.2.18(1))
4
1
Tan 1 (2 x) c .
2
1
Example 26.30: Find 4 x2
dx on (2, 2).
1 1 x
Solution : 4 x2
dx 22 x 2
dx Sin 1 c .
2
x ( 3 )2 x2 ( 3 )2 x
2 2
2 sinh 1 3 c (by 6.2.18(8))
2 2 ( 2)
1 9 2x
x 4 x 2 9 sinh 1 c.
2 4 3
5
Example 26.32: Evaluate 9 x 25 dx
2
on , .
3
2
Solution: 9 x 2 25 dx 3 x 2 5 dx
3
x x 2 ( 35 )2 x
( 35 )2
3 cosh 5 c
1
2 2
(3)
(by 6.2.18(7))
1 25 3x
x 9 x 2 25 cosh 1 c.
2 6 5
Intergration 459
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
4 4
Calculus Example 26.33: Evaluate 16 25 x 2 dx on , .
5 5
2
4
Notes Solution : 16 25x 2 dx = 5
5
2
x dx
x 2
( 45 ) 2
4 1 x
5 x
2
Sin 4 c
2 5 2 (5)
x 16 5x
16 25 x 2 Sin 1 c
2 10 4
x 8 5x
16 25 x 2 Sin 1 c .
2 5 4
26.5.5. Evaluation of integrals of the form
1
ax2 bx c dx where a, b, c are real numbers a 0
Working Rule:
Reduce ax2 + bx + c to the form a[(x + )2 + 2] and then integrate
using the substitution t = x + .
1
Example 26.34: Evaluate x2 x 1 dx
2 2
2 1 1
x + x + 1 = x x 1
2
2 2
2
1 3
x
2 4
2 2
1 3
x
2 2
1 1 1
Hence x 2 x 1 dx 2 2
dx t = x +
2
1 3
x
2 2
1
3
2
dt
t2 dt = dx.
2
460 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
1 t Calculus
tan 1 C
3 3
2 2
Notes
2 2x 1
tan 1
C
3 3
1
Example 26.35: Evaluate 2 dx
3x x 1
x 1
3x 2 x 1 3 x 2
3 3
2 x 1 2 1 2 1
3x
3 6 6 3
2
11
2
1
3 x
6 6
1 1 1
Hence 3x2 x 1 dx
3 2 2
dx
1 11
x
6 6
1
t x
6
dt dx
1 1
3 11
2
dt
t2
6
1 1 t
. tan 1 C
3 11 / 6 11 / 6
2 6x 1
tan 1 C
11 11
Intergration 461
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes
where a, b, c are real numbers and a 0
Working Rule:
Case I : If a > 0 and b2 4ac < 0, then reduce ax2 + bx + c to the form
a[(x + )2 + 2] and then integrate.
1
Example 26.36 : Evaluate 2 x 3x 2 1
dx
2 1
2 x 3 x 2 1 ( 3) x 2 x
3 3
2 2 1 1 1
2 2
(3) x x
3 3 3 3
1 2
2 2
(3) x
3 3
2 2 1
2
3 x
3 3
1
Hence 2 x 3x2 1
dx
1 1
3 2 2
dx
1
2
x
3 3
462 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
1
x Calculus
1 3 C
sin 1
3 2
3 Notes
1 3x 1
sin 1 C
3 2
1 3x x 2 (1) x 2 3 x 1
2
3 3
2
(1) x 2 3 x 1
2 2
2
13
2
3
(1) x
2 2
2 2
13 3
x
2 2
2 2
13 3
Hence 2
1 3x x dx x dx
2 2
3
x 13
2
3
2
( 13 / 2)2 x3/ 2
2
x sin 1 C
2 2 2 2 13 / 2
2x 3 13 2x 3
1 3x x 2 sin 1 C
4 8 13
Intergration 463
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
p 0
Working Rule:
d
Write px q A ( ax 2 bx c) B and then integrate
dx
x 1
Example 26.38: Evaluate x2 3x 12 dx
We write
d
x 1 A. ( x 2 3 x 12) B
dx
x + 1 = A(2x + 3) + B.
On comparing the co-efficients in like powers of x on both sides on the
above.
equation we get
1 1
A , B
2 2
Hence
1 1
x 1 (2 x 3)
2 2
x 1 1 2x 3 1 1
Now x 2 3x 12 dx 2 ( x2 3x 12) dx 2 ( x 2 3x 12) dx
1 1 1
log | x 2 3 x 12 | 2
dx C
2 2 2
3 39
x
2 2
464 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
1 1 2 x 3/ 2
log | x 2 3 x 12 | tan 1 C Calculus
2 2 39 39 / 2
1 1 2x 3 Notes
log | x 2 3 x 12 | tan 1 C
2 39 39
3 5
(3x 2) 2 x x 1 dx 4 (4 x 1) 4 2 x x 1 dx
2 2
Therefore
3 5
4
(4 x 1) 2 x 2 x 1 dx
4
2 x 2 x 1 dx c
2 2
3 2 3 5 2
1 7
. (2 x 2 x 1) 2 x dx c
4 3 4 4 4
1 3 5 2
(2 x 2 x 1) 2
2 4
2 2
1
1 1 1 7 7 1 ( x 4 ) c
x x sinh
2 4 4 4 32
4
7
2 4
1 3 5 1 1 7
(2 x 2 x 1) 2 x x
2 4 2 4 4 4
35 4x 1
sinh 1 c.
64 2 7
Intergration 465
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 2x 5
Calculus Example 26.40: Evaluate dx.
x 2 x 10
2
Solution : We write
Notes
d 2
2x 5 A ( x 2 x 10) B = A(2x 2) + B.
dx
2x 5 2x 2 dx
Hence dx dx 7 c
x 2 x 10
2
x 2 x 10
2
x 2 x 10
2
dx
2 x 2 2 x 10 7 c
( x 1)2 32
x 1
2 x 2 2 x 10 7 sinh 1 c.
3
26.5.8 To evaluate integrals of the type
dx
(ax +b) px + q where a, b, p and q are real numbers, a 0
and p 0
dx
Example 26.41: Evaluate ( x 5) x 4 .
1
Solution : Put t = x4 . Then dt dx .
2 x4
We have t2 = x + 4. Hence x + 5 = t2 + 1.
dx 2
Therefore ( x 5) x4
t 2 1 dt = 2 Tan1 t + c
= 2 Tan 1 ( x 4 ) c .
466 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
x x
Working rule : We write cos x cos 2 sin 2
2 2
x x
and sin x 2sin cos
2 2
x 1 x
Put t tan . Then dt sec 2 dx.
2 2 2
2
1 t 2t
Hence, cos x 2
, sin x .
1 t 1 t2
1 sec 2 x
dx 2 2
Therefore a b cos x dx
(a b cos x) sec 2 x
1
2 2
2
a(1 t 2 ) b(1 t 2 ) dt
dt
2 ,
(a b) (a b)t 2
dx
Example 26.42 : Evaluate 5 4 cos x .
x 1 x
Solution: Put t = tan . Then sec 2 dx dt .
2 2 2
Intergration 467
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1 sec 2 x
Calculus dx 2 2
Now 5 4 cos x (5 4 cos x) sec 2 x
1
dx
2 2
Notes 2dt
(5 4( 1t 2 )) (1 t 2 )
2
1t
dt dt
2 2
5(1 t ) 4(1 t 2 )
2
9 t2
2 t 2 tan ( 2x )
Tan 1 c Tan 1 c.
3 3 3 3
dx
Example 26.43: Find 3 cos x 4 sin x 6 .
x 1 x
Solution : Put t tan . Then sec 2 dx dt.
2 2 2
1 sec 2 x
dx 2 2
3cos x 4sin x 6 (3cos x 4sin x 6) 1 sec 2 x dx
2 2
2dt
(3 (1t ) 4
2
2t 6) (1 t 2 )
1t 2 1t 2
2dt 2dt
3 (1 t 2 ) 8t 6(1 t 2 ) 3t 2 8t 9
2 dt
3 (t 3 )2 11
4
c
9
2 3 (t 43 )
Tan 1 c
3 11 ( 11 )
3
2 3 tan 2x 4
Tan 1 c.
11 11
468 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
+ [d cos x + e sin x + f ] +
and then by substituting this expression in the integrand, we evaluate the given
integral.
dx
Example 26.44 : Find d e tan x .
1 cos x
Solution : We have .
d e tan x d cos x e sin x
Intergration 469
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1
Calculus [dx e log | d cos x e sin x | ] c1.
d e2
2
Notes 1
[dx e log | d cos x e sin x | ] c1.
d e2
2
sin x cos x
Example 26.45: Evaluate d cos x e sin x dx and d cos x e sin x dx.
sin x cos x
Solution : Let A1 d cos x e sin x dx and A 2 d cos x e sin x dx .
e sin x d cos x
Now eA1 dA 2 d cos x e sin x dx dx x c1 ...(i)
1
A1 [ex d log | d cos x e sin x | ] c3 where c3 ec1 dc2 ;
d c
2 2
d 2 e2
and
1
A2 [dx e log | d cos x e sin x |] c4
d c2
2
dc1 ec2
where c4 .
d 2 e2
cos x 3 sin x 7
Example 26.46: Evaluate cos x sin x 1
dx .
470 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
On comparing the coefficients of like terms on both sides of the above Notes
equation, we have
= 3; = 7.
cos x 3 sin x 7
cos x sin x 1 dx
1 sec 2 2x
(1 tan x ) dx
2 2
dt x
1 t (on substituting t tan )
2
x
= log | 1 + t | log | 1 tan |.
2
Hence from (A),
cos x 3sin x 7 x
cos x sin x 1
dx log | cos x sin x 1| 2 x 5log|1 tan | c.
2
Intergration 471
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
EXERCISE 26.5
Calculus
1. Evaluate
Notes cos x
(i) sin 2 x 4sin x 5 dx
1
(ii) x 2 2 x 10
dx
1
(iii) 1 x x2
dx
(iv) 3 8 x 3 x 2 dx
1
(v) 8 3x x 2
dx
1
(vi) 3x2 6 x 21 dx
2. Evaluate
x 1
(i) 2
x x 1
dx
(ii) (6 x 5) 6 2 x 2 x dx
(iii) x 1 x x 2 dx
1
(iv) (1 x) 3 2 x x2
dx on (1, 3)
5 x
(v) x2
dx on (2, 5)
1
(vi) ( x 2) x 1
dx on (1, )
1 3
(vii) (2 x 3) dx on I (2, )
x2 2
472 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
3. Evaluate MODULE - V
Calculus
9 cos x sin x
(i) 4sin x 5cos x dx
Notes
1
(ii) dx
1 sin x cos x
1
(iii) 4 5sin x dx
1
(iv) 4 cos x 3sin x dx
1
(v) sin x 3 cos x
dx
1
(vi) 5 4 cos x dx
2 sin x 3cos x 4
(vii) 3sin x 4 cos x 5 dx
d d d
( fg ) f (g) g (f)
dx dx dx
d d d
f (g) ( fg ) g (f)
dx dx dx
d d d
or f (g) ( fg ) g (f)
dx dx dx
d
Also you know that f ( fg ) dx fg
dx
Intergration 473
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V d d d
Calculus f dx
( g ) dx
dx
( fg ) dx g
dx
( f ) dx
d
fg g ( f ) dx
Notes dx
d
if we take f u ( x): ( g ) v( x)
dx
(2) becomes u ( x) v( x) dx
d
u ( x) . v( x) dx dx (u ( x)) v( x) dx dx
= I function integral of II function
A
474 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Notes
x
2
2. e x dx x2 (being algebraic) ex
x
2
3. log x dx log x x2
log x 1
4. (1 x 2 ) dx log x
(1 x)2
x sin x dx
1
5. sin1x x
6. log x dx log x 1
x cos dx
Solution:Taking the polynomial (algebraic function) x as the first function and
trigonometric function cos x as the second function, we get
d
x cos x dx x cos x dx ( x ). cos x dx dx
dx
I II
d
(I function Integral of II function [ (I function). ( II function) dx)]dx
dx
x sin x 1.sin x dx
x sin x [ cos x ] c
x sin x cos x c
Example 26.48: Evaluate :
x
2
sin x dx
Intergration 475
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
x 2 sin x d
Notes I II
dx x 2 sin x ( x 2 ) sin x dx dx
dx
x 2 cos x 2 x ( cos x) dx
x
2
sin x dx x 2 cos x 2[ x sin x cos x ] C
x
2
log x dx
x3 1 x3
x . 3 dx
2
log x x dx log x
3
I II
x3 x2
3
log x 3 dx
x3 1 x3
log x C
3 3 3
x3 x3
log x C.
3 9
Example 26.50: Evaluate
log x
(1 x)2 dx
476 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
log x 1 MODULE - V
Solution: (1 x)2 dx log x (1 x)2 dx Calculus
1 1 1
log x dx . dx
Notes
1 x x 1 x
log x 1
1 x
x(1 x) dx
log x 1 1
dx
1 x x 1 x
log x 1 1
1 x
x dx 1 x dx
log x
log | x | log|1 x | C
1 x
log x x
log C
1 x 1 x
x e
2x
dx
e2 x e2 x
x e dx x 1.
2x
Solution: dx
x 2
e2 x 1 e2 x
x C
x 2 2
e2 x 1 2 x
x e C
x 4
Example 26.52: Evaluate :
sin
1
x dx
Intergration 477
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
sin x dx sin 1 x .1 . dx
1
Solution:
Calculus
x
x sin 1 x 1 x2
dx
Notes
Let 1 x2 t
2x dx dt
1
x dx dt
2
x 1 dt
1 x 2
dx
2 t
t C
1 x2 C
sin
1
x dx x sin 1 x 1 x 2 C
EXERCISE 26.6
x sin x dx (1 x
2
1. (a) (b) ) cos 2 x dx
(c) x sin 2 x dx
x tan x
2 2
2. (a) x dx (b) sin 2 x dx
x (log x)
3 2
3. (a) log 2 x dx (b) (1 x 2 ) log x dx (c) dx
x x e
2
5. (a) e3x dx (b) 3x
dx
x (log x)
2
6. (a) dx
sec x cot
1 1
7. (a) x dx (b) x dx
478 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
26.7 INTEGRAL OF THE FORM e
x
[ f ( x ) f ( x )] dx
Calculus
sec x tan x
then f ( x) tan x
sec x
I II
e x log sec x C
x ex x 1 sin x
(c)
( x 1)2
dx (d) 1 cos x dx
e
Solution:
1 1 x 1 d 1 x1
e 2 dx e
x
(a) dx e
x x x dx x x
1 x log x x 1
e dx e log x dx
x
(b)
x x
Intergration 479
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
d
Calculus e x log x (log x) dx
dx
Notes e x log x C
x ex x 1 1
(c) ( x 1)2 dx ( x 1)2 e x dx
1 1
ex 2
dx
x 1 ( x 1)
1 d 1
ex dx
x 1 dx ( x 1)
1
ex C
x 1
x x
1 2 sin cos
1 sin x 2 2 dx
(d) 1 cos x
ex dx e x
x
2 cos 2
2
1 x x
e x sec 2 tan dx
2 2 2
x d x
e x tan tan dx
2 dx 2
x
e x tan C .
2
EXERCISE 26.7
Evaluate :
1. (a) e
x
sec x 1 tan x dx
e
x
(b) sec x log sec x tan x dx
x 1 x
2. (a) x2
e dx
480 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
1 1
(b) sin x
x
e dx Calculus
1 x2
( x 1) xe x
3. e
Notes
4.
x
dx dx
( x 1)3 ( x 1) 2
x sin x
5. 1 cos x dx e
x
6. sin 2 x dx
4x 5
But there still may be a case like 2 where the substitution or the
x x6
integration by parts may not be of much help. In this case, we take the help
of another technique called technique of integration using partial function.
p( x )
Any proper rational fraction can be expressed as the sum of rational
q( x)
functions, each having a single factor of q(x). Each such fraction is known as
partial fraction and the process of obtaining them is called decomposition or
resolving of the given fraction into partial fractions.
3 5 8x 7 8x 7
For example, 2
x 2 x 1 ( x 2) ( x 1) x x2
3 5 8x 7
Here , are called partial fraction of 2
x 2 x 1 x x2
f ( x)
If is a proper fraction and g(x) can be resolved into real factors
g ( x)
then,
(a) correspnding to each non repeated linear factor ax + b, there is a partial
A
fraction of the form
ax b
(b) for (ax + b)2 we take the sum of two partial fractions as
A B
(ax b) ( ax b) 2
Intergration 481
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V For (ax + b)3 we take the sum of three partial fraction as
Calculus
A B C
(ax b) ( ax b) 2
( ax b)3
Notes
and so on.
(c) For a non - fractorisable quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c there is
a partial fraction
Ax B
2
ax bx c
f ( x)
Therefore, if g(x) is a proper fraction and can be resolved into
g ( x)
f ( x)
real factors, then can be written in the following form :
g ( x)
A
ax + b ax b
A B
(ax + b)2
( ax b) (ax b) 2
A B C
(ax + b)3
( ax b) ( ax b) 2
( ax b)3
Ax B
ax2 + bx + c
ax 2 bx c
Ax B Cx D
2 2
(ax 2
+ bx + c) 2
ax bx c ax 2 bx c
2x 5 2x 5 MODULE - V
Solution: Calculus
x x 2 ( x 2) ( x 1)
2
2x 5 A B
Let Notes
( x 2) ( x 1) x 2 x 1
2 x 5 A ( x 1) B ( x 2)
Putting x = 2, 9 = 3A or A = 3
2x 5 3 1
x2 x 2 dx x 2 dx x 1 dx
3log | x 2 | log | x 1| C
Example 26.55: Evaluate :
x2 x 1 1
(a) x3 x 2 6 x dx (b) ( x 2 1) ( x 1) dx
x2 x 1 x2 x 1
Solution: (a) 3
x x 2 6 x x ( x 3) ( x 2)
x2 x 1 A B C
Let
x ( x 3) ( x 2) x x3 x2
x 2 x 1 A ( x 3) ( x 2) B x ( x 2) C x ( x 3)
1
Putting x = 3, we get 15B = 5 or B =
3
1
Putting x = 0, we get 6A = 1 or A =
6
Intergration 483
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1
Calculus Putting x = 2, we get 10C = 5 or C =
2
Substituting these values in (1), we have
Notes
x2 x 1 1 1 1
x ( x 3) ( x 2) 6 x 3( x 3) 2( x 2)
x2 x 1 1 1 1
3 2
dx dx
3( x 3)
dx 2( x 2) dx
x x 6x 6x
1 1 1
log| x | log | x 3 | log | x 2 | C
6 3 2
1 1 1
(b)
( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1)2
2
1 A B C
Let
( x 1) ( x 1) 2
x 1 x 1 ( x 1) 2
1 A ( x 1) 2 B ( x 1) ( x 1) C ( x 1)
1
Putting x = 1, we get A =
4
1
Putting x = 1, we get C =
2
0 = A + B
1
B =
4
1 1 1 1 1 1
2
dx 4( x 1) dx 4 x 1 dx 2 ( x 1)2 dx
( x 1) ( x 1)
1 1 1 1
log| x 1| log| x 1| C
4 4 2 x 1
1 1 1
log| x 1| log| x 1| C
4 4 2( x 1)
484 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
tan sec2
1 tan3 d
Let tan t , then sec 2 d dt
t dt t dt
I 3
1 t (1 t ) (1 t t 2 )
t A Bt C
Let
(1 t ) (1 t t ) 1 t 1 t t 2
2
1 1 1
A , B ,C
3 3 3
1 1 1 t 1
I
3 1 t
dt
3 1 t t 2
dt
1 dt 1 2t 2
3 1 t
6 t 2 t 1 dt
1 dt 1 (2t 1) 3
3 1 t
6 t2 t 1
dt
1 dt 1 (2t 1) 1 1
3 1 t
6 t 2 t 1 dt 2 2
3
2
1
t
2 2
Intergration 485
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
1
Calculus t
1 1 2 1 2 1 2
log | 1 t | log | t t 1 | tan
3 6 2 3 3
Notes 2
1 1 1 2t 1
log | 1 t | log | t 2 t 1 | tan 1 C
3 6 3 3
1 1
log |1 tan | log | tan 2 tan 1|
3 6
1 2 tan 1
tan 1 C
3 3
EXERCISE 26.8
x2 x 1
3. ( x 1)3 dx
sin x 1 cos x
4. (a) sin 4 x dx (b) cos x(1 cos x) dx
486 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
formulae. The formulae connect an integral with another which is of the same MODULE - V
Calculus
type, but is of lower degreee or order or at any rate relatively easier to in-
tegrate. In this section, we illustrate the method of integration by successive
reduction. Notes
x
n
26.9.1 Reduction formula for e ax dx n being a positive integer
Let I n x n e ax dx
x n eax e ax
In n x n1 dx
a a
x n eax n n 1 ax
x e dx
a a
x n eax n
In 1
a a
x
n
This is called a reduction formula for e ax dx . Now In1 in turn can
be connected to In2. By successive reduction of n, the original integral In
finally depends on I0 where
e ax
e dx
ax
I0 =
a
Example 26.57:
x
3
e5x dx
x3e5 x 3
x e dx
3 5x
I3 = I2
5 5
x 2 e5 x 2
I2 I1
5 5
Intergration 487
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
x e5 x 1
Calculus I1 I0
5 5
e5 x
Notes and I0 c
5
x 3 e5 x 3 6 6
Hence I3 2 x 2 e5 x 3 x e5 x 4 e5 x c.
5 5 5 5
sin
n
Proof: Let In = x dx
sin
n 1
In = x sin x dx
d
sin n 1 x ( cos x ) dx
dx
sin n 1 x cos x (n 1) In 2 (n 1) In
sin n 1 x cos x n 1
Hence I n I n2
n n
I 0 (sin x ) 0 dx x c1
I1 (sin x )1 dx cos x c2
Example 26.58:
sin
4
Evaluate x dx .
488 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
Sol: On using the reduction formula for sin 4 x dx with n = 4 and 2 in that
Calculus
order we have
I 4 sin 4 x dx
Notes
sin 3 x cos x 3
I2
4 4
sin 3 x cos x 3 3
sin x cos x x c.
4 8 8
Notes :
Tan
n
(1) Reduction formula for x dx for an integer n > 2.
Tan n1 x
Let In Tan x
n
In 2
n 1
where n is even, In will finally depend on
I0 dx x c1
1 n2
Let In sec x dx sec n 2 x Tan x
n
I n2 .
n 1 n 1
when n is even the last integral to which In can be reduced is
I 0 dx x c1
Intergration 489
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
sec3 x tan x 3 3
sec x Tanx log | Sec x + Tan x | + c.
4 8 8
EXERCISE 26.9
x e 3x dx
2
1.
x
3
2. e ax dx
Tan
4
1. x dx
cos
4
2. x dx
cos
n
III 1.If In = x dx . Then show that
1 n 1
In cos n1 x sin x In 2
n n
KEY WORDS
490 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
x n 1
x dx
n
(a) C (n 1) Calculus
n 1
1
(b) x dx = log | x | + C Notes
sec
2
(e) x dx = tan x + C
cosec
2
(f) x dx = cot x + C
1
(i) 1 x2
dx = sin1 x + C
1
(j) 1 x 2 dx = tan1 x + C
1
(k) x x 12
dx = sec1 x + C
e dx
x
(l) = ex + C
ax
(m) a dx = x
+ C (a > 0 and a 1)
log a
(a) [ f ( x) g ( x)] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
(b) kf ( x) dx k f ( x) dx
1 ( ax b) n 1
(ax b) dx
n
(i) C( n 1)
a n 1
1 1
(ii) ax b dx
a
log | ax b | C
Intergration 491
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1
Calculus (iii) sin( ax b) dx
a
cos ( ax b) C
1
Notes
(iv) cos (ax b) dx
a
sin ( ax b) C
1
sec ( ax b) dx tan ( ax b) C
2
(v)
a
1
cosec (ax b) dx cot (ax b) C
2
(vi)
a
1
(vii) sec (ax b) tan (ax b) dx
a
sec ( ax b) C
1
(viii) cosec (ax b) cot (ax b) dx
a
cosec ( ax b) C
1 ax b
e
ax b
(xi) dx e C
a
f ( x)
f ( x)
dx log | f ( x) | C
1 1 xa
(ii) x2 a2 dx
2a
log
xa
C
1 1 x
(iii) x2 a2 dx
a
tan 1 C
a
1 x
(iv) 2
a x 2
dx sin 1
a
C
1
(v) 2
x a 2
dx log x x 2 a 2 C
492 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
dx MODULE - V
(vi) x2 a2
log x x 2 a 2 C Calculus
1
2 x Notes
x 1 1 xC
(i) 4
x 1
dx
2
tan 1
2
1
x2 1 x 2
1 x
(ii) 4
x 1
dx
2 2
tan
1
C
x 2
x
1 1
x2 1 x x 2
2 x
1
dx tan log C
(iii) 4
x 1 2 2 2 x 1 2
x
1 1
x x 2
1 1 2 1 x
(iv) x4 1
dx
2 2
tan 1
2
2 2
log
1
C
x 2
x
1
2
x 1 1 x2
(i) dx
3
tan 1 C
3
4 2
x x 1
1
x 1
x2 1 1 x
(ii) 4 2
x x 1
dx log
2 1
C
x 1
x
1
(iii) x4 x2 1
dx
1 1 tan x 1 1 cot x 1
tan 1 tan 1 C
2 2 2 2 2
Intergration 493
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
1 x
a 2 x 2 dx
2
x a 2 x 2 a 2 sin 1 C
a
x x2 a2 a2
x 2 a 2 dx
2
2
log | x x2 a2 | C
x a2 x2 a2
a 2 x 2 dx
2
2
log | x a2 x2 | C
f ( x)
If g (x ) is a proper fraction can be resolved into real factors,
g ( x)
f ( x)
then can be written in the following form :
g ( x)
Factors in denominator Corresponding partial fraction
A
ax + b ax b
A B
(ax + b)2
ax b (ax b) 2
A B C
(ax + b)3
ax b (ax b) 2
( ax b)3
Ax B
ax2 + bx + c 2
ax bx c
Ax B Cx D
(ax2 + bx + c)2 2
ax bx c ( ax bx c) 2
2
494 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
x
n
If In = e ax dx, Then
Calculus
x n eax n
In = I n1 For a positive inter n.
a a
Notes
sin
n
If In = x dx then
cos
n
If In = x dx , Then
cos n 1 x sin x n 1
In In 2 , for an integer n > 2
n n
Tan
n
If In = x dx , Then
Tan n1x
In In 2 , for an integer n > 2.
n 1
http://www.wikipedia.org
http://mathworld.wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
4 1 2 sin 2 x
5. 1 x 2 6.
1 x2 1 cos 2 x
2
2 cos 2 x x x
7. 8. sin cos
1 cos 2 x 2 2
Intergration 495
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 2
x x
Calculus 9. cos sin 10. cos (7 x )
2 2
dx
13. sin x cos x 14. 1
(1 x2 ) tan 1 x dx
cosecx
dx cot x
15. x
log tan 16. 3 4 log sin x dx
2
dx ex 1
17. sin 2 x log tan x dx 18. e x 1 dx
sec e
4 x
19. x tan x dx 20. sin e x dx
x dx sec 2 x
21. 2x2 3
22. tan x
dx
25. 3 x 2 4 dx 26. 1 9 x 2 dx
x 2 dx dx
27. 28. sin 2 x 4 cos 2 x
x2 a 2
dx dx
29. 2 cos x 30. x 2 6 x 13
dx x2
31. 1 3 sin 2 x 32. x 2 a 2 dx
dx sin x
33. x 9 x 4 34. sin 3x dx
dx
sec
2
35. 36. ( ax b) dx
1 4 cos 2 x
496 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
dx x5
37. x(2 log x) 38. 1 x 6 dx Calculus
sec 2 x sin x
41.
a b tan x
dx 42. 1 cos x dx
cos x dx sin x dx
2 2
43. 44.
1
47. sin x dx
4
48. 1 sin x dx
cos x sin x
49. tan x dx
3
50. 1 sin 2 x
dx
cosec 2 x 1 x cos 2 x
51.
1 cot x
dx 52. x 2 sin 2 x 2 x dx
sec cosec d cot d
53. log tan 54. log sin
dx 1 tan
55. 1 4x2 56. 1 tan d
1
1 sin x cos x dx
57. 2 e x dx
x
58. a 2 sin 2 x b 2 cos 2 x
dx 1
x 1
dx
59. sin x cos x 60. cos x 1 x 2
e
1 x sin 1 x
1
63. cos 2 cot
1 x dx 64. 3
dx
(1 2 2
x )
e
x
65. x log x dx 66. (1 x ) log ( x e x ) dx
Intergration 497
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V log x
Calculus 67. (1 x) 2 dx 68. e
x
sin 2 x dx
Notes
69. cos (log x) dx 70. log ( x 1) dx
x2 1 sin cos
71.
( x 1) 2 ( x 3)
dx 72. cos 2 cos 2 d
dx x 2 1
73. 74. ( x 2 2) (2 x 2 1) dx
x( x 5 1)
log x dx
75. x(1 log x) (2 log x) dx 76. 1 ex
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 26.1
x6
1. (a) C (b) sin x + C (c) 0
6
5
x4 x 6 3 3
2. (a) C (b) C (c) x C
4 6 5
7
3 3 1
(d) 2 x C (e) x C (f) 9 x 9 C
7
1
3. (a) C (b) tan + C
sin
EXERCISE 26.2
x2 1
1. (i) xC (ii) x tan1 x + C
2 2
2 3/2 1
(iii) x 4 x C (iv) 6 x 2 log x C
3 3x
498 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 MODULE - V
2. (i) tan x C (ii) tan x x C Calculus
2
cos(4 5 x ) tan(2 3 x )
1. (i) C (ii) C
5 3
1
(iii) log sec x tan x C (iv) sin ( 4 x 5) C
4 4 4
1
(v) cosec (3 5 x ) C
5
1 ( x 1)5
2. (i) C (ii) C
12(3 4 x)3 5
(4 7 x)11 1
(iii) C (iv) log | 3 x 5 | C
77 3
2 (2 x 1)3
(v) 5 9x C (vi) C
9 6
(vii) log | x 1 | C
e2 x 1
1
C
3. (i) C (ii) 74 x
2 4e
1 sin 2 x
4. x C
2 2
EXERCISE 26.4
1
1. (i) log | 3 x 2 2 | C
6
(ii) log |x2 + 9x + 30| + C
Intergration 499
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V 1
Calculus (iii) log | x 2 3 x 3 | C
3
(iv) log |8 + log x| + C
Notes
1
2. (i) log | a be x | C
b
(ii) Tan1(ex) + C
EXERCISE 26.5
1 x 1
(ii) sinh C
3
1 2 x 1
(iii) sin C
5
(3 x 4) 25 3x 4
(iv) 3 8 x 3x 2 sin 1 C
6 6 3 5
1 2 x 3
(v) sin C
41
1 x 1
(vi) tan 1 C
3 6 6
3 2x 1
2. (i) x 2 x 1 sinh 1 C
2 3
637 4x 1
2 3/2
(ii) (6 2 x x) sin 1
32 2 7
13
(4 x 1) 6 2 x 2 x C
16
1 5 2x 1 2x 1
(iii) (1 x x 2 )3/2 sin 1 1 x x2 c
3 16 5 8
500 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
1 3 x
(iv) C Calculus
2 1 x
3 2x 7
(v) 7 x x 2 10 sin 1 C Notes
2 3
(vi) 2 tan 1 ( x 1) C
1 2x 4 1
(vii) log C
2 2x 4 4
x
(ii) log 1 tan C
2
x
2 tan 1
1 2
(iii) log C
3 x
2 tan 2
2
x
2 tan 1
1 2
(iv) log C
5 x
2 tan 4
2
x
3 tan 1
(v) 1 log 2 C
2 x
3 tan 3
2
1 tan 2
x
2
(vi) 3 tan C
3
1 18 4
(vii) log 3sin x 4 cos x 5 x C
25 25 x
5 tan 3
2
Intergration 501
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
x 4 log 2 x x4 x3 x3
3. (a) C
(b) x log x x C
4 16 3 9
x1 n x1n
4. (a) log x C (b) log x . [log (log x) 1] + C
1 n (1 n) 2
3x x 2
2
2x e4 x e4 x
5. (a) e C (b) x C
3 9 27 4 16
x2 2 1
6. (log x ) log x C
2 2
1 2
7. (a) x sec x log x x 1 C
x2 x 1
(b) cot 1 x cot 1 x C
2 2 2
EXERCISE 26.7
502 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
ex ex MODULE - V
3. (a) C 4. C
(1 x) 2 1 x Calculus
x
5. x tan C
2 Notes
1 x
6. e (sin 2 x 2 cos 2 x) C
5
EXERCISE 26.8
x2
2. (a) 2 [log | x 2 | log | x 2 |] C
2
11 7 4
(b) log | x 1 | log ( x 2 ) C
9 9 3( x 1)
3 3
3. log | x 1 | C
( x 1) 2( x 1) 2
1 1
4. (a) log |1 sin x | |1 sin x |
8 8
1 1
log |1 2 sin x | log|1 2 sin x | C
4 2 4 2
x
(b) log | sec x + tan x | 2 tan +C
2
EXERCISE 26.9
e 3 x
I (1) (9 x 2 6 x 2) c
27
eax 3 3
(2) 4
(a x 3 a 2 x 2 6 ax 6) c
a
Intergration 503
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
sin 3 x cos x 3 3
Calculus II(1) sin x cos x x c
4 8 8
1 3 3
Notes (2) cos3 x sin x cos x sin x x c
4 8 8
PRACTICE EXERCISE
sin (7 x )
9. x cos x + C 10. C
7
cos (3 x 4) tan (2 x b)
11. C 12. C
3 2
1
13. log cosec x cot x C
2 4 4
x
15. log log tan C
2
1
17. log | log tan x | C
2
x x
18. 2 log e 2 e 2 C
19. 1 sec 4 x C
4
20. cos ex | + C
504 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - V
21. 2 x2 3
C Calculus
2
21. 2 tan x C
Notes
1 25 3
23. x (25 9 x 2 ) sin 1 x C
6 6 5
2
25. x 3 x 4 2 log 3x x2 4
C
2 3 2
x 9 x2 1 1
26. log 3x 1 9 x 2 C
2 6
1 2 2 1 2 2 2
27. x x a a log x x a C
2 2
x
2 tan
2
29. 1
tan C
3 3
1 x 3
30. tan 1 C
2 2
33. 1 9 x4 3
log C
12 9 x4 3
Intergration 505
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
1 3 tan x
Calculus 34. log C
2 3 3 tan x
Notes 1 tan x 2
35. log C
2 2 tan x 2
36. 1 tan(ax b) C
a
37. log | (2 log x ) | C
38. 1 log(1 x 6 ) C
6
39. log |sin x + cos x | + C
40. log|log(sin x)| + C
43. 1 sin 2 x 1 x C
2 2 2
cos3 x
44. cos x C
3
1 sin 2 x 1 sin 8 x
45. C
2 2 2 8
5
46. 1 sin 3 x sin x C
3 5
1
47. [12 x 8sin 2 x sin 4 x ] C
32
48. tan x sec x + C
2
49. tan x log | cos x | C
2
506 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 MODULE - V
50. C
cos x sin x Calculus
1
51. log C Notes
1 cot x
1
55. tan 1 2 x
2
56. log |cos + sin | + C
1
57. e x C
1
58. log | a 2 sin 2 x b 2 cos 2 x | C
2(a b 2 )
2
1
59. log sec x tan x C
2 4 4
60. ex cos1 x + C
61. ex sec x + C
62. 1 x 2 C
4
63. 1 x 2 C
2
1
64. x sin x 1 log |1 x 2 | C
1 x2 2
2 2 2
65. x log x C
3 3
Intergration 507
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - V
66. xe log( xe ) 1 C
x x
Calculus
5
73. 1 log x C
5 x5 1
1 1 x
74. tan x tan 1 ( 2 x) C
3 2 2
(2 log x)2
75. log C
1 log x
ex
76. log C
1 ex
508 Intergration
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE- V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
DEFINITE INTEGRALS 27
LEARNING OUTCOMES
state and use the following properties for evaluating definite integrals :
b a
(i) f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
a b
c b c
(ii) f ( x) dx f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
a b b
2a a a
(iii) f ( x) dx f ( x) dx f (2a x) dx
0 0 0
b b
(iv) f ( x) dx f (a b x) dx
a a
MODULE - V a a
Calculus (v) f ( x) dx f (a x) dx
0 0
Notes 2a a
(vi) f ( x) dx 2 f ( x) dx if f(2a x) = f(x)
0 0
= 0 if f(2a x) = f(x)
a a
(vii) f ( x) dx 2 f ( x) dx x if f is an even function of x.
a 0
=0 if f is an odd function of x.
PREREQUISITES
Knowledge of integration
INTRODUCTION
We recall from elementary calculus that to find the area of the region
under the graph of a positive and continuous function f definition [a, b], we
subdivide the interval [a, b] into a finite number of subintervals, say n, the kth
n
subinterval having length xk, and we consider sums of the form f (tk ) xk ,
k 1
Let us restrict our attention to finding the areas of such regions where
the boundary is not familiar to us is on one side of x-axis only as in Fig. 27.2.
This is because we expect that it is possible to divide any region into a
few subregions of this kind, find the areas of these subregions and finally add
up all these areas to get the area of the whole region. (See Fig. 27.1)
Now, let f (x) be a continuous function defined on the closed interval [a,
b]. For the present, assume that all the values taken by the function are non-
negative, so that the graph of the function is a curve above the x-axis (See.
Fig.27.3).
Fig. 27.3
Consider the region between this curve, the x-axis and the ordinates x
= a and x = b, that is, the shaded region in Fig.27.3. Now the problem is to
find the area of the shaded region.
MODULE - V In order to solve this problem, we consider three special cases of f (x)
Calculus as rectangular region, triangular region and trapezoidal region.
The area of these regions = base × average height
Notes
In general for any function f (x) on [a, b]
Area of the bounded region (shaded region in Fig. 27.3 )
= base × average height
The base is the length of the domain interval [a, b]. The height at any point
x is the value of f(x) at that point. Therefore, the average height is the average
of the values taken by f in [a, b]. (This may not be so easy to find because
the height may not vary uniformly.) Our problem is how to find the average
value of f in [a, b].
MODULE- V
Calculus
Notes
Fig. 27.4
Take the average of these two values as the average of f in [a, b].
Average value of f in [a, b] (Second estimate)
f ( a ) f (a h) ba
,h ...(ii)
2 2
This estimate is expected to be a better estimate than the first.
Proceeding in a similar manner, divide the interval [a, b] into n subinter-
Fig. 27.5
Thus, we get the following sequence of estimates for the average value
Notes
of f in [a, b]:
f(a)
1 ba
[ f ( a ) f ( a h)] , h
2 2
1 ba
[ f ( a ) f ( a h) f ( a 2h)] , h
3 3
..................
...............
1 ba
[ f ( a ) f ( a h) ........ f {a ( n 1) h}] , h
n n
As we go farther and farther along this sequence, we are going closer
and closer to our destination, namely, the average value taken by f in [a, b].
Therefore, it is reasonable to take the limit of these estimates as the average
value taken by f in [a, b]. In other words,
1
lim { f (a ) f ( a h) f ( a 2h) .... f [ a ( n 1) h]},
n n
ba
h (iv)
n
It can be proved that this limit exists for all continuous functions f on
a closed interval [a, b].
Now, we have the formula to find the area of the shaded region in Fig.
27.3, The base is (b a) and the average height is given by (iv). The area
of the region bounded by the curve f (x), x-axis, the ordinates x = a and
x = b.
1
(b a ) lim { f ( a ) f ( a h) f ( a 2h) .... f [ a ( n 1) h]} ,
n n
1 ba MODULE- V
lim [ f ( a ) f ( a h) .... f {a ( n 1) h]} , h (v) Calculus
n0 n n
We take the expression on R.H.S. of (v) as the definition of a definite
integral. This integral is denoted by Notes
b
f ( x) dx
a
read as integral of f (x) from a to b’. The numbers a and b in the symbol
b
Note : In obtaining the estimates of the average values of f in [a, b], we have
taken the left end points of the subintervals. Why left end points?
Why not right end points of the subintervals? We can as well take
the right end points of the subintervals throughout and in that case we get
b
1 ba
f ( x) dx (b a) nlim
n
{ f (a h) f (a 2h) .... f (b)}, h
n
a
2
Example 27.1: Find x dx as the limit of sum.
1
Solution: By definition,
b
1
f ( x) dx (b a) nlim
n
[ f (a ) f (a h) .... f {a (n 1) h}],
a
ba
h
n
1
Here a = 1, b = 2, f(x) = x and h =
n
MODULE - V 2
1 1 n 1
Calculus x dx nlim f (1)
n
f 1 .... f 1
n
n
1
Notes 1 1 2 n 1
lim 1 1 n 1 n .... 1 n
n n
lim
1 1 1 ... 1 1 2 .... n 1
n n n n n
n times
1 1
lim n n (1 2) .... (n 1))
n n
1 (n 1).n
lim n n.2
n n
( n 1).n
sin ce 1 2 3 ... ( n 1) 2
1 3n 1
lim
n n 2
3 1 3
lim
n 2 2n 2
2
Example 27.2: Find e x dx as the limit of sum.
1
Solution: By definition,
b
f ( x) dx hlim
0
h[ f (a) f (a h) f ( a 2h) ... f {a (n 1) h}]
a
ba
Where h
n
20 2
Here a = 0, b = 2, f(x) = ex and h =
n n
2
e
x
dx lim h [ f (0) f (h) f (2h) ... f {( n 1) h]
h 0
0
n 1 r n 1
Since a ar ar 2
.... ar a
r 1
e nh 1 h e2 1
lim h h hlim h
h0
e 1 0 h e 1 ( nh =2)
h
e2 1 e2 1
lim h
h 0 e 1 1
h
eh 1
= 1 e2 lim
h 0 1
h
In examples 27.1 and 27.2 we observe that finding the definite integral as the
limit of sum is quite difficult. In order to overcome this difficulty we have the
fundamental theorem of integral calculus which states that
Theorem 1 : If f is continuous in[a, b] and F is an antiderivative of f in
[a, b] then
b
can be written as
b
a
In words, the theorem tells us that
b
MODULE - V 2
2
Notes 2
x2
Solution: x dx
1 2 1
4 1 3
2 2 2
Example 27.4: Evaluate the following.
/ 2 2
e
2x
(a) cos x dx (b) dx
0 0
cos x dx sin x c
/ 2
sin sin 0 1 0 1
2
2
2
e2 x
(b) e x dx e x
2x
e dx ,
2
0 0
e4 1
.
2
Theorem 2 : If f and g are continuous functions defined in [a, b] and
c is a constant then,
b b b
(i) c f ( x) dx c f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
a a a
b b b
(ii) [ f ( x) g ( x) ] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
a a a
b b b MODULE- V
(iii) [ f ( x) g ( x) ] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx Calculus
a a a
2 Notes
( 4 x 5 x 7) dx
2
Example 27.5: Evaluate
0
2 2 2 2
Solution: ( 4 x 5 x 7) dx 4 x dx 5 x dx 7 dx
2 2
0 0 0 0
2 2 2
4 x 2 dx 5 x dx 7 1 dx
0 0 0
2 2
x3 x2
4 . 5 7 [ x]02
3 0 2 0
8 4
4 . 5 7 ( 2)
3 2
32
10 14
3
44
.
3
EXERCISE 27.1
5
1. Find ( x 1) dx as the limit of sum.
0
e . dx
x
2. Find as the limit of sum.
1
/ 4 / 2
1 2
1
(c) (4 x
3
2
dx (d) 5 x 2 6 x 9) dx
0 1 x 1
Notes The principal step in the evaluation of a definite integral is to find the
related indefinite integral. In the preceding lesson we have discussed several
methods for finding the indefinite integral. One of the important methods for
finding indefinite integrals is the method of substitution. When we use substi-
tution method for evaluation the definite integrals, like
3 /2
x sin x
1 x2
dx, 1 cos 2 x
dx,
2 0
3
x
Example 27.6: Evaluate 1 x2 dx
2
Solution : Let 1 x 2 t
1
2x dx = dt or x dx = dt
2
When x = 2, t = 5 and x = 3, t = 10. Therefore, 5 and 10 are the
limits when t is the variable
3 10
x 1 1
Thus 1 x 2
dx
2 t dt
2 5
1 10 MODULE- V
log t 5 Calculus
2
1
log 10 log 5
2 Notes
1
log 2
2
Example 27.7: Evaluate the following
/ 2 / 2
sin x sin 2
(a) 1 cos 2 x
dx (b) sin cos 4
2
d
0 0
/ 2
dx
(c) 5 4 cos x
0
when x = 0 and x = , t = 0. As x varies from 0 to t varies from
2 2
1 to 0.
/2 0 0
sin x 1
1 cos 2 x
dx 1 t2
dt tan 1 t
1
0 1
1
1
I 1 2t (1 t ) dt
0
1
1
2t 2 2t 1 dt
0
1
1 1
I
2 1 1
dt
0 t2 t
4 4
1
1 1
I
2 1 1
2 2
dt
0
t
2 2
1
1 1
1 1 1 t
tan 2
2 2 1
2 0
tan 1 1 tan 1 (1)
4 4 2
x
1 tan 2
(c) We know that cos x = 2
x
1 tan 2
2
/ 2 /2
1 1
5 4 cos x
dx x
dx
0 0 4 1 tan 2
2
5
x
1 tan 2
2
x MODULE- V
/2 sec 2 Calculus
2 dx
x
(1)
0 9 tan 2
2 Notes
x
Let tan t
2
x
Then sec2 dx = 2dt when x = 0, t = 0 , when x = ,t=1
2 2
/2 1
1 1
5 4 cos x
dx 2
9 t 2
dt [From (1)]
0 0
1
2 1 t 2 1 1
tan 3 3 tan 3
3 0
The definite integral of f(x) between the limits a and b has already been
defined as
b
d
f ( x) dx F(b) F(a), Where dx F( x) f ( x) ,
a
where a and b are the lower and upper limits of integration respectively. Now
we state below some important and useful properties of such definite integrals.
b b b a
(i) f ( x) dx f (t ) dt (ii) f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
a a a b
b c b
(iii) f ( x) dx f ( x) dx f ( x) dx, where a < c < b
a a c
b b
(iv) f ( x) dx f (a b x) dx
a a
2a a c
(v) f ( x) dx f ( x) dx f (2a x) dx
a 0 0
a a
(vi) f ( x) dx f (a x) dx
a 0
MODULE - V 0, if f (2a x) f ( x)
Calculus 2a
a
(vii) f ( x) dx
2 f ( x) dx, if f (2a x) f ( x)
0
0
Notes
a
0, if f ( x) is an odd function of x
a
(viii) f ( x) dx
a 2 f ( x) dx, if f ( x)is an even function of x
0
Many of the definite integrals may be evaluated easily with the help of
the above stated properties, which could have been very difficult otherwise.
The use of these properties in evaluating definite integrals will be illustrated in
the following examples.
Example 27.8: Show that
/ 2
(a) log | tan x | dx 0
0
x
(b) 1 sin x dx
0
/ 2
Solution: (a) Let I = log| tan x | dx
0
a a
Using the property f ( x) dx f (a x) dx,
0 0
/2
I log tan x dx
2
0
/2
log (cot x) dx
0
/2
log (tan x)
1
dx
0
/ 2 MODULE- V
log tan x dx Calculus
0
= 1 [Using (i)]
Notes
2I = 0
/ 2
i.e. I = 0 or log | tan x | dx 0
0
x
(b) 1 sin x dx
0
x
Let I 1 sin x dx .... (i)
0
x a a
I 1 sin ( x) dx
f ( x) dx f (a x) dx
0 0 0
x
1 sin x dx .... (ii)
0
sec
2
x tan x sec x dx
0
/ 2 sin x
2
Also
I
dx
0
sin x cos x
2 2
a a
(Using the property f ( x) dx f (a x) dx )
0 0
/2
cos x
cos x sin x
dx .... (ii)
0
/2
1.dx
0
x 0
/2
2
I
4
/2
sin x
i.e, sin x cos x
dx
4
0
/2
sin x cos x
MODULE- V
(b) Let I 1 sin x cos x
dx (i) Calculus
0
Notes
/ 2 sin x cos x
2 2 dx
Then I
0 1 sin x cos x
2 2
a a
f ( x) dx f (a x) dx
0 0
/2
cos x sin x
1 cos x sin x
dx (ii)
0
/2
sin x cos x cos x sin x
1 sin x cos x
dx
0
0
I 0
a 2 3
x ex
Example 27.10: (a) 2 dx (b) | x 1| dx
a1 x 3
2
xe x
Solution: (a) f ( x)
1 x2
2
xe x
f ( x)
1 x2
f (x ) .
f(x) is an odd function of x.
a 2
x ex
2 dx 0 .
a1 x
MODULE - V 3
Calculus (b) | x 1| dx
3
x 1, if x 1
| x 1|
Notes x 1, if x 1
3 1 3
| x 1| dx | x 1| dx | x 1| dx, using property (iii)
3 3 1
1 3
( x 1) dx ( x 1) dx
3 1
1 3
x2 x2
x x
2 3 2 1
1 9 9 1
1 3 3 1 10
2 2 2 2
/2
/2
Solution: Let I log (sin x) dx
0
/2
Also I log sin x dx, [Using property (iv)]
2
0
/ 2
log (cos x) dx
0
/2
log (sin x cos x) dx
0
/2 MODULE- V
sin 2 x
log
2
dx Calculus
0
/2 /2
Notes
log (sin 2 x) dx log (2) dx
0 0
/ 2
log (sin 2 x) dx 2 log 2
0
/ 2
Again, let I1 log (sin 2 x) dx
0
1
Put 2 x t dx dt
2
When x = 0, t = 0 and x ,t
2
1
2 0
I1 log (sin t ) dt
/ 2
1
2
2 log (sin t ) dt , [using property (vi)]
0
/2
1
2
2 log (sin x) dx [using property (i)]
0
2I I log 2 I log 2
2 2
/2
Hence, log (sin x) dx 2 log 2
0
5 2 / 2
sin x
4. | x 2 | dx 5. x 2 x dx 6. cos x sin x
dx
5 0 0
/2 a 4 /2
x 3e x
7. log| cos x | dx 8. 2
dx 9. sin 2 x log | tan x | dx
0 a 1 x 0
/2
cos x
10. 1 sin x cos x
dx
0
Now the question is how to find the area of the region bounded above
by y = f(x), below by y = g(x), and on the sides by x = a, x = b.
Again what happens when the upper curve y = f(x) intersects the lower
curve y = g(x) at either the left hand boundary x = a, the right hand boundary
x = b or both?
= A + A A = A.
Complete the rectangle PRQS. Then the area (PMNQ) lies between the
areas of rectangles PMNR and SMNQ, that is
A
lies between y and (y + y)
x
In the limiting case when Q P, x 0 and y 0
A
lim lies between y and lim ( y y )
y 0 x y 0
dA
y
dx
Integrating both sides with respect to x, from x = a to x = b, we have
b b
dA b
y dx dx , dx A a
a a
The area bounded by the curve y = f (x), the x-axis and the ordinates
x = a, x = b is
b b
f ( x) dx or y dx .
a a
where y = f (x) is a continuous single valued function and y does not change
sign in the interval a < x < b .
x dx
0
2
x2
2 0
= 2 0 = 2 Square units.
Example 27.13: Find the area bounded by the curve y = ex, x-axis and the
ordinates x = 0 and x = a > 0.
Solution: The given curve is y = ex
Required area bounded by the curve, x-axis and the ordinates x = 0, x = a MODULE- V
is Calculus
a
e
x
dx
Notes
0
a
ex 0
e 1 square units.
a
x
Example 27.14: Find the area bounded by the curve y = c cos x-axis
c
and the ordinates x 0, x a 2a c . .
x
Solution: The given curve is y = c cos
c
a
Required area y dx
0
a
x
c cos dx
0 c
a
2 x
c sin
c 0
a
c 2 sin sin 0
c
a
c 2 sin square units.
c
a
a 2 x 2 dx,
0
a2 a2
0 sin 1 1 0 sin 1 0
2 2
a2
. sin 1 1 , sin 1 0 0
2 2 2
a 2
square units.
4
Example 27.16: Find the area bounded by the x-axis, ordinates and the following
curves :
(i) xy = c2, x = a, x = b, a > b > 0
(ii) y = loge x, x = a, x = b, b > a > 1
Solution: Here we have to find the area bounded by the x-axis, the ordinates
x = a, x = b and the curve
c2
xy c 2 or y
x
a
Area• = y dx ( a b given)
b
a
c2
x dx
b
c 2 log x b
a
MODULE- V
Calculus
c 2 (log a log b)
a
c 2 log Notes
b
Area•= log e x dx ( b a 1)
a
b
b 1
x log e x a x dx
a
x
b
b log e b a log e a dx
a
b
b log e b a log e a x a
b log e b a log e a b a
b a
b log e a log e ( log e e 1)
e e
EXERCISE 27.3
1. Find the area bounded by the curve y = x2 x-axis and the lines x 0, x 2 .
2. Find the area bounded by the curve y = 3x x, x-axis and the lines x
= 0 and x = 3.
3. Find the area bounded by the curve y = e2x x-axis and the ordinates,
x = 0, x = a, a > 0.
x
4. Find the area bounded by the x-axis, the curve y c sin and the
c
ordinates x = 0, x = 2a < c.
Complete the rectangle PRQS. Then the area (PMNQ) lies between the
area (PMNS) and the area (RMNQ), that is,
A
lies between x and x, x x :•
y
dA
x
dy
Integrating both sides with respect to y, between the limits c to d, we get
d d
dA
x dy dy . dy
c c
d
Ac
= Area(ACDB) Notes
d d
Hence area (ACDB) x dy f ( y ) dy
c c
The area bounded by the curve x = f(y) the y-axis and the lines y =
c and y = d is
d d
x dy or f ( y ) dy
c c
3
y dy
0
3
y2
2 0
9
0
2
9
square units
2
Fig. 27.10
MODULE - V Example 27.18: Find the area bounded by the curve x = y2 y-axis and the
Calculus lines, y = 0, y = 2.
Solution: The equation of the curve is x = y2
Notes
Required area bounded by the curve, y-axis and the lines y = 0, y
=2
2
2
y3
y dy
2
0 3 0
8
0
3
8
square units.
3
Example 27.19: Find the area enclosed by the circle x2 + y2 = a2 and Xy-
axis in the first quadrant.
a
Required area x dy
0
a
a 2 y 2 dy
0
a2 a2
0 sin 1 1 0 sin 1 0 Fig. 37.11
2 2
a 2
square units
4
538 Definite Integrals
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 1 MODULE- V
sin 0 0, sin 1 Calculus
2
Note : The area is same as in Example 39.14, the reason is the given curve
Notes
is symmetrical about both the axes. In such problems if we have been asked
to find the area of the curve, without any restriction we can do by either method
x2 y2
2 1
a2 b
x2 y2
1
a2 b2
The ellipse is symmetrical about both the axes and so the whole area of
the ellipse is four times the area in the first quadrant, that is,
y2 x2 b
2
1 2 or y a 2 x2
b a a
a
b x a2 x
2
a x 2
sin 1
a 2 2 a 0 Fig. 27.13
b a2 1 a2
0 sin 1 0 sin 1 0
a 2 2
ab
4
Hence the whole area of the ellipse
ab
4
4
= ab square units.
Suppose that f(x) and g(x) are two continuous and non-negative func-
tions
b
[ f ( x) g ( x)] dx ....(4)
a
What happens when the function g has negative values also? This for-
mula can be extended by translating the curves f(x) and g(x) upwards until
both are above the x-axis. To do this let-m be the minimum value of g(x) on
[a, b] (see Fig. 27.15).
Since g ( x) m g ( x) m 0
MODULE - V by translation, so the area A between f and g is the same as the area between
Calculus g(x)+ m and f (x) + m . Thus,
b
[ f ( x) g ( x) ] dx
a
If f (x) and g(x) are coare continuous functions on the interval [a, b], and
f (x) > g(x), x [a, b], then the area of the region bounded above by
y = f (x), below by y = g(x), on the left by x = a and on the right by x =
b is
b
[ f ( x) g ( x) ] dx
a
MODULE- V
Calculus
Notes
Fig. 27.17
2 2
Thus, A ( x 6) dx x 2 dx
0 a
2
x2 x3
6x
2 3 0
34 34
0 square units.
3 3
Example 27.23: Find the area of the region enclosed between the curves y
= x2 and y = x + 6.
Fig. 27.18
MODULE - V A sketch of the region shows that the lower boundary is y = x2 and the upper
Calculus boundary is y = x + 6. These two curves intersect at two points, say A and
B. Solving these two equations we get
Notes x2 x 6 x2 x 6 0
( x 3) ( x 2) 0 x = 3, 2
When x = 3, y = 9 and when x = 2, y = 4
3
( x 6) x
2
The required area
dx
2
3
x2 x
6x
2 3 2
27 22
2 3
125
square units.
6
Example 27.24: Find the area of the region enclosed between the curves y
= x2 and y = x.
Solution: We know that y = x2 is the equation of the parabola which is
symmetric about the y-axis and vertex is origin. y = x is the equation of the
straight line passing through the origin and making an angle of 45° with the
x-axis (see Fig. 27.19).
A sketch of the region shows that the lower boundary is y = x2 and the upper
boundary is the line y = x. These two curves intersect at two points O and
A. Solving these two equations, we get
x2 = x
x(x 1) = 0
x = 0.1
Here f(x) = x . g(x) = x2 .
a = 0 and b = 1
Therefore, the required area
1
(x x
= 2
) dx Fig. 27.19
0
544 Definite Integrals
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 MODULE- V
x2 x3
Calculus
2 3 0
1 1 1 Notes
square units.
2 3 6
Example 27.25: Find the area bounded by the curves y2 = 4x, and y = x.
A sketch of the region shows that the lower boundary is x2 = 4ay and
the upper boundary is y2 = 4ax. These two curves intersect at two points O
and A. Solving these two equations, we get
y2
y0
4
y(y 4) = 0
y = 0.4
when y = 0, x = 0 and when y = 4, x = 4
Here f(x) = (4x)1/2 . g(x) = x.a = 0.b = 4
Therefore, the required area is
4 1
(2 x 2 x) dx
0
4
4 3 x2
x2
3 2
0
32
8
3
8
square units.
3
Fig. 27.20
MODULE - V Example 27.26: Find the area common to two parabolas x2 = 4ay and
Calculus y2 = 4ax.
Solution: We know that y2 = 4ax and x2 = 4ay •are the equations of the
Notes parabolas, which are symmetric about the x-axis and y-axis respectively.
Also both the parabolas have their vertices at the origin (see Fig. 27.19).
A sketch of the region shows that the lower boundary is x2 = 4ay and the
upper boundary is y2 = 4ax. These two curves intersect at two points O and
A. Solving these two equations, we have
x4
4ax
16a 2
x(x3 64 a3) = 0
x = 0, 4a
Fig. 27.21
x2
Here f ( x) 4ax , g ( x) , a 0 and b 4a
4a
4a
x2
= 4ax
dx
4a
0
4a
3
2.2 ax 2 x3
3 12a
0
32 a 2 16 a 2
3 3
16 2
a square units.
3
x2 y2
3. Find the area of the ellipse 1
25 16
x2
4. Find the area bounded by the curves y2 = 4ax and y .
4a
27.5.1 Theorem
Let n be an integer greater than or equal to 2. Then
n 1 n 3 1
/ 2 ...... , If n is even
n n2 2 2
n
sin x dx
0 n 1 n 3 ...... 2 , If n is odd
n n 2 3
/ 2 /2
Note: 1. sin n x dx cos n x dx
0 0
/2
4 1 4 3
Sol: (i) sin 4 x dx
4
. .
42 2
0
3 1 3
. .
4 2 2 16
/ 2
7 1 7 3 7 5
(ii) sin 7 x dx
7
. .
72 74
0
6 4 2 16
. . .
7 5 3 35
/ 2
8 1 8 3 8 5 8 7
(iii) cos8 x dx . . .
8 82 84 86 2
.
0
7 5 3 1
. . . .
8 6 4 2 2
35
.
256
27.5.2 Theorem : If m and n are positive integers then
2
sin
m
x cos n xdx
0
1
m 1, if n 1
n 1 . n 3 ... 2 . 1 , if 1 n is odd
m n m n 2 m 3 m 1
n 1 n3 1 m 1 1
, ... . ... . , if n is even and m is even
m n m n 2 m 2 m 2 2
n 1 n3 1 m 1 2
m n , m n 2 ... m 2 . m ... 3 , if n is even and 1 m is odd
1 , if m 1
n 1
sin
4
(i) x cos5 x dx Notes
0
/ 2
sin
5
(ii) x cos 4 x dx
0
/ 2
sin
6
(iii) x cos 4 x dx
0
Sol :
/ 2
5 1 53 1
sin
4
(i) x cos5 x dx . .
0
4 5 4 5 2 4 1
4 2 1 8
. .
9 7 5 315
/ 2
4 1 43 5 1 5 3
(ii) sin 5 x cos 4 x dx .
54 542
.
5
.
52
0
3 1 4 2 8
. . .
9 7 5 3 315
/ 2
4 1 43 6 1 6 3 6 5
(iii) sin 6 x cos 4 x dx .
64 642
.
6
. .
62 64 2
.
0
3 1 5 3 1
. . . . .
10 8 6 4 2 2
3
.
512
sin
4
Find x cos6 x dx
Notes 0
2
f ( x) dx 2 sin 4 x cos 6 x dx
0 0
/2
4 sin 4 x cos 6 x dx
0
6 1 63 65 3 1
4. . . . . .
46 462 464 4 2 2
3
.
128
Example 27.30:
/2
Find sin 2 x cos 4 x dx
/ 2
f ( x) dx 2 f ( x) dx
/ 2 0
/2 / 2
2 4
Hence sin x cos x dx 2 sin 2 x cos 4 x dx
/ 2 0
4 1 43 1
2. . . .
24 242 2 2
3 1
2. . . .
6 4 4 16
/ 2
2. sin 4 x cos 4 x dx
0
/2
3. cos7 x sin 2 x dx
0
/ 4
sin
3
4. d
0
KEY WORDS
f ( x) dx F(b) F(a)
a
b b b
(ii) [ f ( x) g ( x) ] dx f ( x ) dx f ( x ) dx
a a a
b b b
(iii) [ f ( x) g ( x) ] dx f ( x) dx g ( x) dx
a a a
MODULE - V The area bounded by the curve y = f (x), the x-axis and the ordinates
Calculus b b
x a, x b is f ( x) dx or y dx
a a
Notes
where y = f(x) is a continuous single valued function and y does not
change sign in the interval a < x < b.
If f(x) and g(x) [a, b] are continuous functions on the interval [a,
b] and f(x) > g(x), for all x [a, b], then the area of the region
[ f ( x) g ( x)] dx
a
n 1 n 3 1
/ 2 ...... . , If n is even
n n2 2 2
sin n x dx
n 1 n 3 ...... 2 . If n is odd
0
n n2 3
/2 / 2
sin 3 x dx cos n x dx, n is a positive integer.
0 0
/ 2
n 1 n3 2 1
sin m x cos n x dx . ... .
m n m n 2 m 3 m 1
.
0
If 1 n is odd
n 1 n3 1 m 1 1
. ... . ....
mn mn2 m2 m 2 2
If n is even and m is even
552 Definite Integrals
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
n 1 n3 1 m 1 2 MODULE- V
. ... . .... Calculus
mn mn2 m2 m 3
If n is even and 1 m is odd.
Notes
SUPPORTIVE WEB SITES
http:// www.wikipedia.org
http:// mathworld.wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Evaluate the following integrals (1 to 5) as the limit of sum.
b b b
x dx x sin x dx
2
1. 2. dx 3.
a a a
b 2
(x
2
1) x dx
4. cos x dx 5.
0
a
6. a 2 x 2 dx 7. sin 2x dx
0 0
/ 2 / 2
8. cot x dx 9. cos 2 x dx
/ 4 0
1 1
1
10. sin x dx
1
11. dx
0 0 1 x2
4
1 1
12. 2 dx 13. 5 3cos d
3 x 4 0
/ 4 /2
14. 2 tan 3 x dx 15. sin 3 x dx
0 0
2 / 2
16. x x 2 dx 17. sin cos5 d
0 0
MODULE - V
Calculus 18. x log sin x dx 19. log (1 cos x) dx
0 0
/2
Notes x sin x sin 2 x
20. 2
dx 21. dx
0 1 cos x 0
sin x cos x
/ 4 /8
sin
5
22. log (1 tan x) dx 23. 2 x cos 2 x dx
0 0
x( x
2
24. 1)3 dx
0
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 27.1
35
1.
2
1
2. e
e
2 1 64
3. (a) (b) 2 (c) (d)
2 4 3
EXERCISE 27.2
e 1 2 1
1. 2. tan 1
2 3 3
1 3 1
3. log 6 tan 1 4. 29
5 5 3
24 2
5. 6.
15 4
7. log 2 8. 0
2
1
9. 0 10. log 2
2 2
EXERCISE 27.4
1. 9 sq.units
2. 6 sq.units.
3. 20 sq.units
16 2
4. a sq.units
3
16
5. sq.units
3
9
6. sq.units
2
EXERCISE 27.5
63
(1)
512
3
(2)
256
16
(3)
315
2 5
(4)
3 6 2
14 a2
5. 6.
3 4
1
7. 1 8. log 2
2
9. 10. 1
4 2
1 5
11. 12. log
2 4 3
13. 14. 1 log 2
4
15.
2
3
16.
16
15
2 2
64 2
17. 18. log 2
231 2
2
19. log 2 20.
4
21.
1
2
log 1 2 22.
8
log 2
1
23. 24. 78
96
MODULE- V
Calculus
Notes
Chapter
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 28
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After studying this lesson, you will be able to :
define a differential equation, its order and degree;
determine the order and degree of a differential equation;
form differential equation from a given situation;
illustrate the terms “general solution” and “particular solution” of a dif-
ferential equation through examples;
solve differential equations of the following types :
dy dy dy f ( x)
(i) f ( x) (ii) f ( x) g ( y ) (iii)
dx dx dx g ( y)
d2y
(iv) dy p( x) y Q( x) (v) f ( x)
dx dx 2
find the particular solution of a given differential equation for given con-
ditions.
PREREQUISITES
Integration of algebraic functions, rational functions and trigonometric
functions.
MODULE - V INTRODUCTION
Calculus
In pervious lesson we studied the concept of differentiation and integration.
Notes Now in differential equations have application in many branches of physics,
Order : It is the order of the highest derivative occurring in the differential Notes
equation.
dy
(i) sin x One One
dx
2
dy 2
(ii) 3 y 5x One Two
dx
2 4
d 2s 2 ds
(iii) 2 t 0 Two Two
dt dt
d 3v 2 dv
(iv) 0 Three One
dr 3 r dr
2 5
d4y 3 d3y
(v) 4 x 3 sin x Four Two
dx dx
Example 28.1: Find the order and degree of the differential equation :
3/ 2
d 2 y dy
2
1 0
dx 2 dx
MODULE - V dy 2
3/ 2
Calculus 1 has fractional index. Therefore, we first square both sides to
dx
Notes remove fractional index.
Squaring both sides, we have
2 3
d2y dy 2
2 1
dx dx
Hence each of the order of the diferential equation is 2 and the degree
of the differential equation is also 2.
A differential equation in which the dependent variable and all of its de-
rivatives occur only in the first degree and are not multiplied together is called
a linear differential equation. A differential equation which is not linear is
called non-linear differential equation . For example, the differential equations
d2y d3y dy
y 0 and cos x. 3 x3. y 0 are linear.
2
dx 2 dx dx
2
dy y
The differential equation log x is non-linear as degree of
dx x
dy
is two.
dx
d2y
Further the differential equation y 2 4 x is non-linear because the de-
dx
2
d y
pendent variable are multiplied together.
dx 2
dy
m ...(2)
dx
From (1) and (2), we get
Fig. 28.1
dy
y x ...(3)
dx
dy
So y = mx, and y x represent the same family. Clearly equation
dx
(3) is a differential equation.
Working Rule : To form the differential equation corresponding to an equa-
tion involving two variables, say x and y and some arbitrary constants, say,
a, b, c, etc.
(1) Differentiate the equation as many times as the number of arbitrary constants
in the equation.
dy d2y
b x 2 ...(5)
dx dx
Substituting the values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ given in (4) and (5) above in equa-
tion (1), we get
1 d2y dy d2y
y x 2
2
x
dx x
2 dx dx 2
x2 d 2 y dy 2
2 d y
or y x x
2 dx 2 dx dx 2
dy x 2 d 2 y
or yx
dx 2 dx 2
x2 d 2 y dy
or 2
x y 0
2 dx dx
which is the required differential equation.
Example 28.3 : Form the differential equation representing the family of curves
y = a cos (x + b).
Solution: y = a cos (x + b) ...(1)
Differentiating both sides, we get
dy
a sin( x b) ...(2)
dx
562 Differential Equations
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
d2y d2y
y or y 0
dx 2 dx 2
Example 28.4 :Find the differential equation of all circles which pass through
the origin and whose centres are on the x-axis.
Solution: As the centre lies on the x-axis, its coordinates will be (a, 0).
Since each circle passes through the origin, its radius is a.
Then the equation of any circle will be
(x a)2 + y2 = a2 ...(1)
To find the corresponding differential equation, we differentiate equation
(1) and get
dy
2( x a ) 2 y 0
dx
dy
or xa y 0
dx
dy
or ay x
dx
2 2
dy 2 dy
x y x y y x
dx dx
2 2
dy 2 2 dy dy
or y y x y 2 xy
dx dx dx
dy
or y 2 x 2 2 xy
dx
which is the required differential equation.
MODULE - V Remark : If an equation contains one arbitrary constant then the correspond-
Calculus ing differential equation is of the first order and if an equation contains two
arbitrary constants then the corresponding differential equation is of the second
Notes order and so on.
Example 28.5 Assuming that a spherical rain drop evaporates at a rate pro-
portional to its surface area, form a differential equation involving the rate of
change of the radius of the rain drop.
Solution: Let r(t) denote the radius (in mm) of the rain drop after t minutes.
Since the radius is decreasing as t increases, the rate of change of r must be
negative. If V denotes the volume of the rain drop and S its surface area, we
4
have V r 3 ...(1)
3
and S 4r 2 ...(2)
It is also given that
dV
S
dt
dV
or KS
dt
dV dr
or . KS ...(3)
dr dt
Using (1), (2) and (3) we have
dr
4r 2 . 4Kr 2
dt
dr
or K
dt
which is the required differential equation.
EXERCISE 28.1
dy 1
yx .
dx dy
dx
564 Differential Equations
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
2. Write the order and degree of each of the following differential equations. MODULE- V
4 2 2 Calculus
ds d s dy dy
(a) 3s 2 0 (b) y 2 x x 1
dt dt dx dx
Notes
2 3
d s 2
ds
(c) 2
1 x dx 1 y dy 0 2 (d) 2 3 4 0
dt dt
3. State whether the following differential equations are linear or non-linear.
( a) ( xy 2 x) dx ( y x 2 y ) dy 0 (b) dx + dy = 0
dy dy
(c) cos x (d) sin 2 y 0
dx dx
(d) Find the differential equation of all straight lines passing through the
point (3,2).
(e) Find the differential equation of all the circles which pass through origin
and whose centres lie on y-axis.
MODULE - V Remarks
Calculus 1. If we differentiate the primitive, we get the differential equation and if we
integrate the differential equation, we get the primitive.
Notes 2. Solution of a differential equation is one which satisfies the differential
equation.
Example 28.6 : Show that y = C1 sin x + C2 cos x , where C1 and C2 are
arbitrary
constants, is a solution of the differential equation:
d2y
y0
dx 2
Solution: We are given that
y = c1 sin x + c2 cos x ...(1)
Differentiating both sides of (1), we get
dy
c1 cos x c2 sin x ...(2)
dx
Differentiating again, we get
d2y
c1 sin x c2 cos x ...(3)
dx 2
d2y
Substituting the values of and y in the given differential equation,
dx 2
we get
d2y
y c1 sin x c2 cos x (c1 sin x c2 cos x)
dx 2
d2y
or y 0
dx 2
In integration, the arbitrary constants play important role. For different
values of the constants we get the different solutions of the differential equa-
tion.
A solution which contains as many as arbitrary constants as the order of
the differential equation is called the General Solution or complete primitive.
If we give the particular values to the arbitrary constants in the general
solution of differential equation, the resulting solution is called a Particular
Solution.
566 Differential Equations
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Remark MODULE- V
General Solution contains as many arbitrary constants as is the order of Calculus
the differential equation.
a Notes
Example 28.7 : Show that y cx (where c is a constant) is a solution
c
of the differential equation.
dy dx
yx a
dx dy
a
Solution: We have y cx ... (1)
c
Differentiating (1), we get
dy dx 1
c
dx dy c
dy dx
On substituting the values of and in R.H.S of the differential
dx dy
equation, we have
1 a
x(c) a cx y
c c
R.H.S. = L.H.S.
a
Hence y cx is a solution of the given differential equation.
c
Example 28.8: If y = 3x2 + c is the general solution of the differential
dy
equation 6 x 0 , then find the particular solution when y = 3, x = 2.
dx
Solution: The general solution of the given differential equation is given as
y = 3x2 + c ...(1)
Now on substituting y = 3, x = 2 in the above equation , we get
3 = 12 + c or C = 9
By substituting the value of C in the general solution (1), we get
y = 3x2 9
which is the required particular solution.
dy f ( x) dx
y f ( x) dx c
dy
( x 2) x2 4x 5
dx
dy
Solution: The given differential equation is ( x 2) x2 4x 5
dx
dy x2 4x 5 dy x2 4 x 4 4 5
or or
dx x2 dx x2
dy ( x 2) 2 9 dy 9
or or x2
dx x2 x2 dx x2
9
or dy x 2 dx
x2
On integrating both sides of (1), we have
9 x2
dy x 2 x 2 dx or y 2 2 x 9 log| x 2 | c,
where c is an arbitrary constant, is the required general solution.
568 Differential Equations
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
or dy (2 x 3 x ) dx
On integrating both sides of (1), we get
x4 x2
dy
2 x3 x dx or y 2.
4
2
C
x4 x2
or y C ...(1)
2 2
where C is an arbitrary constant.
Since y = 1 when x = 0, therefore, if we substitute these values in (2)
we will get
1=0 0 + C C=1
Now, on putting the value of C in (2), we get
1 4 1 2 2
y ( x x2 ) 1 or y x ( x 1) 1
2 2
which is the required particular solution.
dy
(ii) Differential equations of the type f ( x) . g ( y )
dx
Consider the differential equation of the type
dy
f ( x) . g ( y )
dx
dy
or f ( x) dx ...(1)
g ( y)
In equation (1), x’s and y’s have been separated from one another. Therefore,
this equation is also known differential equation with variables separable.
MODULE - V To solve such differential equations, we integrate both sides and add an arbi-
Calculus trary constant on one side.
To illustrate this method, let us take few examples.
Notes Example 28.11: Solve
(1 + x2)dy = (1 + y2) dx
Solution: The given differential equation
(1 + x2)dy = (1 + y2) dx
dy dx
can be written as 2
(Here variables have been seperated)
1 y 1 x2
On integrating both sides of (1), we get
dy dx
1 y2 1 x2
or tan1y = tan1x + c
where C is an arbitrary constant.
This is the required solution.
Example 28.12: Solve
x 2
yx 2 dy
dx
y 2
xy 2 0
x 2
yx 2 dy
dx
y 2
xy 2 0
dy
can be written as x 2 (1 y ) y 2 (1 x) 0
dx
(1 y ) (1 x)
or 2
dy dx (Variables separated) ...(1)
y x2
If we integrate both sides of (1), we get
1 1 1 1
or y 2 y dy x2 x dx
dy
Example 28.13: Solve (3 x y 4) 2
dx
Solution: Put 3x + y + 4 = t then
dy dt
3
dx dx
So that the given equation becomes
dt
3 t2
dx
dt
dx
t2 3
dt
Hence t 2 3 dx
1 t
tan 1 xC
3 3
1 3x y 4
tan 1 x C
3 3
EXERCISE 28.2
dy dy 1 y 2
(i) e yx (ii)
dx dx 1 x 2
dy
(iii) e x y x x e y (iv) (ex + 1)ydy + (y + 1) dx = 0
dx
Differential Equations 571
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
dy
In equation (ii) each term except is of degree 3.
dx
dy
In equation(iii) each term except is of degree 3, as it can be rewritten
dx
dy
as y2 x x 2 xy 2
dx
Such equations are called homogeneous equations.
Remarks
Homogeneous equations do not have constant terms.
For example, differential equation
(x2 + 3yx) dx (x3 + x)dy = 0
dy
is not a homogeneous equation as the degree of the function except in
dx
each term is not the same. [degree of x2 is 2, that of 3yx is 2, of x3 is 3, and
of x is 1]
x dx x
Example 28.15: Express (1 + ex/y)dx + ex/y 1 dy = 0 in the form F .
y dy y
x
e x / y 1
Solution : The given equation can be written as
dx
y F x which
y
dy 1 ex / y
dy y
F .
dx x
Solution: From the given equation
y2 x x 2 y2
2
dy y2 x x 2 y2 x x2
xy
dx xy
x2
MODULE - V y
2
y
2
Calculus 1
x x y
F .
y x
Notes x
dy y
Example 28.17: Express 2 x
in the form dx F x .
dx dy y
y
x ye
Solution: From the given equation
2x
y
dx x ye
dy y
x 2 ( x / y ) x
e F .
y y
dy y 2 2 xy
Example 28.18: Solve 2 .
dx x xy
Solution: The given equation is a homogeneous equation, since both the numerator
and denominator are homogeneous functions each of degree 2.
dy dv
Now put y = vx. Then vx
dx dx
dv v 2 2v
so that the given equation becomes v x .
dx 1 v
2 v 2 3v
so that 1 v dv dx .
dv
Hence, x
dx 1 v 2v 2 3v x
1 v dx
Therefore, 2v2 3v dv x .
1 1 1
Hence, dv log x log c
3 v 2v 3
1 1
so that log v log(2 v 3) log x log c
3 2
1
that is, log(v 2v 3) log x log c
3
Hence x 3v ( 2v 3 ) c3 . Notes
y y 2y
Put v . Then x 3 3 c3
x x x
2y 2 3
that is, x2 y 3 c 3 (or) xy 2 xy 3 x c .
x
This is the general solution of the given equation.
dy x 2 y 2
... (1)
dx 2 xy
which is a homogeneous equation, since the numerator and denominator on the right
dy dv
are homogeneous functions each of degree 2. Put y = vx. Then vx .
dx dx
Therefore, (1) becomes
dv x 2 (1 v 2 ) 1 v 2 dv 1 v2
vx so that x .
dx 2 x 2v 2v dx 2v
2v dx
Hence,
2v
1 v2
dv
dx
x
so that 1 v 2
dv
x
that is, log(1 v2) = log x + log c
y
that is, c(x2 y2) = x since v
x
which is the general solution of the given equation.
dv 1 v3
Therefore, (1) becomes v x
dx v2
dv 1 dx
so that x 2 (or) v 2 dv .
dx v x
dx v3
x log x log c
2
Therefore, v dv so that
3
y3
that is, 3
log x log c (or) y3 = 3x3 log (cx)
3x
dy x 2 y 2
Example 28.21: Solve . ... (1)
dx 2x 2
Solution : The given equation is a homogeneous equation. Put y = vx. Then
dy dv dv 1 v 2
v x so that (1) becomes v x ,
dx dx dx 2
2dv dx
2
.
(v 1) x
Integrating, we get
2
log x c.
v 1
But y , so
v
x
2 2 2x 2x MODULE- V
. Calculus
v 1 y y x x y
1
x
2x Notes
Hence log x c
x y
so that 2x = (x y) (log x + c) which is the general solution of the given equation.
dv 1 v4 v4 1 3v v 3 dx
Therefore, x 3 so that dv
dx v 3v 3v v 3
(v 1)(v 1)(v 2 1) x
1 1 2v dx
that is 2(v 1) 2(v 1) 2 dv x (by partial fractions).
v 1
Integrating, we get
1 1
log( v 1) log( v 1) log( v 2 1) log x log c
2 2
v 1 v 1 v2 1
that is, log log(cx ) so that cx
v2 1 v2 1
v2 1
(or)
2 2
c2 x 2 .
(v 1)
v
Since y , y2 x2 = c2(y2 + x2)
x
which is the required general solution.
dy x y
(i)
dx x y
(ii) (x2 + y2) dy = 2xy dx
(iii) y2dx + (x2 xy) dy = 0
dy ( x y )2
(iv)
dx 2 x2
dy y y 2
(v)
dx x x 2
2 2 dy
(vi) ( x y ) xy
dx
3. Solve the following differential equations.
x
(i) 1 e
x/ y
dx e x / y 1 dy 0
y
y dy y
(ii) x sin . y sin x
x dx x
dy y y
(iii) cos 2 where x > 0, y > 0 and which passes through
dx x x
the point 1,
4
28.6.4 Non-Homogeneous Differential Equations
where a, b, c, a', b', c' are constants and c and c' are not both zero are called non- MODULE- V
homogeneous equations. We reduce (1) to a homogeneous equation by suitable Calculus
substitutions for x and y.
Notes
We explain three methods (in case (i), case (ii) and case (iii)) of solving (1)
depending on the nature of coefficients of x and y in the numerator and denominator
of the R.H.S. of (1).
Case(i)
dy ax ay c
Suppose that b = a'. Then (1) becomes .
dx ax by c
y2 x2
that is, ad ( xy) bd ad c dy c dx 0.
2 2
y2 x2
Integrating, we get a xy b a cy cx k
2 2
which is the required solution.
Note : In the above case solution can be obtained by integrating each term after
regrouping.
dy 3x y 7
Example 28.23 : Let us solve .
dx x 7y 3
1 dv vc
so that (2) becomes a .
b dx v
c
m
Therefore, dv bm( v c)
a
dx v cm
that is , v cm
dv dx
bm(v c) a(v cm)
which can be solved by variables separable method.
dy x y3
Example 28.24 : We shall solve .
dx 2x 2y 5
Here a = 1, b = 1 a' = 2, b' = 2 and hence
a b 1
.
a b 2
Therefore, we can solve the equation by case(ii).
dy dv
Put x y = v. Then 1
dx dx
so that the given equation becomes
dv v3
1
dx 2v 5
dv v2 MODULE- V
that is, Calculus
dx 2v 5
2v 5 1
so that dx dv 2 dv .
v2 v2 Notes
Integrating, we get
x = 2v + log (v + 2) + c
that is, x = 2(x y) + log(x y + 2) + c
which is the required solution.
a b
Note : If b = a' with , then the given equation can be solved easily by
a b
using case (i) rather than case (ii).
a b
Case(iii) : Suppose that b a' and .
a b
Then taking x = X + h, y = Y + k, where X and Y are variables and h and
dy dY
k are constants, we get .
dx dX
Hence (1) becomes
dY a( X h) b(Y k ) c
dX a( X h) b(Y k ) c
dY aX bY (ah bk c)
that is, ... (i)
dX a X b Y (ah bk c)
MODULE - V dy
2x y 3
... (i)
Calculus dx 2y x 1
a b
Here a = 2, b = 1, a' = 1, b' = 2. Hence, b a' and
Notes a b
Therefore, the given equation can be solved by case (iii).
Put x = X + h, y = Y + k in (i).
dy dY
Then and dY 2 X Y 2 h k 3 ... (ii)
dx dX dX 2 Y X 2 k h 1
2h + k + 3 = 0 and h + 2k + 1 = 0.
5 1
Solving them for h and k, we get h , k .
3 3
dY 2 X Y
Hence (ii) becomes ... (iii)
dX 2 Y X
dY dV
Put Y = VX. Then VX .
dX dX
dV 2V
Therefore, (iii) becomes V X
dX 2V 1
2 2V 1 2 dX
that is, X dV 2(1 V ) and hence dV .
dX 2V 1 (1 V)(1 V) X
3 1 2 dX
that is, dV dV .
2(1 V) 2(1 V) X
3 1
Integrating, we get log(1 V) log(1 V) 2 log X log c
2 2
that is, 3log(1 V) log(1 V) 4 log X 2 log c
Y 3 MODULE- V
, we get X 4 1 1 c 2
Y Y
Since V= Calculus
X X X
4 3 2
(or) x y ( x y 2) c
3
which is the required solution.
EXERCISE 28.4
(i) dy 3 x 2 y 5
dx 2x 3y 5
dy x y 2
(ii)
dx x y 1
II. Solve the following differential equations.
dy
(i) (2 x 2 y 3) x y 1
dx
dy 4 x 6 y 5
(ii)
dx 3 y 2 x 4
dy
Py Q ...(1)
dx
MODULE - V where P and Q are functions of x. This is linear equation of order one.
Calculus To solve equation (1), we first multiply both sides of equation (1) by
e
Pdx
Notes
dy
e Py e Qe
Pdx Pdx Pdx
dx
d Pdx Pdx
or ye Qe ...(2)
dx
d Pdx Pdx dy Py . e Pdx
dx ye e
dx
On integrating, we get
ye Q e
Pdx Pdx
dx C
Note: e
Pdx
is called the integrating factor of the equation and is written as
I.F in short.
Remarks
(i) We observe that the left hand side of the linear differential equation (1)
d Pdx
has become ye after the equation has been multiplied by the
dx
factor e .
Pdx
y e Q e dx C
Pdx Pdx
dy
(iii) The coefficient of if not unity, must be made unity by dividing the
dx
equation by it throughout.
I.F e
Pdy
In this case , P & Q are functions of y.
and the solution is given by
x (I.F) Q (I.F.) dy C.
MODULE - V 1 dy x
Example 28.28: Solve ye x e(1 x )e .
Calculus x dx
Solution : The given equation can be written as
Notes dy x
xe x y x e(1 x ) e ... (1)
dx
x
Here P = xex and Q x e (1 x ) e .
x
I.F. = e
xe dx x
Therefore, e( x1)e .
x
Multiplying both sides of (1) by e( x1)e and then integrating, we get
x
y e( x 1) e xdx c
x x2
y e( x 1) e
x
that is, c (or) 2 y e( x 1) e x 2 2c
2
which is the required solution.
1 1 Tan 1 y
x eTan y
eTan y
dy c ... (2)
1 y2
Now put Tan 1 y t . Then 1
dy dt.
1 y2
Hence (2) becomes
xet t et dt c et (t 1) c
1 1
so that x eTan y
eTan y
(Tan 1 y 1) c
which is the required solution.
dy d
x. y x.e x or ( y . x) x.e x
dx dx
Integrating both sides, we have
yx xe x dx C
or xy xe x e x dx C
or xy xe x e x C
or xy e x ( x 1) C
x 1 x C
or y e
x x
Note:In the solution x > 0.
Example 28.31: Solve :
dy
sin x y cos x 2sin 2 x cos x
dx
Solution: The given differential equation is
dy
sin x y cos x 2sin 2 x cos x
dx
dy
or y cot x 2sin x cos x ...(1)
dx
Differential Equations 587
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes On multiplying both sides of equation (1) by I.F., we get (sin x >0)
d
( y sin x ) 2sin 2 x.cos x
dx
Further on integrating both sides, we have
2
or y sin x sin 3 x C, which is the required solution.
3
1 y dy
2 dx
tan 1
yx
dx tan 1 y x
or 2
dy 1 y 1 y2
dx x tan 1 y
or ...(1)
dy 1 y 2 1 y2
dx
which is of the form Px Q where P and Q are the functions of
dy
y only.
1
Pdy 1 y 2 dy 1
I.F. e e e tan y
d 1 tan 1 y tan 1 y
( xe tan y ) (e )
dy 1 y2
588 Differential Equations
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 1 Notes
where C is an arbitrary constant and t tan y and dt dy
1 y2
1
or (e tan y
) x tet et C
1
or (e tan y
) x tet et C
1 1 1
) x tan 1 y e tan
1
or (e tan y y
e tan y
C (on putting t = tan y)
1
or x tan 1 y 1 C e tan y.
EXERCISE 28.5
dx
(i) x y 2 x 2 sec 2 2 x
dy
dx
(ii) y x 2 y3
dy
2. Solve the following differential equation.
dx
(i) y tan x cos3 x
dy
xdy
(ii) 2 y log x
dx
2 dy 1
(iii) (1 x ) y e tan x
dx
dy 2 y
(iv) 2x2
dx x
KEY WORDS
dy
The solution of the diffferential equation of the type f ( x ) is ob-
dx
tained by integrating both sides.
dy
The solution of the differential equation of the type f ( x) , g(y) is
dx
obtained after separting the variables and integrating both sides.
dy
The solution of the first order linear equation Py Q is
dx
http : //www.wikipedia.org
http:// math world . wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
d4y dy dy
(c) 4 4 y 5cos 3x (d) cos x
dx 4 dx dx
2 d2y dy d2y
(e) x 2
xy y (f) y 0
dx dx dx 2
3
dy dy
2 dy 22
d2y
(g) y x a 1 (h) 1 a
dx dx dx dx 2
2. Find which of the following equations are linear and which are non-linear
dy dy y
( a) cos x ( b) y 2 log x
dx dx x
MODULE - V 3 2
d2y 2 dy dy
Calculus (c) dx2 x dx 0 (d ) x 4 x
dx
Notes (e) dx + dy = 0
d2y dy
equation x2 2
x y0
dx dx
dy dy x y
(a) sin 2 x 3cos x 4 (b) e x 2e y
dx dx
dy cos x sin y
(c) 0 (d) dy + xydx = xdx
dx cos y
dy dx
(e) y tan x x m cos mx 2
(f) (1 y ) tan 1 y x
dx dy
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 28.1
1. Order is 1 and degree is 2.
2. (a) Order 2, degree 1 (b) Order 2, degree 1
(c) Order 1, degree 1 (d) Order 2, degree 2
3. (a) Non - linear (b) Linear (c) Linear (d) Non - linear MODULE- V
3
Calculus
2
dy 2 2d y
2
4. 1 r
dx 2
dx Notes
2
d2y dy dy
5. (a) xy 2 x y 0
dx dx dx
2
2 dy
2 dy 2
(b) ( x 2 y ) 4 xy x 0
dx dx
d 2 y dy
(c) 6y 0
dx 2 dx
dy
(d) y ( x 3) 2
dx
dy
(e) ( x 2 y 2 ) 2 xy 0
dx
EXERCISE 28.2
1. (i) ey = ex + C
(ii) tan1y = tan1x + C
y x x3
(iii) e e C
3
2x 1 1 2 y 1
(iii) tan 1 tan C
3 3
1
(iv) x y sin 2( x y ) C
2
2. (i) x2 2xy y2 = A
(iii) ky = ey/x
x y 2 xy
(iv) log
c ( x y )2
(v) y 2x = kx2y
3. (i) x + yex/y = k
(ii) kx = ecos(y/x)
y
(iii) tan 1 log x
x
EXERCISE 28.4
(ii) y2 x2 + 2xy 2y 4x = c
3
(ii) y 2 x log(24 y 16 x 23) k
8
1/ 2 MODULE- V
x y 2 2 1 Calculus
3. (i) x 2 2 y 2 2 x 4 y 2 c
x y 2 2 1
Notes
2 y 1
1 2 2 2 1
(ii) 2 tan log c x y x y
2x 1 2
EXERCISE 28.5
1 1
1. (i) (ii)
x y
2 x2 x2
(ii) yx log x c
2 4
1 1
(iii) 2 y e tan x
e 2 tan x
c
2 x5
(iv) yx 2 c
5
(ii) x ke y ( y 2)
PRACTICE EXERCISE
MODULE - V d3y
Calculus 4. 0, Order 3, degree 1.
dx3
5. (a) Two (b) Three (c) Five
Notes
y x x3
7. (a) y + 3 cosec x + 4 cot x = C (b) e e C
3
x2
(c) sin y = Cesin x (d) log(1 y ) C
2
x m 1 1
(e) y cos x C cos x (f) x tan 1 y 1 Ce tan y
m 1
MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Probability
Notes
Chapter
MEASURES OF DISPERSION 29
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After studying this lesson, student will be able to:
Explain the purpose of measures of dispersion;
Compute and explain the various measures of dispersion-range, mean
deviation, variance and standard deviation;
Compute mean deviation from the mean and median of ungrouped data
and grouped data;
Calculate variance and standard deviation for grouped and ungrouped
data
Demonstrate the properties of variance and standard deviation.
PREREQUISITES
Mean of grouped and raw data
Median of grouped and ungrouped data
INTRODUCTION
The measures of central tendency are not adequate to describe data.
Two data sets can have the same mean but they can be entirely different.
Measures of Dispersion 597
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Factory A : 35 45 50 65 70 90 100
Notes
Factory B : 60 65 65 65 65 65 70
Here we observe that in both the groups the mean of the data is the
same, namely, 65
(i) In group A, the observations are much more scattered from the mean.
(ii) In group B, almost all the observations are concentrated around the mean.
Certainly, the two groups differ even though they have the same mean.
Section A : 6 9 11 13 15 21 23 28 29 35
Section B : 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 25
Notes
Section B
Fig. 29.1
In this lesson, you will read about the following measures of dispersion :
(a) Range
(b) Mean deviation from mean
(c) Variance
(d) Standard deviation
(i) the scores of all the students in section A are ranging from 6 to 35;
(ii) the scores of the students in section B are ranging from 15 to 25.
The difference between the largest and the smallest scores in section A
is 29(35 6)
MODULE - VI Thus, the difference between the largest and the smallest value of a data,
Statistics and is termed as the range of the distribution.
Probability
(b) Mean Deviation from Mean : In Fig. 29.1, we note that the scores
Notes in section B cluster around the mean while in section A the scores are
spread away from the mean. Let us take the deviation of each obser-
vation from the mean and add all such deviations. If the sum is ‘large’,
the dispersion is ‘large’. If, however, the sum is ‘small’ the dispersion
is small.
Let us find the sum of deviations from the mean, i.e., 19 for scores in
section A.
MODULE - VI (d) Standard Deviation : If we take the positive square root of the vari-
Statistics and ance, we obtain the root mean square deviation or simply called stan-
Probability dard deviation and is denoted by .
Notes
29.3 MEAN DEVIATION FROM MEAN OF RAW
AND GROUPED DATA
n
| xi x |
i 1
Mean Deviation from mean of raw data
N
n
[ fi | xi x |]
i 1
Mean deviation from mean of grouped data
N
n
1 n
where N fi , x f | xi |
N i 1
i 1
The following steps are employed to calculate the mean deviation from mean.
Step 1 : Make a column of deviation from the mean, namely xi x (In case
of grouped data take xi as the mid value of the class.)
Step2 : Take absolute value of each deviation and write in the column headed
| xi x | .
For calculating the mean deviation from the mean of raw data use
n
| xi x |
i 1
Mean deviation of Mean
N
For grouped data proceed to step 3.
Step 3 : Multiply each entry in step 2 by the corresponding frequency. We
obtain fi ( xi x ) and write in the column headed fi | xi x | .
n
Step 4 : Find the sum of the column in step 3. We obtain [ fi | xi x |]
i 1
Solution :
xi fi fi x i xi x | xi x | fi ( xi x )
28 289 69.2
fi xi 289
x 10.7
f i 28
[ fi | xi x |]
Mean deviation from mean
N
62.7
2.471
28
Example 29.2 Calculate the mean deviation from mean of the following
distribution
No. of Students 6 7 17 16 4
MODULE - VI Solution :
Statistics and
Marks Class Marks fi fi xi xi x | xi x | fi ( xi x )
Probability
xi
Notes 0-10 5 6 30 -21 21 126
10-20 15 7 105 -11 11 77
20-30 25 17 425 -1 1 17
30-40 35 16 560 9 9 144
40-50 45 4 180 19 19 76
50 1300 440
fi xi 1300
x 26
f i 50
[ f i | xi x |] 440
Mean deviation from Mean 8.8
N 50
Solution : Keeping the observations in the ascending order, we get the following
distribution.
xi : 3 6 9 12 13 15 21 22
fi : 3 4 5 2 4 5 4 3
c.f. 3 7 12 14 18 23 27 30
N
N = 30 = 15
2
Median = 13.
Now we compute the absolute values of the the deviations from the
median i.e., |xi median| and compute fi |xi median| as shown in the following
table.
|xi median| 10 7 4 1 0 2 8 9
fi : 3 4 5 2 4 5 4 3
fi |xi median| 30 28 20 2 0 10 32 27
1 149
f i | xi median | 4.97.
N 30
MODULE - VI Example29.4 Find the mean deviation from the median for the following
Statistics and distribution.
Probability
Class interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Notes Frequency fi 6 8 14 16 4 2
Solution:
Class Frequency Cumulative xi |xi-med.| fi|xi-med.|
interval fi frequency
fi
50
Here N/2th observation = = 25,
2
this observation lies in the class interval 20-30.
N
2 p.c.f 25 14
Median = L i 20 10 = 27.86
f 14
| xi medain | 517.16
Mean deviation from median = f i
N
50
= 10.34
3 5 7 8 9 10 12 14 17 18
Notes
What is the range ?
2. The weight of 10 students (in Kg) of class XII are given below :
45 49 55 52 40 62 47 61 58
What is the range ?
3. Find the mean deviation from mean of the data
45 55 63 76 67 84 75 48 62 65
Given mean = 64.
4. Calculate the mean deviation from mean of the following distribution.
Salary : 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
(in rupees)
No. of 4 6 8 12 7 6 4 3
employees
Given mean = Rs. 57.2
5. Calculate the mean deviation for the following data of marks obtained
by 40 students in a test
Marks 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
obtained
No. of 2 4 8 10 8 4 2 1 1
students
No. of students 5 13 35 25 17 5
Notes
Calculate the mean deviation.
No. of 4 6 9 12 8 6 4 1
students
9. Find the mean deviation about the median for the following data.
xi 25 20 15 10 5
fi 7 4 6 3 5
10. Find the mean deviation about the median of the following data.
xi 3 7 9 6 13 11
fi 3 11 8 9 6 9
If there are n observations, x1, x2, x3, x4, .... xn, then
( x1 x ) 2 ( x2 x ) 2 .... ( xn x ) 2
Variance (2)
n
n n
( xi x )2 xi
or 2 i 1
; x i 1
n n
The standard deviation, denoted by , is the positive square root of 2. MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Thus Probability
n
(xi x )2 Notes
i 1
n
The following steps are employed to calculate the variance and hence
the standard deviation of raw data. The mean is assumed to have been calculated
already.
We obtain 2.
Step 6 : Take the positive square root of 2. We obtain (Standard de-
viation).
Example 29.5 The daily sale of sugar in a certain grocery shop is given below:
The average daily sale is 78 Kg. Calculate the variance and the standard
Notes 75 -3 9
100 42 1764
12 -66 4356
50 -28 784
0 10,875.50
n
( xi x )2 10875.50
i 1
( 2 ) 1812.58
n 6
xi xi x ( xi x )2 MODULE - VI
Statistics and
7 -12 144 Probability
10 -9 81
Notes
12 -7 49
13 -6 36
15 -4 16
20 1 1
21 2 4
28 9 81
29 10 100
35 16 256
0 768
768
Thus 2 76.8
10
EXERCISE 29.2
MODULE - VI 3. The data on relative humidity (in %) for the first ten days of a month in
Statistics and a city are given below:
Probability
90 97 92 95 93 95 85 83 85 75
Notes Calculate the variance and standard deviation for the above data.
5. Find the variance and the standard deviation for the data
4 7 9 10 11 13 16
n
( xi x ) 2
We know 2 n
i 1
n
xi2 2 xi x x 2
n
i 1
n n
xi2 2x xi
i 1 i 1
x2
n n
n
xi
xi2 x 2 x
n
i 1
Example 29.7 We refer to Example 29.5 of this lesson and re-calculate the
variance and standard deviation by this method.
Solution :
xi xi2
7 49
10 100
12 144
13 169
15 225
20 400
21 441
28 784
29 841
35 1225
190 4378
MODULE - VI 2
n
Statistics and
n xi
xi i 1
Probability
2
n
2 i 1
Notes n
(190) 2
4378
10
10
4378 3610
10
768
10
= 76.8.
and g 2g
Step 1 : Make a column of class marks of the given classes, namely xi. MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Step 2 : Make a column of deviations of class marks from the mean, namely, Probability
xi x . Of course the sum of these deviations need not be zero,
Notes
since xi 's are no more theoriginal observations.
Step 7 : g 2g
31-35 2
36-40 3
41-45 8
46-50 12
51-55 16
56-60 5
61-65 2
66-70 2
The mean yield per hectare is 50 quintals. Determine the variance and
the standard deviation of the above distribution.
and g 2g
Example 29.9 Determine the variance and standard deviation for the data
given in Example 29.7 by this method.
Solution :
Yields per Hectare fi xi fi x i xi2 fi xi2
(in quintals)•
31-35 2 33 66 1089 2178
36-40 3 38 144 1444 4332
41-45 8 43 344 1849 14792
46-50 12 48 576 2304 27648
51-55 16 53 848 2809 44944
56-60 5 58 290 3364 16820
61-65 2 63 126 3969 7938
66-70 2 68 136 4624 9248
Total 50 2500 127900
k
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
2
MODULE - VI n
n
Statistics and Substituting the values of ( fi xi2 ), N and ( fi xi )
i1
Probability i 1
Notes (2500) 2
127900
2g 50
50
2900
2g 58
50
Again, we observe that we get the same value of 2g by either of the methods.
EXERCISE 29.3
No. of patients 10 10 25 15 40
In Example 29.9, we have seen that the calculations were very complicated.
In order to simplify the calculations, we use another method called the step
deviation method. In most of the frequency distributions, we shall be concerned
with the equal classes. Let us denote, the class size by h. Now we not only
take the deviation of each class mark from the arbitrary chosen ‘a’ but also
divide each deviation by h. Let
xi a
ui .... (1)
h
Then xi = hui + a .... (2)
In (4), squaring both sides and multiplying by fi and summing over k, we get
k k
[ fi ( xi x ) 2
]h
[ fi (ui u )2 ] .... (5)
i 1 i 1
Dividing both sides of (5) by N1 we get
k f i ( xi x ) 2 h k
N N [ fi (ui u )2 ]
i 1 i 1
2
MODULE - VI where 2x is the variance of the original data and u is the variance of the
Statistics and 2
coded data or coded variance. u can be calculated by using the formula
Probability
which involves the mean, namely,
Notes
1 k k
u2
N i 1
[ fi (ui u )2 ]; N fi .... (7)
i 1
or by using the formula which does not involve the mean, namely,
2
k
k ( fi ui )
[ f i ui2 ] i 1
k
N
u2 i 1
N
; N fi
i 1
Example 29.10 We refer to the Example 29.9 again and find the variance
and standard deviation using the coded variance.
31-35 2 33 -3 -6 9 18
36-40 3 38 -2 -6 4 12
41-45 8 43 -1 -8 1 08
46-50 12 48 0 0 0 0
51-55 16 53 1 16 1 16
56-60 5 58 2 10 4 20
61-65 2 63 3 6 9 18
66-70 2 68 4 8 16 32
50 20 124
2 MODULE - VI
k
f i ui
Statistics and
k
Probability
[ fi ui 2 ] i 1
N
i 1
Thus 2x
N Notes
(20)2
124
50
50
124 8 58
50 25
Variance of the original data will be
58
2x h 2 u2 25 58
25
and x 2x 58
= 7.61 (approx)
We, of course, get the same variance, and hence, standard deviation as
before.
Example 29.11 Find the standard deviation for the following distribution
giving wages of 230 persons.
70-80 12
80-90 18
90-100 35
100-110 42
110-120 50
120-130 45
130-140 20
140-150 08
MODULE - VI Solution :
Statistics and
Probability xi 105
Wages Number of Class ui ui2 fi u i fi ui2
10
Notes (in Rs.) persons fi marks xi
80-90 18 85 -2 4 -36 72
90-100 35 95 -1 1 -35 35
100-110 42 105 0 0 0 0
110-120 50 115 1 1 50 50
1 1
2
2 h 2 ( f i u i2 ) ( f i u i )
N N
753 125 2
230 230
EXERCISE 29.4
1. The data written below gives the daily earnings of 400 workers of a
flour mill.
100-120 20 Notes
120-140 25
140-160 40
160-180 80
180-200 65
200-220 60
220-240 35
240-260 30
260-280 20
280-300 09
Age (in 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50 50-55 55-60
years)
Calculate the variance and standard deviation using step deviation method.
MODULE - VI 3. Calculate the variance and standard deviation using step deviation method
Statistics and of the following data :
Probability
Age (in : 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50 50-55
Notes years)
No. of 70 51 47 31 29 22
persons
KEY WORDS
Range : The difference between the largest and the smallest value of the
given data.
n
[ fi | xi x |]
i 1
Mean deviation from mean (MD)
N
n 1 n
where N fi , x ( fi xi )
N i 1
i 1
n
( xi x )2
Variance 2 n [for raw data]
i 1
( xi x )2
n
2
Standard derivation () n
i1
1 k
Also 2x h2 u2 and u2 [ fi (ui u )2 ]
N i 1
k
N fi
i 1
k MODULE - VI
k ( f i ui ) Statistics and
[ fiui ] N
2 i 1
k
Probability
or u2 i 1
N
where N fi Notes
i 1
http:// www.wikipedia.org
http:// mathworld.wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Find the mean deviation for the following data of marks obtained (out
of 100) by 10 students in a test
55 45 63 76 67 84 75 48 62 65
No. of Labourers 4 7 15 12 7 5
No. of 4 6 8 12 7 6 4 3
employees
MODULE - VI 4. Find the batting average and mean deviation for the following data of
Statistics and
Probability scores of 50 innings of a cricket player:
6 10 12 13 15 20 24 28 30 32
6. The following table gives the masses in grams to the nearest gram, of
a sample of 10 eggs.
46 51 48 62 54 56 60 71 75
No. of 5 7 9 12 7 6 4
workers
8. Find the variance and standard deviation for the following data:
Frequency 7 8 25 15 45
ANSWERS MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Probability
EXERCISE 29.1
Notes
1. 15 2. 22 3. 9.4 4. 15.44
EXERCISE 29.1
4. Standard deviation = 4
EXERCISE 29.3
EXERCISE 29.4
3. 15.44
4. 5219.8
6. 8.8
N2 1
9. Standard deviation
1 2
MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Probability
Notes
Chapter
PROBABILITY 30
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
INTRODUCTION
Probability 629
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI meaning one expects better yield from A than from B. This expectation, of
Statistics and course, comes from our general knowledge about the condition of weather in
Probability
the month of the season. In general, the expectation is based on one's present
Notes knowledge and belief about the event in question. Even though, there statements
of expectations are by previous experience, present knowledge and analytical
thinking, we need a quantitative measure to quantify the expectations. For this
the theory of probability took birth in 17th century in France.
In short, the branch of Mathematics which studies the influence of chance"
is the theory of probability. Hence, probability is a concept which numerically
measures the degree of certainty or uncertainty of occurrence or non-occurrence
of events. In this Chapter, we shall discuss various experiments and their outcomes.
We shall define probability and conditional probability. We shall state and prove
the addition theorem, the multiplication theorem, the Bayes and illustrate their
applications through some examples.
(i) Toss a coin and note the outcomes. There are two possible outcomes,
either a head (H) or a tail (T).
(ii) In throwing a fair die, there are six possible outcomes, that is, any one
of the six faces 1,2,...... 6.... may come on top.
(iii) Toss two coins simultaneously and note down the possible outcomes.
There are four possible outcomes, HH,HT,TH,TT.
(iv) Throw two dice and there are 36 possible outcomes.
outcomes are (1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), (1,6)
(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6)
(6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)}
630 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Each of the above mentioned activities fulfil the following two conditions. MODULE - VI
Statistics and
(a) The activity can be repeated number of times under identical conditions. Probability
(a) The experiment can be repeated, as the deck of cards can be shuffled
every time before drawing a card.
(b) Any of the 52 cards can be drawn and hence the outcome is not
predictable beforehand.
Hence, this is a random experiment.
Example 30.2 : Selecting a student from a class of 50 students without preference
is a random experiment. Justify.
Solution:
(a) The experiment can be repeated under identical conditions.
(b) As the selection of the student is without preference, every student
has equal chances of selection.
Hence, the outcome is not predictable beforehand. Thus, it is a random
experiment.
Can you think of any other activities which are not random in nature.
Let us consider some activities which are not random experiments.
Probability 631
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI (i) Birth of Manish : Obviously this activity, that is, the birth of an individual
Statistics and is not repeatable and hence is not a random experiment.
Probability
(ii) Multiplying 4 and 8 on a calculator.
Notes Although this activity can be repeated under identical conditions, the outcome
is always 32. Hence, the activity is not a random experiment.
We throw a die once, what are possible outcomes ? Clearly, a die can
fall with any of its faces at the top. The number on each of the faces is, therefore,
a possible outcome. We write the set S of all possible outcomes as
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
Again, if we toss a coin, the possible outcomes for this experiment are
either a head or a tail. We write the set S of all possible outcomes as
S = {H, T}
The set S associated with an experiment satisfying the following properties:
(i) each element of S denotes a possible outcome of the experiment.
(ii) any trial results in an outcome that corresponds to one and only one
element of the set S is called the sample space of the experiment and
the elements are called sample points. Sample space is generally denoted
by S.
Example 30.3 Write the sample space in two tosses of a coin.
Solution: Let H denote a head and T denote a tail in the experiment of tossing
of a coin.
Sample Space S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}
Example 30.4 : Write the sample space for each of the following experiments:
(i) A coin is tossed three times and the result at each toss is noted.
(ii) From five players A, B, C, D and E , two players are selected for a
match.
(iii) Six seeds are sown and the number of seeds germinating is noted.
632 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Solution: (i) S = {TTT, TTH, THT, HTT, HHT, HTH, THH, HHH} MODULE - VI
number of elements in the sample space is 2 2 2 = 8 Statistics and
(iii) S = {AB, AC, AD, AE, BC, BD, BE, CD, CE, DE} Probability
Here n(S) = 10
Notes
(iii) S = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} Here n(S) = 7
Event : An event (E) is a subset of the sample space (S) i.e. E is a subset
of S.
Example 30.5 Let E denote the experiment of tossing three coins at a time.
List all possible outcomes and the events that
If E1 is the event that the number of heads exceeds the number of tails,
and E2 the event getting two heads. Then
Probability 633
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Example:
(i) In tossing an unbiased coin, getting head or tail are equally likely events.
(ii) In throwing a fair die, all the six faces are equally likely to come.
(iii) In drawing a card from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards, all the 52
cards are equally likely to come.
Examples :
(i) In throwing a die all the 6 faces numbered 1 to 6 are mutually exclusive.
If any one of these faces comes at the top, the possibility of others,
in the same trial is ruled out.
(ii) When two coins are tossed, the event that both should come up tails
and the event that there must be at least one head are mutually exclusive.
634 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
For example, when a die is rolled, the event of getting an even number
and the event of getting an odd number are exhaustive events. Or when two
coins are tossed the event that at least one head will come up and the event
that at least one tail will come up are exhaustive events.
Examples
(i) In a throwing a die, the events 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 are exhaustive.
(ii) In tossing an unbiased coin, getting head or tail are exhaustive events.
30.3.4 Independent and Dependent Events
A set of events is said to be independent if the happening of any one of
the events does not affect the happening of others. If, on the other hand, the
happening of any one of the events influence the happening of the other, the
events are said to be dependent.
Examples :
(i) In tossing an unbiased coin the event of getting a head in the first toss
is independent of getting a head in the second, third and subsequent
throws.
(ii) If we draw a card from a pack of well shuffled cards and replace it
before drawing the second card, the result of the second draw is independent
of the first draw. But, however, if the first card drawn is not replaced
then the second card is dependent on the first draw (in the sense that
it cannot be the card drawn the first time).
Probability 635
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
5. Two dice are thrown simultaneously, and we are interested to get six on
top of each of the die. Are the two events mutually exclusive or not ?
8. In a single rolling with two dice, write the sample space and its elements.
9. Suppose we take all the different families with exactly 2 children. The
experiment consists in asking them the sex of the first and second child.
636 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Since the number of cases favourable to the non-happening of the event A are
n m , the probability ‘q’ that ‘A’ will not happen is given by
nm m
q 1
n n
= 1 p [using (i)]
p +q=1
Remarks:
Probability 637
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
1
P(5)
6
Example 30.7: A coin is tossed once. What is the probability of the coin
coming up with head ?
Solution: The coin can come up either ‘head’ (H) or a tail (T). Thus, the total
possible outcomes are two and one is favourable to the event.
1
So, P(H)
2
Example 30.8: A die is rolled once. What is the probability of getting an odd
number ?
Solution: There are six possible outcomes in a single throw of a die. Out of
these; 1, 3 and 5 are the favourable cases.
3 1
P (Odd Number ) =
6 2
Example 30.9: A die is rolled once. What is the probability of the number ‘7’
coming up ? What is the probability of a number ‘less than 7’ coming up ?
Solution: There are six possible outcomes in a single throw of a die and there
is no face of the die with mark 7.
0
P(number 7) = 0
6
[Note: That the probability of impossible event is zero]
As every face of a die is marked with a number less than 7,
6
P( 7) 1
6
[Note: That the probability of an event that is certain to happen is 1]
638 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Example 30.10: In a simultaneous toss of two coins, find the probability of MODULE - VI
(i) getting 2 heads (ii)exactly 1 head Statistics and
Probability
Solution: Here, the possible outcomes are
HH, HT, TH, TT Notes
i.e., Total number of possible outcomes = 4.
(i) Number of outcomes favourable to the event (2 heads) = 1 (i.e., HH).
1
P(2 heads) =
4
(ii) Now the event consisting of exactly one head has two favourable cases,
namely HT and TH .
2 1
P(exactly one head) =
4 2
Example 30.11: Three coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability
of getting two tails and one head.
Solution: Heren the possible outcomes are
HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH, TTT
i.e., total number of possible outcomes = 8
Number of outcomes favourable to the event
(two tails and one head) = 3 (i.e., HTT, THT, TTH)
P(Two tails and one head)
3
.
8
1, 2, 3, .... 200
Probability 639
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes 14 7
P(perfect square)
200 100
Example 30.13: In a single throw of two dice, what is the probability that
the sum is 9?
Solution: The number of possible outcomes is 6 × 6 = 36. We write them
as given below :
(1, 1),(1, 2), (1, 3) (1, 4), (1, 5), (1, 6)
(2, 1),(2, 2), (2, 3) (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6)
(3, 1),(3, 2), (3, 3) (3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6)
(4, 1),(4, 2), (4, 3) (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6)
(5, 1),(5, 2), (5, 3) (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6)
(6, 1),(6, 2), (6, 3) (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)
The outcomes (3, 6), (4, 5), (5, 4) and (6, 3) are favourable to the said
event, i.e., the number of favourable outcomes is 4.
4 1
Hence P(a total of 9) = .
36 9
Example 30.14: From a bag containing 10 red, 4 blue and 6 black balls, a
ball is drawn at random. What is the probability of drawing
(i) a red ball ? (ii) a blue ball ? (iii) not a black ball ?
Solution:There are 20 balls in all. So, the total number of possible outcomes
is 20. (Random drawing of balls ensure equally likely outcomes)
(i) Number of red balls = 10
10 1
P (a red ball)
20 2
(ii) Number of blue balls = 4
4 1
P (a blue ball)
20 5
640 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
13 1
P(A) .
52 4
Probability 641
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
1
P(C) .
52
Example 30.17: What is the chance that a leap year, selected at random, will
contain 53 Sundays?
Solution: A leap year consists of 366 days consisting of 52 weeks and 2 extra
days. These two extra days can occur in the following possible ways.
(i) Sunday and Monday
(ii) Monday and Tuesday
(iii) Tuesday and Wednesday
(iv) Wednesday and Thursday
(v) Thursday and Friday
(vi) Friday and Saturday
(vii) Saturday and Sunday
Out of the above seven possibilities, two outcomes,
e.g., (i) and (vii), are favourable to the event
2
P(53 Sundays) =
7
Exercise 30.2
random’. What is the probability of drawing (i) a red ball ? (ii) a blue
Notes
ball ?
6. If two dice are thrown, what is the probability that the sum is (i) 6 ? (ii)
8? (iii) 10? (iv) 12?
7. If two dice are thrown, what is the probability that the sum of the num-
bers on the two faces is divisible by 3 or by 4 ?
8. If two dice are thrown, what is the probability that the sum of the num-
bers on the two faces is greater than 10 ?
9. What is the probability of getting a red card from a well shuffled deck
of 52 cards ?
10. If a card is selected from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards, what is the
probability of drawing (i) a spade ? (ii) a king ? (iii) a king of spade
?
11. A pair of dice are thrown. Find the probability of getting
(i) a sum as a prime number
(ii) a doublet, i.e., the same number on both dice
(iii) a multiple of 2 on one die and a multiple of 3 on the other.
12. Three coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting (i)
no head (ii) at least one head (iii) all heads
Probability 643
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI listing of the outcomes, but require only the total number of possible outcomes
Statistics and and the number of outcomes favourable to the event. In many cases, these can
Probability be found by applying the knowledge of permutations and combinations, which
you have already studied.
Notes
Let us consider the following examples :
Example 30.18: A bag contains 3 red, 6 white and 7 blue balls. What is the
probability that two balls drawn are white and blue ?
Solution : Total number of balls = 3 + 6 + 7 = 16
16 15
Exhaustive number of cases = 16C2 120
2
Out of 6 white balls, 1 ball can be drawn in 6C1 ways and out of 7
blue balls, one can be drawn is 7C1 ways. Since each of the former case is
associated with each of the later case, therefore total number of favourable
cases are
6C
1
7C1= 6 7 = 42
42 7
Required probability = .
120 20
Remarks :
When two or more balls are drawn from a bag containing several balls,
there are two ways in which these balls can be drawn.
(i) Without replacement : The ball first drawn is not put back in the bag,
when the second ball is drawn. The third ball is also drawn without putting
back the balls drawn earlier and so on. Obviously, the case of drawing
the balls without replacement is the same as drawing them together.
(ii) With replacement : In this case, the ball drawn is put back in the bag
before drawing the next ball. Here the number of balls in the bag remains
the same, every time a ball is drawn.
In these types of problems, unless stated otherwise, we consider the
problem of without replacement.
644 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Example 30.19: Find the probability of getting both red balls, when from a MODULE - VI
bag containing 5 red and 4 black balls, two balls are drawn, Statistics and
Probability
(i) with replacement.
(ii) without replacement. Notes
25
Hence, probability (both red balls) = .
81
(ii) Total number of possible outcomes is equal to the number of ways of
selecting 2 balls out of 9 balls = 9C2
Number of favourable cases is equal to the number of ways of selecting
2 balls out of 5 red balls = 5C2
5
C2 5 4 5
Hence, P (both red balls ) = .
9
C2 9 8 18
Example 30.20: Three cards are drawn from a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards.
Find the probability that they are a king, a queen and a jack.
4
C1 4 C1 4 C1
Required probability = 52
C3
Probability 645
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI 4 4 4
Statistics and 52 51 50
Probability 1 2 3
16
Notes
5525
Example 30.21: From 25 tickets, marked with the first 25 numerals, one is
drawn at random. Find the probability that it is a multiple of 5.
Solution: Numbers (out of the first 25 numerals ) which are multiples of 5 are
5, 10, 15, 20 and 25, i.e., 5 in all. Hence, required favourable cases are=5.
5 1
Required probability
25 5
Example 30.22: A and B are among 20 persons who sit at random along a
round table. Find the probability that there are any six persons between A and
B.
Solution: Let A occupy any seat at the round table.
Then there are 19 seats left for B. But it six persons are to be seated
between A and B, then B has only two ways to sit. Thus the required probability
2
is .
19
Exercise 30.2
1. A bag contains 3 red, 6 white and 7 blue balls. What is the probability
that two balls drawn at random are both white?
2. A bag contains 5 red and 8 blue balls. What is the probability that two
balls drawn are red and blue ?
3. A bag contains 20 white and 30 black balls. Find the probability of getting
2 white balls, when two balls are drawn at random
646 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
4. Three cards are drawn from a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards. Find the MODULE - VI
probability that all the three cards are jacks. Statistics and
Probability
5. Two cards are drawn from a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards. Show that
1 Notes
the chances of drawing both aces is .
221
6. In a group of 10 outstanding students in a school, there are 6 boys and
4 girls. Three students are to be selected out of these at random for a
debate competition. Find the probability that
(i) one is boy and two are girls.
(ii) all are boys.
7. Out of 21 tickets marked with numbers from 1 to 21, three are drawn
at random. Find the probability that the numbers on them are in A.P.
8. Two cards are drawn at random from 8 cards numbered 1 to 8. What
is the probability that the sum of the numbers is odd, if the cards are
drawn together ?
9. A team of 5 players is to be selected from a group of 6 boys and 8 girls.
If the selection is made randomly, find the probability that there are 2
boys and 3 girls in the team.
10. An integer is chosen at random from the first 200 positive integers.Find
the probability that the integer is divisible by 6 or 8.
Probability 647
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI 2. P(S) = 1
Statistics and 3. If E1 and E2 are any mutually exclusive P(E1 E 2 ) P(E1 ) P(E 2 )
Probability
Hence, S =S
P(S ) = P(S)
P() = 0
P( A ) = 1 P(A)
A A = S P(A A ) = P(S)
P(A) + P ( A ) = 1
P( A ) = 1 P(A).
P(A) < 1
648 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Fig. 30.1
A B = A ( A B)
Since the events A and ( A B) are disjoint, therefore law (iii) gives
P(A B) = P(A) + P( A B)
( A B) (A B) = B
P( A B) + P(A B) = P(B)
Substituting this value in (2), we get
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B)
Result 5 : If A and B are mutually exclusive events, then
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B)
Solution: From additive law, we have
Probability 649
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
13 4
P(A) = , P(B) =
52 52
The compound event (A B), consists of only one sample point, viz.;
king of spade. So,
1
P(A B)
52
Hence, the probability that the card drawn is either a spade or a king is
given by
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B)
13 4 1
52 52 52
16 4
.
52 13
650 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Example 30.24: In an experiment with throwing 2 fair dice, consider the MODULE - VI
events Statistics and
A : The sum of numbers on the faces is 8 Probability
5 6 1
Now P(A) = , P(B) = , P(A B) =
36 36 36
Thus, the probability of A or B is
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B)
5 6 1 10 5
.
36 36 36 36 18
Solution : The event at least a ‘B’ grade means that the student gets either
a B grade or an A grade.
= 0.35 + 0.30
= 0.65
Probability 651
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI Example 30.26: Find the probability of the event getting at least 1 tail, if four
Statistics and coins are tossed once.
Probability
Solution:In tossing of 4 coins once, the sample space has 16 samples points.
Notes P (at least one tail) = P(1 or 2 or 3 or 4 tails)
= 1 P ( 0 tail ) (By law of complimentation)
=1P(HHHH)
The outcome favourable to the event four heads is 1.
1
P(HHHH) .
16
Substituting this value in the above equation,
we get
1 15
P(at least one tail) 1
16 16
In many instances, the probability of an event may be expressed as odds
- either odds in favour of an event or odds against an event.
If A is an event :
P(A)
The odds in favour of A = or P ( A ) to P ( A ) ,
P(A)
P(A)
or P ( A ) to P( A )
P(A)
Example 30.27: The probability of the event that it will rain is 0.3. Find the
odds in favour of rain and odds against rain.
Solution : Let A be the event that it will rain.
P ( A ) = .3
By law of complementation,
P( A ) = 1 0.3 = 0.7
652 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
0.3 MODULE - VI
Now, the odds in favour of rain are or 3 to 7 (or 3 : 7). Statistics and
0.7
Probability
0.7
The odds against rain are or 7 to 3.
0.3 Notes
When either the odds in favour of A or the odds against A are given, we
can obtain the probability of that event by using the following formulae
If the odds in favour of A are a to b, then
a
P(A)
ab
If the odds against A are a to b, then
b
P(A)
ab
This can be proved very easily.
Suppose the odds in favour of A are a to b. Then, by the definition of
odds,
P(A) a
P(A) b
From the law of complimentation,
P( A ) = 1 P(A)
P(A) a
Therefore, or b P(A) = a a P(A)
1 P(A) b
a
or (a + b) P(A) = a or P(A) .
ab
Similarly, we can prove that
b
P(A)
ab
when the odds against A are b to a.
Example 30.28: Determine the probability of A for the given odds
(a) 3 to 1 in favour of A (b) 7 to 5 against A.
Probability 653
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI 3 3
Solution: (a) P(A)
Statistics and 3 1 4
Probability
5 5
(b) P(A)
Notes 7 5 12
Example 30.29: If two dice are thrown, what is the probability that the sum
is
(a) greater than 8 ? (b) neither 7 nor 11 ?
Solution:If S denotes the sum on two dice, then we want P(S !Ü 8) . The
required event can happen in the following mutually exclusive ways :
(i) S = 9, (ii) S = 10, (iii) S = 11 and ( iv) S = 12 .
Hence, by addition probability theorem for mutually exclusive events, we get
P(S > 8) = P(S = 9) + P(S = 10) + P(S = 11) + P(S = 12)
...(1)
In a throw of two dice, the sample space contains 6 × 6 = 36 points.
The number of favourable cases can be enumerated as shown below :
S = 9 : (3, 6), (4, 5), (5, 4), (6, 3) i.e., 4 sample points.
4
P(S = 9) =
36
S = 10 : (4, 6), (5, 5), (6, 4), i.e., 3 sample points.
3
P(S = 10) =
36
S = 11 : (5, 6), (6, 5) i.e., 2 sample points
2
P(S = 11) =
36
S = 12 : (6, 6) i.e., 1 sample point.
1
P(S = 12) =
36
Substituting these values in equation (1), we get
4 3 2 1 10 5
P(S > 8) = .
36 36 36 36 36 18
(b) Let A and B denote the events of getting the sum 7 and 11 respectively
on a pair of dice.
S = 7 : (1, 6), (2, 5), (3, 4), (4, 3), (5, 2), (6, 1)i.e., 6 sample points.
654 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
6 6 MODULE - VI
P(S = 7) = or P(A) = Statistics and
36 36
Probability
S = 11 : (5, 6), (6, 5) i.e., 2 sample points.
2 2 Notes
P(S = 11) = or P(B) = .
36 36
Since A and B are disjoint events, therefore
P(eitherA or B) = P(A) + P(B)
6 2
36 36
8
36
Hence, by law of complementation,
P (neither 7 nor 11 ) = 1 P ( either 7 or 11)
8
1
36
28
36
7
9
Example 30.30: Are the following probability assignments consistent ? Justify
your answer.
= 1.15
P(A or B) > 1 is not possible, hence the given probabilities are not consistent.
Probability 655
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
In this case, P (A and B) = 0.1, which is less than both P (A) = 0.5 and
P (B) = 0.4. Hence, the assigned probabilities are consistent.
Example 30.31: An urn contains 8 white balls and 2 green balls. A sample
of three balls is selected at random. What is the probability that the sample
contains at least one green ball ?
There are 2C1 ways to select a green ball from 2 green balls and for this
remaining two white balls can be selected in 8C2 ways.
656 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
= 2 C1 8 C 2 MODULE - VI
= 2 × 28 = 56 Statistics and
Probability
Similarly, the number of outcomes favourable to two green balls
= 2 C 2 8 C1 = 1 8 = 8 Notes
Hence, the probability of at least one green ball is
P ( at least one green ball )
= P ( one green ball ) + P ( two green balls )
56 8
120 120
64 8
.
120 15
Example 30.32: Two balls are drawn at random with replacement from a bag
containing 5 blue and 10 red balls. Find the probability that both the balls are
either blue or red.
Solution : Let the event A consists of getting both blue balls and the event B
is getting both red balls. Evidently A and B are mutually exclusive events.
By fundamental principle of counting, the number of outcomes favourable
to A = 5 5 = 25
Similarly, the number of outcomes favourable to B = 10 × 10 = 100.
Total number of possible outcomes = 15 × 15 = 225.
15 1 100 4
P(A) and P(B)
225 9 225 9
Since the events A and B are mutually exclusive, therefore
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B)
1 4
9 9
5
.
9
5
Thus, P ( both blue or both red balls ) .
9
Probability 657
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
13. Find the odds in favour and against each event for the given probability MODULE - VI
Statistics and
4 Probability
(a) P(A) = 0.7 (b) P(A)
5
14. Determine the probability of A for the given odds Notes
Probability 659
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI The event of getting ‘H’ on first coin and the event of getting ‘T’ on the
Statistics and second coin in a simultaneous toss of two coins are independent events.
Probability
What about the event of getting ‘H’ on the first toss and event of getting
Notes ‘T’ on the second toss in two successive tosses of a coin ? They are also
independent events.
Let us consider the event of ‘drawing an ace’ and the event of ‘drawing
a king’ in two successive draws of a card from a well-shuffled deck of cards
without replacement.
Are these independent events ?
No, these are not independent events, because we draw an ace in the
4
first draw with probability , Now, we do not replace the card and draw
52
a king from the remaining 51 cards and this affect the probability of getting
a king in the second draw, i.e., the probability of getting a king in the second
4
draw without replacement will be .
51
Note : If the cards are drawn with replacement, then the two events
become independent. Is there any rule by which we can say that the
events are independent?
How to find the probability of simultaneous occurrence of two independent
events?
If A and B are independent events, then
P (A and B) = P(A) . P(B)
or
P(A B) = P(A) . P(B)
Thus, the probability of simultaneous occurrence of two independent events
is the product of their separate probabilities.
Note : The above law can be extended to more than two independent
events, i.e.,
P(A B C) = P(A) . P(B) . P(C) .....
660 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
On the other hand, if the probability of the event ‘A’ and ‘B’ is equal MODULE - VI
to the product of the probabilities of the events A and B, then we say Statistics and
Probability
that the events A and B are independent.
Example 30.33 : If A and B are independent events of a random experiment, Notes
show that A and B are also independent.
Solution: If A and B are independent then
P(A B) = P(A) P(B)
P( A B ) = P (A B)
= 1 P(A B)
= 1 [P(A) + P(B) P(A B)]
= 1 [P(A) + P(B) P(A) P(B)]
= 1 [P(A) + P(B)[1 P(A)]
= (1 P(A)) P(B) (1 P(A))
= [1 P(A)] [(1 P(B)]
= P( A ) P( B ).
A and B are independent.
Example 30.34: A die is tossed twice. Find the probability of a number greater
than 4 on each throw.
Solution: Let us denote by A, the event ‘a number greater than 4' on first
throw. B be the event ‘a number greater than 4’ in the second throw. Clearly
A and B are independent events. In the first throw, there are two outcomes,
namely, 5 and 6 favourable to the event A.
2 1
P(A)
6 3
1
Similarly, P(B)
3
Hence P(A andB) = P(A) . P(B)
1 1 1
. .
3 3 9
Probability 661
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI Example 30.35: Arun and Tarun appear for an interview for two vacancies.
Statistics and 1 1
Probability The probability of Arun’s selection is and that of Tarun’s selection is .
3 5
Find the probability that
Notes
(a) both of them will be selected.
(b) none of them is selected.
(c) at least one of them is selected
(d) only one of them is selected.
1
Solution: Probability of Arun’s selection P(A) =
3
1
Probability of Tarun’s selection P(T) =
5
(a) P((both of them will be selected) = P(A) P(T)
1 1
=
3 5
1
15
(b) P (none of them is selected)
= P( A ) P( T )
1 1
= 1 1
3 5
2 4 8
.
3 5 15
(c) P (at least one of them is selected )
= 1 P ( None of them is selected )
= 1 P( A ) P( T )
1 1
1 1 1
3 5
2 4
1
3 5
662 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
8 7 MODULE - VI
1
15 15 Statistics and
Probability
(d) P ( only one of of them is selected )
= P(A) P( T ) + P( A ) P(T) Notes
1 4 2 1
3 5 3 5
6 2
.
15 15
Example 30.36: A problem in statistics is given to three students, whose chances
1 1 1
of solving it are , and .respectively. What is the probability that problem
2 3 4
will be solved ?
1 2 3 1
2 3 4 4
Putting this value in (1), we get
1
P ( at least one of them solves the problem ) 1
4
3
4
Probability 663
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI Example 30.37: Two balls are drawn at random with replacement from a box
containing 15 red and 10 white balls. Calculate the probability that
Statistics and
Probability (a) both balls are red.
(b) first ball is red and the second is white.
Notes
(c) one of them is white and the other is red.
Solution :
(a) Let A be the event that first drawn ball is red and B be the event that
the second ball drawn is red. Then as the balls drawn are with replace-
ment,
15 3 3
Therefore P(A) , P(B)
25 5 5
As A and B are independent events
therefore P ( both red )= P ( A and B )
= P(A) P(B)
3 3 9
.
5 5 25
(b) Let A : First ball drawn is red.
B : Second ball drawn is white.
P(A and B) = P(A) P(B)
3 2 6
.
5 5 25
(c) If WR denotes the event of getting a white ball in the first draw and a
red ball in the second draw and the event RW of getting a red ball in
the first draw and a white ball in the second draw.
Then as ‘RW’ and WR’ are mutually exclusive events, therefore
= P(WR or RW)
= P(WR) + P(RW)
664 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
6 3 3 4
(i) P(A) , P( A ) = 1 P(A) = 1
14 7 7 7
14 7 14 16 8
P(B) , P( B ) = 1
30 15 30 30 15
The required probability that neither settles the dispute is given by
P(A B) = P(A) p(B)
4 8 32
.
7 15 105
= 1 P( A B )
32 73
= 1 .
105 105
Probability 665
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI Example 30.39: A and B are events with P(A) = 0.5 P(B) = 0.4 and
Statistics and P(A B) = 0.3. Find the probability that
Probability
(i) P(A does not occur) = P( A )
Notes = 1 P(A)
= 1 0.5
= 0.5
= P (A B)
= 1 P(A B)
= 1 [P(A) + P(B) P(A B)]
= 1 [0.5 + 0.4 0.3]
= 0.4.
Example 30.40: If A, B, C are three events show that
P(A B C) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) P(A B) P(B C)
P(C A) + P(A B C)
Solution: Write B C = D
P(A B C) = P(A D)
= P(A) + P(D) P(A D)
= P(A) + P(B C) P(A (B C))
= P(A) + P(B) + P(C) P(B C)
P((A B) (A C))
= P(A) + P(B) + P(C) P(B C) [P(A B)
+ P(A C) P[(A B) (A C)]
= P(A) + P(B) + P(C) P(A B) P(B C)
P(C A) P(A B C)
Example 30.41: A dice is thrown 3 times. Getting a number ‘5 or 6’ is a
success. Find the probability of getting
(a) 3 successes (b) exactly 2 successes (c) at most 2 successes (d) at least
2 successes.
666 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Solution : Let S denote the success in a trial and F denote the ‘ not success’ MODULE - VI
i.e. failure. Statistics and
Therefore, Probability
2 1
P(S) Notes
6 3
4 2
P(F)
6 3
(a) As the trials are independent, by multiplication theorem for independent
events,
P(SSS) = P(S) P(S) P(S)
1 1 1 1
=
3 3 3 27
P(SSS)= P(S) P(S) P(F)
1 1 2 2
3 3 3 27
Since the two successes can occur in 3C2 ways
2 2 2
P (exactly two successes) = 3C2 3
27 27 9
(c) P ( at most two successes) 1 P(3successes)
1 26
1
27 27
(d) P ( at least two successes) = P ( exactly 2 successes) + P ( 3 successes)
2 1 7
.
9 27 27
Example 30.42: A card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards so that each card
is equally likely to be selected. Which of the following events are independent?
(i) A : the card drawn is a spade
B : the card drawn is an ace
(ii) A : the card drawn is black
B : the card drawn is a king
Probability 667
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
4 1
P(B)
52 13
A B = {an ace of spade}
1
P(A B) =
52
1 1 1
Now P(A) P(B) =
4 13 52
Since P(A B) = P(A) . P(B)
Hence, the events A and B are independent.
(ii) There are 26 black cards in a pack.
26 1
P(A)
52 2
There are four kings in the pack.
4 1
P(B)
52 13
A B = {2 black kings}
2 1
P(A B)
52 26
1 1 1
Now P(A) P(B)
2 13 26
668 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
4 1
P(A B) =
52 13
2 2 4
P(A) P(B) = .
13 13 169
Here, P(A B) P(A) . P(B)
Hence, the events A and B are not independent.
Example 30.43: Consider a group of 36 students. Suppose that A and B are
two properties that each student either has or does not have. The events are
A : Student has blue eyes
B : Student is a male
Out of 36, there are 12 male and 24 female students and half of them in each
has blue eyes. Are these events independent ?
Solution : With regard to the given two properties, i.e., either has or does not
have, the 36 students are distributed as follows :
Total 18 18 36
Probability 669
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI 18 1
P(A)
Statistics and 36 2
Probability
12 1
P(B)
Notes 36 3
6 1
P(A B)
36 3
1 1 1
Also P(A) P(B)
2 3 6
Example 30.44: Suppose that we toss a coin three times and record the
sequence of heads and tails. Let A be the event ‘ at most one head occurs’
and B the event ‘ both heads and tails occur’. Are these event independent
?
4 1 6 3 3
P(A) , P(B) , P(A B)
8 2 8 4 8
1 3 3
Moreover, P(A) P(B)
2 4 8
Which equals P(A B). Hence, A and B are independent.
Exercise 30.5
1 1
The probability of her selection for post A is and for post B is .
5 7
Find the probability that she is selected for
(a) both the posts
(b) at least one of the posts.
1 2 3
5. The probabilities of A, B and C solving a problem are , and re-
3 7 8
spectively. If all the three try to solve the problem simultaneously, find
the probability that exactly one of them will solve it.
6. A draws two cards with replacement from a well-shuffled deck of cards
and at the same time B throws a pair of dice. What is the probability
that
(a) A gets both cards of the same suit and B gets a total of 6 ?
(b) A gets two jacks and B gets a doublet ?
Probability 671
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes 8. A bag contains 13 balls numbered from 1 to 13. Suppose an even number
is considered a ‘success’. Two balls are drawn with replacement, from
the bag. Find the probability of getting
(a) Two successes (b) exactly one success
(c) at least one success (d) no success
9. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards so that each
card is equally likely to be selected. Which of the following events are
independent?
(a) A : The drawn card is red B : The drawn card is a queen
(b) A : The drawn card is a heart B: The drawn card is a face card
Suppose that a fair die is thrown and the score noted. Let A be the
event, the score is ‘even’. Then
A = {2, 4, 6}
3 1
P(A)
6 2
Now suppose we are told that the score is greater than 3. With this
additional information what will be P (A ) ?
Let B be the event, ‘the score is greater than 3’. Then B is {4, 5, 6 }.
When we say that B has occurred, the event ‘the score is less than or equal
to 3’ is no longer possible. Hence the sample space has changed from 6 to
3 points only. Out of these three points 4, 5 and 6; 4 and 6 are even scores.
2
Thus, given that B has occurred, P (A) must be .
3
Let us denote the probability of A given that B has already occurred by
P(A|B) .
672 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Probability
Notes
Fig. 30.2
2
P(A)
52
However, suppose a card is drawn and we are informed that it is a spade.
How should this information be used to reappraise the likelihood of the event
A?
Clearly, since the event B "A spade has been drawn" has occurred, the
event “not spade” is no longer possible. Hence, the sample space has changed
from 52 playing cards to 13 spade cards. The number of black aces that can
be drawn has now been reduced to 1.
Therefore, we must compute the probability of event A relative to the
new sample space B.
Let us analyze the situation more carefully.
The event A is "a black ace is drawn". We have computed the probabil-
ity of the event A knowing that B has occurred. This means that we are com-
puting a probability relative to a new sample space B. That is, B is treated as
the universal set. We should consider only that part of A which is included in
B.
Fig. 30.3
Probability 673
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes n(A B) 1
then P(A/B)
n(B) 13
1
Note that n(A B) = 1 P(A B)
52
13
n(B) = 13 P(B)
52
1
1 P(A B)
P(A/B) 52
13 13 P(B)
52
A B = {BB}
1
P(A B)
4
674 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 1 1 3 MODULE - VI
P(B)
4 4 4 4 Statistics and
Probability
Hence P(A B)
P(A / B) Notes
P(B)
1
1
4
3 3
4
Example 30.46: Assume that a certain school contains equal number of female
and male students. 5 % of the male population is football players. Find the
probability that a randomly selected student is a football player male.
Solution: Let M = Male
F = Football player
We wish to calculate P(M F) From the given data,
1
P(M) ( School contains equal number of male and female stu-
2
dents)
P(F/M) = 0.05
But from definition of conditional probability, we have
P(M F)
P(F/M)
P(M)
1
2
0.05 = 0.025
Example 31.47: If A and B are two events, such that P (A) = 0.8, P(B)
= 0.6, P(A B) = 0.5 find the value of
(i) P(A B) (ii) P(B/A) (iii) P(A/ B)
Solution: (i) P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) P(A B)
= 0.8 + 0.6 0.5 = 0.9
Probability 675
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
0.5 5
0.6 6
Example 30.48: Find the chance of drawing 2 white balls in succession from
a bag containing 5 red and 7 white balls, the balls drawn not being replaced.
Solution : Let A be the event that ball drawn is white in the first draw. B be
the event that ball drawn is white in the second draw.
P(A B) = P(A ) P(B/ A)
7 6
Here P(A) , P(B|A)
12 11
7 6 7
P(A B)
12 11 22
Example 30.49: A coin is tossed until a head appears or until it has been
tossed three times. Given that head does not occur on the first toss, what is
the probability that coin is tossed three times ?
Solution : Here, it is given that head does not occur on the first toss. That
is, we may get the head on the second toss or on the third toss or even no
head.
Let B be the event, “ no heads on first toss”.
Then B = {TH, TTH, TTT}
These events are mutually exclusive.
P(B) = P(TH) + P(TTH) + P(TTT) .... (1)
1
Now P(TH) = ( This event has the sample space of four out-
4
comes)
1
and P(TTH) = P(TTT) =
8
( This event has the sample space of eight outcomes)
676 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Here A B=A
1
P(A) 4 1
P(A| B) =
P(B) 1 2
2
Exercise 30.6
For the conditional event A|B , the favourable outcomes must be one of
the sample points of B, i.e., for the event A|B, the sample space is B and out
of the n (B) sample points, n (A B) pertain to the occurrence of the event
A, Hence,
n(A B)
P(A / B)
n(B)
n(B) n(A B)
Rewriting (1), we get P(A B) =P(B) . P(A|B)
n(S) n(B)
Similarly, we can prove
P(A B) = P(A). P(B|A) .
678 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Proof : Given E1, E2 ... En are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events for
S.
Probability 679
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Since all Ei's are mutually exclusive, so A E1, A E2 ... will also
be mutually exclusive
Suppose E1, E2, .... En are n mutually exclusive and exhaustive events
of a random experiments with P(Ei) 0, for i = 1, 2, .... n. Then for any
event A of the random experiment with P(A) 0.
P(E i ) P(A / E i )
P(E K / A) n
, i 1, 2, ... n.
P(Ei ) P(A / Ei )
i 1
n
By hupothesis, i j, Ei Ej = and Ei S, the sample space
i1
of the experiment.
Since A S for any even A, we have
n n
A=A S= A i (A E i )
E
i 1 i 1
680 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
Hence P (E k A)
P (E k / A)
P (A)
P (E k ) P (A / E k )
n
P (Ei ) P (A / Ei )
i1
Example 30.50 : A shop keeper buys a particular type of electric bulbs from
three manufactures M1, M2 and M3. He buys 25% of his requirement from
M, 45% from M2 and 30% from M3. Based on the part experience he found
that 2% of type M3 bulbs are detective, where as only 1% of type M1 and
type M2 are detective. If a bulb chosen by him at random is found defective,
let us find the probability that it was of type M3.
Solution : If E is the event that the bulb chosen is defective, then P(M3/E)
is the required probability.
By Baye's theorem
P (E/M 3 ) P(M 3 )
P (M 3 /E)
P (E/M 1 )P (M 1 ) P (E/M 2 ) P (E/M 3 ) P (M 3 )
0.02 0.3
(0.01 0.25) (0.01 0.45) (0.2 0.3)
= 0.46.
Probability 681
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Baye's theorem: If E1, E2, ....En are mutially exclusive and exhaustive
events of a random experiment with P(Ei) > 0 for i = 1, 2, ...., n them.
P(E K ) P(A/E K )
P(E K / A) n
; K = 1, 2, .... n.
P(Ei ) P(A/Ei )
i1
http : //www.wikipedia.org
http:// math world . wolfram.com
PRACTICE EXERCISE
Probability 683
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes 5. Find the probability of getting 2 or 3 heads, when a coin is tossed four
times.
6. Are the following probability assignments consistent ? Justify your an-
swer.
684 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
13. Kamal and Monika appears for an interview for two vacancies. The MODULE - VI
1 Statistics and
probability of Kamal’s selection is and that of Monika’s rejection is Probability
3
4
.Find the probability that only one of them will be selected. Notes
5
14. A bag contains 7 white, 5 black and 8 red balls. Four balls are drawn
without replacement. Find the probability that all the balls are black.
15. For two events A and B, it is given that
P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = P and P(A B) = 0.6
(a) Find p so that A and B are independent events.
(b) For what value of p, of A and B are mutually exclusive ?
16. The odds against A speaking the truth are 3 : 2 and the odds against B
speaking the truth are 5 : 3. In what percentage of cases are they likely
to contradict each other on a identical issue ?
17. Let A and B be the events such that
1 2 1
P(A) , P(B) , P(A B) .
2 3 4
Compute P ( A|B) and P ( B|A ).
18. Suppose that a can B1 contains 2 white and 3 black balls and another
can B2 contains 3 white and 4 black balls. One can is selected at random
and a ball is drawn from it. If the ball drawn is found black find the
probability that the can chosen was B1.
ANSWERS
Exercise 30.1
2. Outcome is predictable
4. {H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6}
5. No.
Probability 685
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Exercise 30.2
1 1 1 3
1. 2. 3. 4.
6 2 2 4
3 2
5. (i) (ii)
5 3
5 5 1 1
6. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
36 36 12 36
5 1 1
7. 8 9.
9 12 2
1 1 1
10. (i) (ii) (iii)
4 13 52
5 1 11
11. (i) (ii) (iii)
12 6 36
1 7 1
12. (i) (ii) (iii)
8 8 8
Exercise 30.3
1 20 4 38
1. 2. 3.(a) (b)
8 39 25 245
686 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
1 MODULE - VI
4. Statistics and
5525
Probability
3 1 1
6. (i) (ii) (iii)
10 6 30
Notes
10 4 60 1
7. 8 9. 10.
133 7 143 4
Exercise 30.4
4 7 9
1. 2. 3.
13 36 16
7 4 1
4. 5. 6.
12 9 2
7 5
7. 8.
13 12
5 4
9. (a) (b) 0.710.
18 11
5 35 3
11. (a) (b) 12.
6 36 4
13. (a) The odds for A are 7 to 3 . The odds against A are 3 to 7
(b) The odds for A are 4 to 1 and The odds against A are 1 to 4
7 7 5 3
14. (a) (b) 15. (a) (b)
9 17 9 4
16. (a), (c)
4 1
17. 18.
7 4
Exercise 30.5
2 1 24 11
1. (a) (b) (c) (d)
7 35 35 35
2 1 1 1 11
2. (a) (b) 3. 4. (a) (b)
3 2 4 35 35
Probability 687
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
MODULE - VI 1 5 1 53
5. 6. (a) (b) 7.
Statistics and 2 144 1014 80
Probability
36 84 120 149
8. (a) (b) (c) (d)
Notes 169 169 169 169
9. (a) Independent (b) Independent
Exercise 30.6
13 1 25
1. 2. 3.
51 2 204
1 1 3
4. , 5.
2 4 7
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1 5 15
1. (a) (b) (c)
4 16 16
7 1 8
2. 3. 4.
12 4 13
5
5. 6. Only (a) is consistent
8
436 5
7. 8.
625 8
14 16 1 19
9. (a) (b) (c) (d)
33 33 11 33
55 1 2
10. 12. 13.
221 4 15
1 1 19
14. 15, 16.
969 3 40
3 1 21
17. , respectively. 18.
4 2 41
688 Probability
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Probability
Notes
Chapter
RANDOM VARIABLES AND
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS 31
LEARNING OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITES
Random Experiments and Events, Probability and Binomial Coefficients.
INTRODUCTION
MODULE - VI 3 1 . 1 DEFINITION
Statistics and
Probability
Let S be the sample space associated with a random experiment A
function X : S R is called a random variable.
Notes
Note : If X is a random variable then X1(P(R)) = P(S)
Here P stands for the probability function and P(S) stands for the power
set of S .
Example 31.1
Let S be the sample space of the experiment of rolling a fair die.
Then X : S R given by X(n) = 0, if n is even.
= 1, If n X : S is odd.
is a random variable.
Here S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and X(1) = X(3) = X(5) = 1; X(2) =
X(4) = X(6) = 0.
Example 31.2
Let two coins be tossed simultaneously. Let S denote the sample space
of the experiment. Then
S = {HH. HT, TH, TT}
if X denotes the number of heads obtained then X is a random variable.
Here X takes the values 0, 1, 2
X(TT) = 0, X(HT) = 1, X(TH) = 1, X(HH) = 2.
31.1.1 Definition
Suppose X : S R is a random variable. If the range of X is either
finite or countably infinite, then X is called a discrete random variable.
A random variable which can take all real values in an interval (a, b )
is called a conitnuous random variable.
MODULE - VI
(i) P(xi) > 0 for every i (ii) P( xi ) 1 Statistics and
i 1
Probability
The set {P(X = xi) = P(xi)} is called the probability distibution of the
discrete random variable X. The probability distribution of the discrete ran- Notes
dom variable X is given in the following table.
X = xi x1 x2 x3 ... xn
P(X = xi) P(x1) P(x2) P(x3) ... P(xn)
Example 31.3 : For the radom experiment of tossing two coins simultaneously,
the sample space S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}.
For every x define X(x) as the number of heads in X. Then X(x) is a random
variable. Range of X = {0, 1, 2}.
Now P(X = 0) = Probability of getting no heads
= P({TT}) = 1/4
P(X = 1) = Probability of getting one head
= P({HT, TH}) = 2/4 = 1/2.
P(X = 2) = Probability of getting two heads
= P({HH}) = 1/4
The probability distribition of the random variable X is given in the
following table.
X = xi 0 1 2
1 2 1
P(X = xi)
4 4 4
31.1.3 Definition
The mean ( ) and variance (2) of a discrete random variable X are
xn P (X xn ) , 2 = ( xn )
2
= P(X xn )
2 = xn 2 P(X xn ) 2
The standard deviation is the square root of the variance.
Random Variables and Probability Distributions 691
MATHEMATICS 311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS)
Notes X = xi 2 1 0 1 2
1 2 3 1 1
P(X = xi)
8 8 8 8 8
2
Sol : Mean of X xi P(X xi )
i 2
1 2 3 1 1
( 2). (1). 0. 1. 2.
8 8 8 8 8
1
(2 2 0 1 2)
8
1
8
2
Variance of X =
2
xi2 P(X xi ) 2
i 2
2
1 2 3 1 1 1
4 1 0 1 4
8 8 8 8 8 8
11 1
8 64
87
.
64
Example 31.5
A cubical die is thrown. Find the mean and variance of X, giving the
number on the face that shows up.
Sol : Let S be the sample space and X be the random variable associated
with S, where P(X) is given by the following table
X = xi 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODULE - VI
Statistics and
1 1 1 1 1 1 Probability
P(X = xi)
6 6 6 6 6 6
Notes
6
Mean of X = xi P(X xi )
i=1
1 1 1 1 1 1
= 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
6 6 6 6 6 6
1 6 7 7
= =
6 2 2
6
= xi P(X xi )
2 2
Variance of X = 2
i=1
2
1 1 1 1 1 1 7
1 . 22. 32. 42. 52. 62.
2
6 6 6 6 6 6 2
1 6 7 13 49 35
=
6 6 4 12
Example 31.6
The probability distribution of a random variable X is given below.
X = xi 1 2 3 4 5
P(X = xi) K 2K 3K 4K 5K
5
Solution: We have P(X xi ) 1
i 1
K + 2K + 3K + 4K + 5K = 1
15K = 1
1
K =
15
2
11
= 1(K) + 4(2K) + 9(3K) + 16(4K) + 25(5K)
3
2
11
= K + 8K + 27K + 64K + 125K
3
2
11
225K
3
1 121
225
15 9
121
15
9
14
.
9
Suppose that an experiment has only two possible outcomes. For instance,
when a coin is tossed the possible out comes are head and tail. Each performance
of an experiment with two possible outcomes are termed as success and failure.
If p is taken as the probability of success and q is the probability of failure,
it follows that p + q = 1. Many problems can be solved by determining the
Definition
x 0 1 2 ... r ... n
P(X = x) nC0 p0qn nC1 pqn1 nC2 p2qn2 ... nCrpqnr ... nCn pnq0
Theorem
If X ~ B (n, p), then the mean and the variance 2 of X are equal
to np and npq respectively.
MODULE - VI The poisson distribution can be derived as a limiting case of the Binomial
Statistics and
Probability Distribution under the following conditions.
31.3.1 Definition
If X is a discrete random variable that can assume value 0, 1, 2, 3, .....
such that for some fixed > 0.
e x
p(X = x) = , x 0, 1, 2....... then X is said to follow a Possion
x
Example 31.7
A die is thrown 3 times. If getting an odd numbers is a success, what
is the probability of
a) 3 successes
b) at least 2 successes
c) At most 1 successes
Sol : Given X: "an odd number"
Then p = P(an odd number)
3 1
=
6 2
696 Random Variables and Probability Distributions
311 Mathematics Vol-II(TOSS) MATHEMATICS
b) P(atleast 2 successes)
2 3
1 1 1
= 3C2 3C3
2 2 2
1 1 4 1
3.
8 8 8 2
c) P(At most 1 successes) = P(0 success or 1 success)
= P (0 success) + p(1 success)
0 3 1 2
1 1 1 1
3C0 3C1
2 2 2 2
1 1 4 1
3.
8 8 8 2
Example 31.8
1
Prabbability of geting in a head on a coin p
2
1 1
p q 1 p , n 8
2 2
MODULE - VI 1
Statistics and Mean () np = 8 4
2
Probability
1 1
Variance (2) = npq = 8 2
Notes 2 2
Example 31.9
1 1
P q 1 p .
2 2
r 6r
1 1
6
P(X = r) = Cr
2 2
6
6 1
Cr , r 0,1,...., 6
2
6 6
1 1
6 C5 6 C 6
2 2
6
1 7
(6 1) .
2 64
Example 31.10
Find the parameters of the binomial variate whose mean and variance
4
are 4, respectively.
3
1
n 4 n 12
3
1
n = 12, p = .
3
Example 31.11
Sol : Given p + q = 1
16 (X = 4) = p(X = 2)
16(6C4) q2 . p4 = 6
C2 q4 p2
2
q4 p2 q
16 4 2
p q p
q
4 1 p 4 p
p
1
p
5
MODULE - VI 4
q
Statistics and 5
Probability 1
Parameter p
5
Notes
Example 31.12
e . e . 1
k
0! 1!
e = e . = 1
e 1
k e 1
0!
k e 1 .
Example 31.13
e . 1 e . 2
3.
1! 2!
2
3
2
Variance
3
EXER CISE 3
EXERCISE 311.1 MODULE - VI
Statistics and
Probability
1. 8 coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting atleast
6 heads. Notes
KEY WORDS
given by
then the mean of the distribution = np and the variance of the dis-
by npq .
2 = .
SUPPORTIVE WEBSITES
http:// www.wikipedia.org
http:// mathworld.wolfram.com.
ANSWERS
EXERCISE 31.1
37
(1)
256
16
3
(2) 1
4
1
(3) n = 40, p =
2
(4) 3
e 2 25
(5)
5!